sv1za
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 2007
Registration No. 333-138747
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 4
to
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
         
Delaware   4922   65-1295427
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 584-1000
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Rene R. Joyce
Chief Executive Officer
1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 584-1000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
     
David P. Oelman
Christopher S. Collins
Vinson & Elkins LLP
1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 758-2222
  Joshua Davidson
Douglass M. Rayburn
Baker Botts L.L.P.
910 Louisiana Street
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 229-1234
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated February 1, 2007
PROSPECTUS
(TARGA LOGO)
 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
16,800,000 Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests
 
Targa Resources Partners LP is a limited partnership recently formed by Targa Resources, Inc. This is the initial public offering of our common units. All of the common units are being sold by us. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $19.00 and $21.00 per unit. Our common units have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NGLS.”
 
Investing in our common units involves risks. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.
 
These risks include the following:
 
  •  We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to make cash distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units at the initial distribution rate under our cash distribution policy.
 
  •  Our cash flow is affected by natural gas and natural gas liquid prices, and decreases in these prices could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units.
 
  •  Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells in our operating regions, our success depends on our ability to obtain new sources of supplies of natural gas and natural gas liquids, which depends on certain factors beyond our control. Any decrease in supplies of natural gas or natural gas liquids could adversely affect our business and operating results.
 
  •  Our hedging activities may not be effective in reducing the variability of our cash flows and may, in certain circumstances, increase the variability of our cash flows. In addition, the significant contribution to our results of operations that we are currently receiving from our hedge positions will decrease substantially through 2010.
 
  •  We depend on one natural gas producer for a significant portion of our supply of natural gas. The loss of this customer or replacement of its contracts on less favorable terms could result in a decline in our volumes, revenues and cash available for distribution.
 
  •  Targa Resources, Inc. controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Targa Resources, Inc. has conflicts of interest with us and may favor its own interests to your detriment.
 
  •  Targa Resources, Inc. is not limited in its ability to compete with us, which could limit our ability to acquire additional assets or businesses.
 
  •  Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.
 
  •  You may be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
 
                 
    Per Common Unit     Total  
Public Offering Price
  $             $          
Underwriting Discount(1)
  $       $    
Proceeds to Targa Resources Partners LP (before expenses)(2)
  $       $  
 
(1)
Excludes an aggregate structuring fee equal to 0.4% of the gross proceeds of this offering, or approximately $1.3 million, payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
(2)
We will pay approximately $307.1 million of the proceeds we receive from this offering to Targa Resources, Inc. to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness.
 
 
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 2,520,000 common units from us on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than 16,800,000 common units in this offering.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common units through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on or about          , 2007.
 
Citigroup        Goldman, Sachs & Co.        UBS Investment Bank        Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
A.G. Edwards  
  Credit Suisse  
  Lehman Brothers  
  Wachovia Securities
Raymond James  
  RBC Capital Markets  
  Sanders Morris Harris
 
          , 2007


Table of Contents

(MAP)

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
  1
  1
  4
  4
  4
  5
  6
  7
  8
  8
  9
  13
  15
  17
  17
  28
  33
  36
  37
  38
  40
  40
  41
  43
  46
  49
  54
  54
  55
  56
  57
  57
  58
  58
  59
  61
  62
  62
  65


Table of Contents

         
  69
  69
  69
  71
  72
  72
  74
  75
  81
  85
  87
  91
  91
  92
  93
  95
  96
  100
  100
  101
  102
  107
  107
  108
  110
  113
  113
  113
  114
  114
  115
  117
  117
  118
  118
  120
  122
  123
  125
  125
  126
  126
  127


ii


Table of Contents

         
  128
  128
  133
  136
  136
  136
  136
  138
  138
  138
  138
  138
  139
  139
  140
  141
  142
  144
  144
  145
  145
  146
  146
  147
  147
  147
  148
  148
  148
  149
  149
  149
  150
  150
  151
  152
  152
  153
  154
  159
  160
  162
  162
  163
  165


iii


Table of Contents

         
  166
  167
  170
  170
  170
  170
  F-1
  A-1
  B-1
 Specimen Unit Certificate
 Form of Indemnification Agreement
 Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan
 Form of Credit Agreement
 Form of Contribution Agreement
 Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan
 Subsidiaries
 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 Consent of Robert B. Evans
 Consent of Chansoo Joung
 Consent of Barry R. Pearl
 Consent of William D. Sullivan
          
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
Until          , 2007 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


iv


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is abbreviated, this summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the common units. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an initial public offering price of $20.00 per unit and (2) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional units. You should read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 for more information about important risks that you should consider carefully before buying our common units. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B. As used in this prospectus, unless we indicate otherwise: (1) “our,” “we,” “us” and similar terms refer to Targa Resources Partners LP, together with our subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Formation Transactions described on page 5 of this prospectus, (2) “Targa” refers to Targa Resources, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (other than us) and (3) references to our pro forma financial information refer to the historical financial information of the Predecessor Business described on page 13 of this prospectus as adjusted to give effect to the Formation Transactions.
 
Targa Resources Partners LP
 
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership recently formed by Targa, a leading provider of midstream natural gas and NGL services in the United States, to own, operate, acquire and develop a diversified portfolio of complementary midstream energy assets. We currently operate in the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas and are engaged in the business of gathering, compressing, treating, processing and selling natural gas and fractionating and selling natural gas liquids, or NGLs, and NGL products. Fractionating means separating a mixed stream of NGLs into its constituent products. We intend to leverage our relationship with Targa to acquire and construct additional midstream energy assets and to utilize the significant experience of Targa’s management team to execute our growth strategy. At September 30, 2006, Targa had total assets of $3.4 billion, with the North Texas System to be contributed to us in connection with this offering representing $1.1 billion of this amount. Targa intends, but is not obligated, to offer us the opportunity to purchase substantially all of its remaining businesses.
 
Our operations consist of an extensive network of approximately 3,950 miles of integrated gathering pipelines that gather and compress natural gas received from approximately 2,650 receipt points in the Fort Worth Basin, two natural gas processing plants that compress, treat and process the natural gas and a fractionator that fractionates a portion of our raw NGLs produced in our processing operations into NGL products. These assets, together with the business conducted thereby, are collectively referred to as the “North Texas System.” We serve a fourteen-county natural gas producing region in the Fort Worth Basin that includes production from the Barnett Shale formation and other shallower formations, which are subsurface rock formations containing hydrocarbons, including the Bend Conglomerate, Caddo, Atoka, Marble Falls, and other Pennsylvanian and upper Mississippian formations, which we refer to as the “other Fort Worth Basin formations.” For more information on the North Texas System, please see “Business — Our Partnership”.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we generated pro forma net income (loss) of approximately $(6.8) million and $0.4 million, respectively, pro forma operating margin of $81.2 million and $67.8 million, respectively, and had 162.5 million cubic feet of natural gas per day, or MMcf/d, and 168.2 MMcf/d of gathering throughput, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we generated approximately $72.8 million and $62.7 million of pro forma income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, respectively.


1


Table of Contents

 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
EBITDA.  We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.
 
The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
Operating Margin.  We define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases, and operating expense. Management reviews operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis. Based on this monthly analysis, management takes appropriate action to maintain positive trends or to reverse negative trends. Management uses operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations.
 
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of operating margin should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. Operating margin is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider operating margin in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because operating margin excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of operating margin as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. Operating margin provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements, including such investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure;
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
                                                                   
    Predecessor Business     Targa Resources Partners LP  
    Dynegy       Targa     Pro Forma  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
      Two Months
    Nine Months
          Nine Months
 
    Years Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars)  
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1                  
Allocated interest expense from parent(1)
                              10.7       50.5                  
Changes in operating working capital which provided (used) cash:
                                                                 
Accounts receivable
    0.7       (0.7 )     0.5       0.3         0.1       (0.4 )                
Accounts payable
    (1.0 )     (2.7 )     1.1       1.3         0.8                        
Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities
    (4.9 )     (3.8 )     (12.6 )     (17.1 )       5.5       1.5                  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7                  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
Deferred tax expense
                                    2.0             2.0  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7     $ 72.8     $ 62.7  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “operating margin” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
Deferred income tax
                                    2.0             2.0  
Other, net
    0.6       0.3                                        
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
General and administrative expense
    7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         1.1       5.1       8.4       5.1  
                                                                   
Operating margin
  $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 16.7     $ 67.8     $ 81.2     $ 67.8  
                                                                   
 
(1)  Excludes non-cash amortization of debt issue costs of $0.8 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Please see “Business — Strategies” and “Business — Competitive Strengths” for a discussion of our strategies and competitive strengths.


3


Table of Contents

 
Our Relationship with Targa Resources, Inc.
 
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with Targa, a leading provider of midstream natural gas and NGL services in the United States. Targa has indicated that it intends to use us as a growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition and expansion of midstream natural gas, NGL and other complementary energy businesses and assets. We expect to have the opportunity to make acquisitions directly from Targa in the future. Targa intends to offer us the opportunity to purchase substantially all of its remaining businesses, although it is not obligated to do so. While Targa believes it will be in its best interest to contribute additional assets to us given its significant ownership of limited and general partner interests in us, Targa constantly evaluates acquisitions and dispositions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of midstream assets in the future without offering us the opportunity to purchase or construct those assets. Targa has retained such flexibility because it believes it is in the best interests of its shareholders to do so. We cannot say with any certainty which, if any, opportunities to acquire assets from Targa may be made available to us or if we will choose to pursue any such opportunity. Moreover, Targa is not prohibited from competing with us and constantly evaluates acquisitions and dispositions that do not involve us. In addition, through our relationship with Targa, we will have access to a significant pool of management talent, strong commercial relationships throughout the energy industry and access to Targa’s broad operational, commercial, technical, risk management and administrative infrastructure.
 
Following this offering, Targa will continue to own interests in or operate approximately 6,680 miles of natural gas pipelines and approximately 720 miles of NGL pipelines, with natural gas gathering systems covering approximately 11,900 square miles and 20 natural gas processing plants with access to natural gas supplies in the Permian basin, onshore Louisiana and the Gulf of Mexico. Additionally, Targa has a significant, integrated NGL logistics and marketing business, with 13 storage, marine and transport terminals with an NGL storage capacity of 730 MBbls, net NGL fractionation capacity of approximately 287 thousand barrels per day, or MBbls/d, and 43 operated storage wells with a capacity of 103 MMBbls. These asset locations provide Targa access to relatively stable natural gas supplies and proximity to end-use markets and market hubs while positioning Targa to capitalize on growth opportunities from the continued development of onshore as well as deepwater and deep shelf Gulf of Mexico natural gas reserves and the increasing importation of liquified natural gas, or LNG, to the Gulf Coast.
 
Our Relationship with Warburg Pincus LLC
 
Warburg Pincus LLC, or Warburg Pincus, controls us through its ownership of securities in Targa Resources Investments Inc., the indirect parent of Targa, and a stockholders agreement among Targa Resources Investments Inc. and its owners. Warburg Pincus is a private equity firm and over four decades has invested more than $20 billion in 525 companies in 30 countries, representing a variety of industries including energy, information and communication technology, financial services, healthcare, media and business services and real estate.
 
Summary of Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business, regulatory and legal matters, our limited partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. The following list of risk factors is not exhaustive. Please see these and other risks described under “Risk Factors.”
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
  •  We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to make cash distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units at the initial distribution rate under our cash distribution policy.
 
  •  On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the year ended December 31, 2005 or for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006.


4


Table of Contents

 
  •  Our cash flow is affected by natural gas and NGL prices, and decreases in these prices could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units.
 
  •  Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells in our operating regions, our success depends on our ability to obtain new sources of supplies of natural gas and NGLs, which depends on certain factors beyond our control. Any decrease in supplies of natural gas or NGLs could adversely affect our business and operating results.
 
  •  Our hedging activities may not be effective in reducing the variability of our cash flows and may, in certain circumstances, increase the variability of our cash flows. In addition, the significant contribution to our results of operations that we are currently receiving from our hedge positions will decrease substantially through 2010.
 
Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us
 
  •  Targa controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Targa has conflicts of interest with us and may favor its own interests to your detriment.
 
  •  The credit and business risk profile of our general partner and its owners could adversely affect our credit ratings and profile.
 
  •  Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
  •  Targa is not limited in its ability to compete with us, which could limit our ability to acquire additional assets or businesses.
 
Tax Risks to Common Unitholders
 
  •  Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, were to treat us as a corporation or if we were to become subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.
 
  •  If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely affected, and the cost of any contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.
 
  •  You may be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
 
Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure
 
General
 
At the closing of this offering, we anticipate that the following transactions, which we refer to as the Formation Transactions, will occur:
 
  •  Targa will contribute the North Texas System to us;
 
  •  we will issue to Targa 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing a 39.9% limited partner interest in us;
 
  •  we will issue to our general partner, Targa Resources GP LLC, 578,127 general partner units representing its initial 2% general partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights,


5


Table of Contents

  which incentive distribution rights will entitle our general partner to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.3881 per unit per quarter;
 
  •  we will issue 16,800,000 common units to the public in this offering, representing a 58.1% limited partner interest in us, and will use the proceeds to pay expenses associated with this offering, the Formation Transactions and our new credit facility and to pay approximately $307.1 million to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness;
 
  •  we will borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new $500 million credit facility, the proceeds of which will be paid to Targa to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness;
 
  •  the remaining affiliate indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us;
 
  •  we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa and our general partner, which will address, among other things, the provision of and the reimbursement for general and administrative and operating services;
 
  •  we will enter into a natural gas purchase agreement, pursuant to which we will sell all of our residue natural gas to Targa at market-based prices for a term of 15 years; and
 
  •  we will enter into NGL and condensate purchase agreements, pursuant to which we will sell all of our NGLs and high-pressure condensate to Targa at market-based prices for a term of 15 years.
 
Our affiliate indebtedness consists of borrowings incurred by Targa and allocated to us for financial reporting purposes as well as intercompany indebtedness to be contributed to us together with the North Texas System.
 
We will use any net proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to reduce outstanding borrowings under our new credit facility. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, the ownership interest of the public unitholders will increase to 19,320,000 common units, representing an aggregate 61.4% limited partner interest in us, the ownership interest of our general partner will increase to 629,555 general partner units, representing a 2% general partner interest in us, and the ownership interest of Targa will remain at 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing a 36.6% limited partner interest in us.
 
Management of Targa Resources Partners LP
 
Targa Resources GP LLC, our general partner, will manage our business and operations, and its board of directors and officers will make decisions on our behalf. All of the executive officers and some of the directors of Targa also serve as executive officers or directors of our general partner.
 
Unlike shareholders in a publicly traded corporation, our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors. Targa will elect all five members to the board of directors of our general partner and we will have three directors that are independent as defined under the independence standards established by The NASDAQ Global Market. For more information about these individuals, please see “Management — Directors and Executive Officers.”
 
The diagram on the following page depicts our organization and ownership after giving effect to the offering and the related Formation Transactions.


6


Table of Contents

 
Simplified Organizational Structure and Ownership of Targa Resources Partners LP
after the Formation Transactions
 
         
Public Common Units
    58.1 %
Targa Subordinated Units
    39.9 %
General Partner Units
    2.0 %
         
Total
    100.0 %
 
 
 
(1) Ownership percentages are presented on a fully-diluted basis.
 
(2) Targa Resources, Inc. is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Targa Resources Investments Inc. Warburg Pincus LLC controls us through its ownership of securities in Targa Resources Investments Inc. and a stockholders agreement among Targa Resources Investments Inc. and its owners.
 


7


Table of Contents

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002 and our telephone number is (713) 584-1000. Our website is located at www.targaresources.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
 
Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
 
Targa Resources GP LLC, our general partner, has a legal duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to holders of our common units and subordinated units. This legal duty originates in statutes and judicial decisions and is commonly referred to as a “fiduciary duty.” However, because our general partner is owned by Targa, the officers and directors of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to Targa. As a result of this relationship, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and holders of our common units and subordinated units, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates on the other hand. Our partnership agreement also provides that Targa is not restricted from competing with us.
 
For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and fiduciary duties of our general partner, please see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

8


Table of Contents

 
The Offering
 
Common units offered to the public 16,800,000 common units or 19,320,000 common units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units.
 
Units outstanding after this offering 16,800,000 common units and 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing 58.1% and 39.9% limited partner interests in us (19,320,000 common units and 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing 61.4% and 36.6% limited partner interests in us if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units). The general partner will own 578,127 general partner units, or 629,555 general partner units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, in each case representing a 2% general partner interest in us.
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds of approximately $315.3 million from this offering (at an assumed offering price of $20.00 per common unit), after deducting underwriting discounts and deducting a structuring fee of approximately $1.3 million but before paying offering expenses, to:
 
• pay approximately $4.0 million in expenses associated with this offering and the Formation Transactions;
 
• pay approximately $4.2 million in fees and expenses related to our new credit facility; and
 
• use the remaining proceeds to pay approximately $307.1 million to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness.
 
We also expect to borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new credit facility upon the closing of this offering and to pay that amount to Targa to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness. The remaining balance of our affiliate indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Distributions and Payments to our General Partner and its Affiliates.”
 
We will use any net proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units to reduce outstanding borrowings under our new credit facility.
 
Cash distributions We will make an initial quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per common unit ($1.35 per common unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses. Our ability to pay cash distributions at this initial distribution rate is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”
 
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our cash on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves established by our general partner. We refer to this cash as “available cash,” and we define its meaning in our partnership agreement. Our


9


Table of Contents

partnership agreement also requires that we distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus each quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:
 
• first, 98% to the holders of common units and 2% to our general partner, until each common unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 plus any arrearages from prior quarters;
 
• second, 98% to the holders of subordinated units and 2% to our general partner, until each subordinated unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375; and
 
• third, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to our general partner, until each unit has received an aggregate distribution of $0.3881.
 
If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.3881 per common unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive, in addition to distributions on its 2% general partner interest, increasing percentages, up to 48%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions.” Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”
 
We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through March 31, 2007 based on the actual length of the period. We expect to pay this cash distribution on or about May 15, 2007.
 
The amount of our pro forma available cash generated during the year ended December 31, 2005 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units but only approximately 29% and 98%, respectively, of the minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units during these periods (28% and 97%, respectively, assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units). For a calculation of our ability to make distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for 2006, please see “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”
 
We believe that, based on the minimum estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 included under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions,” we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to make cash distributions for the four quarters ending December 31, 2007 at the initial quarterly distribution rate of $0.3375 per unit on all common units, subordinated units and general partner units.
 
Subordinated units Targa will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are entitled to receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit only after the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any


10


Table of Contents

arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. The subordination period generally will end if we have earned and paid at least $0.3375 on each outstanding unit and general partner unit for any three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after December 31, 2009. The subordination period will also end if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.
 
When the subordination period ends, all remaining subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages.
 
Early conversion of subordinated units If we have earned and paid at least $2.025 (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit, subordinated unit and general partner unit for any four-quarter period, the subordination period will terminate automatically and all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”
 
General Partner’s right to reset the target distribution levels Our general partner has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount as in our current target distribution levels.
 
In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to receive Class B units. The Class B units will be entitled to the same cash distributions per unit as our common units and will be convertible into an equal number of common units. The number of Class B units to be issued will be equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. For a more detailed description of our general partner’s right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments are based and the concurrent right of our general partner to receive Class B units in connection with this reset, please see “Provisions of Our


11


Table of Contents

Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions — General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”
 
Issuance of additional units We can issue an unlimited number of units without the consent of our unitholders. Please see “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement — Issuance of Additional Securities.”
 
Limited voting rights Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, you will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. You will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own an aggregate of 40.7% of our common and subordinated units. This will give our general partner the ability to prevent its involuntary removal. Please see “The Partnership Agreement — Voting Rights.”
 
Limited call right If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price not less than the then-current market price of the common units.
 
Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2009, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be 20% or less of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $1.35 per unit, we estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no more than $0.27 per unit. Please see “Material Tax Consequences — Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions.”
 
Material tax consequences For a discussion of other material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please see “Material Tax Consequences.”
 
Exchange listing Our common units have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NGLS.”


12


Table of Contents

 
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
 
The following table shows summary historical financial and operating data of the North Texas System and pro forma financial data of Targa Resources Partners LP for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The historical financial statements included in this prospectus reflect the results of operations of the North Texas System to be contributed to us by Targa upon the closing of this offering. We refer to the results of operations of the North Texas System as the results of operations of the Predecessor Business. The summary historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the ten-month period ended October 31, 2005 and for the two-month period ended December 31, 2005 are derived from the audited financial statements of the Predecessor Business. The summary historical financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Predecessor Business. The Predecessor Business was acquired by Targa as part of Targa’s acquisition of substantially all of Dynegy Inc.’s midstream business on October 31, 2005 (the “DMS Acquisition”). The summary pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are derived from the unaudited pro forma financial statements of Targa Resources Partners LP included in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if certain transactions to be effected at the closing of this offering had taken place on September 30, 2006, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, or as of January 1, 2005, in the case of the pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005. The transactions reflected in the pro forma adjustments assume the following actions will occur:
 
• Targa will contribute the North Texas System to us;
 
  •  we will issue to Targa 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing a 39.9% limited partner interest in us;
 
  •  we will issue to our general partner, Targa Resources GP LLC, 578,127 general partner units representing its initial 2% general partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which incentive distribution rights will entitle our general partner to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.3881 per unit per quarter;
 
  •  we will issue 16,800,000 common units to the public in this offering, representing a 58.1% limited partner interest in us, and will use the proceeds to pay expenses associated with this offering, the Formation Transactions and our new credit facility and to pay approximately $307.1 million to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness;
 
  •  we will borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new $500 million credit facility the proceeds of which will be paid to Targa to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness; and
 
  •  the remaining affiliate indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us.
 
We derived the information in the following table from, and that information should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical combined and pro forma condensed financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 


13


Table of Contents

                                                                   
    Predecessor Business     Targa Resources Partners LP  
    Dynegy       Targa     Pro Forma  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
      Two Months
    Nine Months
          Nine Months
 
    Years Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars, except per unit and operating data)  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                                 
Total operating revenues
  $ 196.8     $ 258.6     $ 249.7     $ 293.3       $ 75.1     $ 290.9     $ 368.4     $ 290.9  
Product purchases
    147.3       182.6       179.0       210.8         54.9       205.2       265.7       205.2  
Operating expense
    15.1       17.7       15.8       18.0         3.5       17.9       21.5       17.9  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
General and administrative expense
    7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         1.1       5.1       8.4       5.1  
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
Deferred income tax(1)
                                    2.0             2.0  
Other, net
    0.6       0.3                                        
                                                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
                                                                   
Pro forma net income (loss) per limited partner unit
                                                    $ (0.24 )   $ 0.01  
Financial and Operating Data:
                                                                 
Financial data:
                                                                 
Operating margin(2)
  $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 16.7     $ 67.8     $ 81.2     $ 67.8  
EBITDA(3)
    26.1       50.8       48.2       57.2         15.6       62.7       72.8       62.7  
Operating data:
                                                                 
Gathering throughput, MMcf/d(4)
    134.3       152.0       160.4       161.2         168.8       168.2                  
Plant natural gas inlet, MMcf/d(5)
    128.6       145.4       155.4       156.2         161.9       161.6                  
Gross NGL production, MBbl/d
    15.9       17.2       18.4       18.5         19.8       18.8                  
Natural gas sales, BBtu/d
    42.0       59.2       68.4       68.9         72.3       75.2                  
NGL sales, MBbl/d
    15.3       13.2       14.2       14.3         15.4       15.1                  
Condensate sales, MBbl/d
    0.6       0.7       0.5       0.5         0.5       0.5                  
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                                                 
Property, plant, and equipment, net
  $ 180.4     $ 191.2       195.4     $ 196.4       $ 1,097.0     $ 1,073.0             $ 1,073.0  
Total assets
    182.9       193.5       197.6       198.5         1,122.8       1,126.3               1,110.9  
Long-term debt (including current portion)
                              868.9       865.2               342.5  
Partners’ capital / Net parent equity
    164.8       168.8       161.9       158.5         219.5       227.2               734.5  
Cash Flow Data:
                                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                                                 
Operating activities
  $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1                  
Investing activities
    (14.6 )     (23.4 )     (14.2 )     (16.4 )       (2.1 )     (17.7 )                
Financing activities
    (16.7 )     (34.6 )     (45.0 )     (56.3 )       3.6       6.6                  
 
 
(1)  In May 2006, Texas adopted a margin tax consisting of a 1% tax on the amount by which total revenue exceeds cost of goods sold. The amount presented represents our estimated liability for this tax.
 
(2)  Operating margin is total operating revenues less product purchases and operating expense. Please see “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
 
(3)  EBITDA is net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Please see “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
 
(4)  Gathering throughput represents the volume of natural gas gathered and passed through natural gas gathering pipelines from connections to producing wells and central delivery points.
 
(5)  Plant natural gas inlet represents the volume of natural gas passing through the meter located at the inlet point of a natural gas processing plant.

14


Table of Contents

 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
EBITDA.  We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.
 
The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
Operating Margin.  We define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases, and operating expense. Management reviews operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis. Based on this monthly analysis, management takes appropriate action to maintain positive trends or to reverse negative trends. Management uses operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations.
 
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of operating margin should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. Operating margin is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider operating margin in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because operating margin excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of operating margin as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. Operating margin provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements, including such investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;


15


Table of Contents

 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure;
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
                                                                   
    Predecessor Business     Targa Resources Partners LP  
    Dynegy       Targa     Pro Forma  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
      Two Months
    Nine Months
          Nine Months
 
    Years Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars)  
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1                  
Allocated interest expense from parent(1)
                              10.7       50.5                  
Changes in operating working capital which provided (used) cash:
                                                                 
Accounts receivable
    0.7       (0.7 )     0.5       0.3         0.1       (0.4 )                
Accounts payable
    (1.0 )     (2.7 )     1.1       1.3         0.8                        
Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities
    (4.9 )     (3.8 )     (12.6 )     (17.1 )       5.5       1.5                  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7                  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
Deferred tax expense
                                    2.0             2.0  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7     $ 72.8     $ 62.7  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “operating margin” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
Deferred income tax
                                    2.0             2.0  
Other, net
    0.6       0.3                                        
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
General and administrative expense
    7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         1.1       5.1       8.4       5.1  
                                                                   
Operating margin
  $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 16.7     $ 67.8     $ 81.2     $ 67.8  
                                                                   
 
(1)  Excludes non-cash amortization of debt issue costs of $0.8 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.


16


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Limited partner interests are inherently different from capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in similar businesses. You should consider carefully the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.
 
If any of the following risks were actually to occur, then our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to make cash distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units at the initial distribution rate under our cash distribution policy.
 
In order to make our cash distributions at our initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per common unit and subordinated unit per complete quarter, or $1.35 per unit per year, we will require available cash of approximately $9.8 million per quarter, or $39.0 million per year, based on the common units and subordinated units outstanding immediately after completion of this offering ($10.6 million or $42.5 million, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units). We may not have sufficient available cash from operating surplus each quarter to enable us to make cash distributions at the initial distribution rate under our cash distribution policy. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:
 
  •  the fees we charge and the margins we realize for our services;
 
  •  the prices of, levels of production of, and demand for, natural gas and natural gas liquids, or NGLs;
 
  •  the volume of natural gas we gather, treat, compress, process, transport and sell, and the volume of NGLs we process or fractionate and sell;
 
  •  the relationship between natural gas and NGL prices;
 
  •  cash settlements of hedging positions;
 
  •  the level of competition from other midstream energy companies;
 
  •  the level of our operating and maintenance and general and administrative costs; and
 
  •  prevailing economic conditions.
 
In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
 
  •  the level of capital expenditures we make;
 
  •  our ability to make borrowings under our credit facility to pay distributions;
 
  •  the cost of acquisitions;
 
  •  our debt service requirements and other liabilities;
 
  •  fluctuations in our working capital needs;
 
  •  general and administrative expenses, including expenses we will incur as a result of being a public company;


17


Table of Contents

 
  •  restrictions on distributions contained in our debt agreements; and
 
  •  the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner for the proper conduct of our business.
 
For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to make cash distributions, please see “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”
 
On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the year ended December 31, 2005 or for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006.
 
The amount of available cash we need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on all of our units to be outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately $39.0 million. The amount of our pro forma available cash generated during the year ended December 31, 2005 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units but only approximately 29% and 98%, respectively, of the minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units during these periods (28% and 97% respectively, assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units). For a calculation of our ability to make distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for 2006, please see “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”
 
Our cash flow is affected by natural gas and NGL prices, and decreases in these prices could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units.
 
Our operations can be affected by the level of natural gas and NGL prices and the relationship between these prices. The prices of natural gas and NGLs have been volatile and we expect this volatility to continue. The NYMEX daily settlement price for natural gas for the forward month contract in 2005 ranged from a high of $15.38 per MMBtu to a low of $5.79 per MMBtu. In the first nine months of 2006, NYMEX pricing ranged from a high of $10.63 per MMBtu to a low of $4.20 per MMBtu. Natural gas prices reached relatively high levels in 2005 and early 2006 but have declined substantially through the first three quarters of 2006, with the forward month gas futures contracts closing at a four-year low in September of 2006. NGL prices exhibit similar volatility. Based on monthly index prices, the average price for our NGL composition ranged from a high of $1.12 per gallon to a low $0.73 per gallon in 2005, and from a high of $1.14 per gallon to a low of $0.88 per gallon for the first nine months of 2006.
 
Our future cash flow will be materially adversely affected if we experience significant, prolonged pricing deterioration below general price levels experienced over the past few years in our industry.
 
The markets and prices for natural gas and NGLs depend upon factors beyond our control. These factors include demand for these commodities, which fluctuate with changes in market and economic conditions and other factors, including:
 
  •  the impact of seasonality and weather;
 
  •  general economic conditions;
 
  •  the level of domestic crude oil and natural gas production and consumption;
 
  •  the availability of imported natural gas, NGLs and crude oil;
 
  •  actions taken by foreign oil and gas producing nations;
 
  •  the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems;
 
  •  the availability and marketing of competitive fuels;
 
  •  the impact of energy conservation efforts; and
 
  •  the extent of governmental regulation and taxation.


18


Table of Contents

 
Our primary natural gas gathering and processing arrangements that expose us to commodity price risk are our percent-of-proceeds arrangements. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2006, our percent-of-proceeds arrangements accounted for approximately 96% of our gathered natural gas volume. Under percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we generally process natural gas from producers for an agreed percentage of the proceeds from the sale of residue gas and NGLs resulting from our processing activities, selling the resulting residue gas and NGLs at market prices. Under these types of arrangements, our revenues and our cash flows increase or decrease, whichever is applicable, as the price of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil fluctuates. For additional information regarding our hedging activities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk.”
 
Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells in our operating regions, our success depends on our ability to obtain new sources of supplies of natural gas and NGLs, which depends on certain factors beyond our control. Any decrease in supplies of natural gas or NGLs could adversely affect our business and operating results.
 
Our gathering systems are connected to natural gas wells, from which the production will naturally decline over time, which means that our cash flows associated with these wells will also decline over time. To maintain or increase throughput levels on our gathering systems and the utilization rate at our processing plants and our treating and fractionation facilities, we must continually obtain new natural gas supplies. Our ability to obtain additional sources of natural gas depends in part on the level of successful drilling activity near our gathering systems.
 
We have no control over the level of drilling activity in the areas of our operations, the amount of reserves associated with the wells or the rate at which production from a well will decline. In addition, we have no control over producers or their drilling or production decisions, which are affected by, among other things, prevailing and projected energy prices, demand for hydrocarbons, the level of reserves, geological considerations, governmental regulations, availability of drilling rigs and other production and development costs and the availability and cost of capital. We believe that rig availability in the Fort Worth Basin has been and will continue to be a limiting factor on the number of wells drilled in that area. Fluctuations in energy prices can greatly affect production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new oil and natural gas reserves. Drilling activity generally decreases as oil and natural gas prices decrease. Natural gas prices reached relatively high levels in 2005 and early 2006 but have declined substantially through the first three quarters of 2006, with gas futures contracts closing at a four-year low in September of 2006. These recent declines in natural gas prices are beginning to have a negative impact on exploration, development and production activity, and if sustained, could lead to a material decrease in such activity. Reductions in exploration or production activity or shut-ins by producers in the areas in which we operate as a result of a sustained decline in natural gas prices would lead to reduced utilization of our gathering and processing assets.
 
Because of these factors, even if new natural gas reserves are discovered in areas served by our assets, producers may choose not to develop those reserves. If, due to reductions in drilling activity or competition, we are not able to obtain new supplies of natural gas to replace the natural decline in volumes from existing wells, throughput on our pipelines and the utilization rates of our treating, processing and fractionation facilities would decline, which could reduce our revenue and impair our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Our hedging activities may not be effective in reducing the variability of our cash flows and may, in certain circumstances, increase the variability of our cash flows. In addition, the significant contribution to our results of operations that we are currently receiving from our hedge positions will decrease substantially through 2010.
 
We have entered into derivative transactions related to only a portion of our equity volumes. As a result, we will continue to have direct commodity price risk to the unhedged portion. Our actual future volumes may be significantly higher or lower than we estimated at the time we entered into the derivative


19


Table of Contents

transactions for that period. If the actual amount is higher than we estimated, we will have greater commodity price risk than we intended. If the actual amount is lower than the amount that is subject to our derivative financial instruments, we might be forced to satisfy all or a portion of our derivative transactions without the benefit of the cash flow from our sale of the underlying physical commodity, resulting in a reduction of our liquidity. The derivative instruments we utilize for these hedges are based on posted market prices, which may be lower than the actual natural gas, NGL and condensate prices that we realize in our operations. As a result of these factors, our hedging activities may not be as effective as we intend in reducing the variability of our cash flows, and in certain circumstances may actually increase the variability of our cash flows. To the extent we hedge our commodity price risk, we may forego the benefits we would otherwise experience if commodity prices were to change in our favor.
 
Our results of operations are currently realizing a significant benefit from hedge positions entered into in April and May of 2006. We estimate that our hedges will generate approximately $15 million in operating income for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007. If future prices remain comparable to current prices, we expect that this benefit will decline materially over the life of the hedges, which cover decreasing volumes at declining prices through 2010. For additional information regarding our hedging activities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
 
The assumptions underlying the minimum estimated EBITDA we include in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.
 
The minimum estimated EBITDA set forth in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” presents our ability to make the minimum quarterly distribution for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007. Our minimum estimated EBITDA and related assumptions have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, management and our independent auditor has neither compiled nor examined our minimum estimated EBITDA and provides no assurance nor any report on it. The assumptions underlying our minimum estimated EBITDA are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted. If we do not achieve our anticipated results, we may not be able to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of our common units may decline materially.
 
We depend on one natural gas producer for a significant portion of our supply of natural gas. The loss of this customer or replacement of its contracts on less favorable terms could result in a decline in our volumes, revenues and cash available for distribution.
 
Our largest natural gas supplier for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was ConocoPhillips, who accounted for approximately 36% and 34%, respectively, of our supply. The loss of all or even a portion of the natural gas volumes supplied by this customer or the extension or replacement of these contracts on less favorable terms, if at all, as a result of competition or otherwise, could reduce our revenue or increase our cost for product purchases, impairing our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
If third-party pipelines and other facilities interconnected to our natural gas pipelines and facilities become partially or fully unavailable to transport natural gas and NGLs, our revenues and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.
 
We depend upon third party pipelines and other facilities that provide delivery options to and from our pipelines and facilities. Since we do not own or operate these pipelines or other facilities, their continuing operation is not within our control. If any of these third-party pipelines and other facilities become partially or fully unavailable to transport natural gas and NGLs, our revenues and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.


20


Table of Contents

We depend on our Chico system for a substantial majority of our revenues and if those revenues were reduced, there would be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
Any significant curtailment of gathering, compressing, treating, processing or fractionation of natural gas on our Chico system could result in our realizing materially lower levels of revenues and cash flow for the duration of such curtailment. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, our Chico plant inlet volume accounted for over 90% of our revenues. Operations at our Chico system could be partially curtailed or completely shut down, temporarily or permanently, as a result of:
 
  •  competition from other systems that may be able to meet producer needs or supply end-user markets on a more cost-effective basis;
 
  •  operational problems such as catastrophic events at the Chico processing plant or gathering lines, labor difficulties or environmental proceedings or other litigation that compel cessation of all or a portion of the operations on our Chico system;
 
  •  an inability to obtain sufficient quantities of natural gas for the Chico system at competitive terms; or
 
  •  reductions in exploration or production activity, or shut-ins by producers in the areas in which we operate.
 
The magnitude of the effect on us of any curtailment of operations will depend on the length of the curtailment and the extent of the operations affected by such curtailment. We have no control over many of the factors that may lead to a curtailment of operations.
 
In addition, our business interruption insurance is subject to limitations and deductions. If a significant accident or event occurs at our Chico system that is not fully insured, it could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
We are exposed to the credit risk of Targa and any material nonperformance by Targa could reduce our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
At the closing of this offering, we will enter into purchase agreements with Targa pursuant to which Targa will purchase all of our natural gas, NGLs and high-pressure condensate for a term of 15 years. We will also enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa which will address, among other things, the provision of general and administrative and operating services to us. As of January 31, 2007, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s assigned Targa corporate credit ratings of B1 and B+, respectively, which are speculative ratings. These speculative ratings signify a higher risk that Targa will default on its obligations, including its obligations to us, than does an investment grade credit rating. Any material nonperformance under the omnibus and purchase agreements by Targa could materially and adversely impact our ability to operate and make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Our general partner is an obligor under, and subject to a pledge related to, Targa’s credit facility; in the event Targa is unable to meet its obligations under that facility, or is declared bankrupt, Targa’s lenders may gain control of our general partner or, in the case of bankruptcy, our partnership may be dissolved.
 
Our general partner is an obligor under, and all of its assets and Targa’s ownership interest in it are subject to a lien related to, Targa’s credit facility. In the event Targa is unable to satisfy its obligations under the credit facility and the lenders foreclose on their collateral, the lenders will own our general partner and all of its assets, which include the general partner interest in us and our incentive distribution rights. In such event, the lenders would control our management and operation. Moreover, in the event Targa becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, our general partner may be deemed insolvent or declared bankrupt as well. Under the terms of our partnership agreement, the bankruptcy or insolvency of our general partner will cause a dissolution of our partnership.


21


Table of Contents

Our industry is highly competitive, and increased competitive pressure could adversely affect our business and operating results.
 
We compete with similar enterprises in our respective areas of operation. Some of our competitors are large oil, natural gas and petrochemical companies that have greater financial resources and access to supplies of natural gas and NGLs than we do. Some of these competitors may expand or construct gathering, processing and transportation systems that would create additional competition for the services we provide to our customers. In addition, our customers who are significant producers of natural gas may develop their own gathering, processing and transportation systems in lieu of using ours. Our ability to renew or replace existing contracts with our customers at rates sufficient to maintain current revenues and cash flows could be adversely affected by the activities of our competitors and our customers. All of these competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions to you.
 
Our business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.
 
Our operations are subject to many hazards inherent in the gathering, compressing, treating, processing and transporting of natural gas and NGLs, including:
 
  •  damage to pipelines and plants, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters, explosions and acts of terrorism;
 
  •  inadvertent damage from third parties, including from construction, farm and utility equipment;
 
  •  leaks of natural gas, NGLs and other hydrocarbons or losses of natural gas or NGLs as a result of the malfunction of equipment or facilities; and
 
  •  other hazards that could also result in personal injury and loss of life, pollution and suspension of operations.
 
These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage and may result in curtailment or suspension of our related operations. A natural disaster or other hazard affecting the areas in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Our insurance is provided under Targa’s insurance programs. We are not fully insured against all risks inherent to our business. We are not insured against all environmental accidents that might occur which may include toxic tort claims, other than those considered to be sudden and accidental. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, it could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. In addition, Targa may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. Moreover, significant claims by Targa may limit or eliminate the amount of insurance proceeds available to us. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased substantially, and could escalate further. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage.
 
Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing and in pursuing other business opportunities.
 
At the closing of this offering, we will borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new credit facility. Our level of debt could have important consequences for us, including the following:
 
  •  our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;


22


Table of Contents

 
  •  we will need a portion of our cash flow to make interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders;
 
  •  our debt level will make us more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and
 
  •  our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.
 
Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms, or at all. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Requirements.”
 
Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our business.
 
In addition to our exposure to commodity prices, we will have significant exposure to increases in interest rates. After this offering, we expect to have approximately $342.5 million of debt on a pro forma basis at variable interest rates. An increase of 1 percentage point in the interest rates will result in an increase in annual interest expense of $3.4 million. As a result, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by significant increases in interest rates.
 
Restrictions in our credit facility may interrupt distributions to us from our subsidiaries, which may limit our ability to make distributions to you, satisfy our obligations and capitalize on business opportunities.
 
We are a holding company with no business operations. As such, we depend upon the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries and the distribution of that cash to us in order to meet our obligations and to allow us to make distributions to our unitholders. In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new credit facility which will contain covenants limiting our ability to make distributions, incur indebtedness, grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. Furthermore, our credit facility will contain covenants requiring us to maintain a ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA initially of not more than 5.75 to 1.00 and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 2.25 to 1.00. If we fail to meet these tests or otherwise breach the terms of our credit facility our operating subsidiary will be prohibited from making any distribution to us and, ultimately, to you. Any interruption of distributions to us from our subsidiaries may limit our ability to satisfy our obligations and to make distributions to you.
 
We may incur significant costs and liabilities in the future resulting from a failure to comply with new or existing environmental regulations or an accidental release of hazardous substances or hydrocarbons into the environment.
 
Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These include, for example, (1) the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions, (2) the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state laws that impose requirements for the handling, storage, treatment or discharge of waste from our facilities and (3) the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, also known as “Superfund,” and comparable state laws that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or locations to which we have sent waste for disposal. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations or newly adopted laws or regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations or imposing additional compliance requirements on such operations. Certain environmental regulations,


23


Table of Contents

including CERCLA and analogous state laws and regulations, impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances or hydrocarbons have been disposed or otherwise released. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances, hydrocarbons or other waste products into the environment.
 
There is inherent risk of the incurrence of environmental costs and liabilities in our business due to our handling of natural gas and other petroleum products, air emissions related to our operations, and historical industry operations and waste disposal practices. For example, an accidental release from one of our facilities could subject us to substantial liabilities arising from environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. Moreover, the possibility exists that stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could significantly increase our operational or compliance costs and the cost of any remediation that may become necessary. In particular, we may incur expenditures in order to maintain compliance with legal requirements governing emissions of air pollutants from our facilities. We may not be able to recover these costs from insurance. Please see “Business — Environmental Matters.”
 
We typically do not obtain independent evaluations of natural gas reserves dedicated to our gathering pipeline systems; therefore, volumes of natural gas on our systems in the future could be less than we anticipate.
 
We typically do not obtain independent evaluations of natural gas reserves connected to our gathering systems due to the unwillingness of producers to provide reserve information as well as the cost of such evaluations. Accordingly, we do not have independent estimates of total reserves dedicated to our gathering systems or the anticipated life of such reserves. If the total reserves or estimated life of the reserves connected to our gathering systems is less than we anticipate and we are unable to secure additional sources of natural gas, then the volumes of natural gas on our gathering systems in the future could be less than we anticipate. A decline in the volumes of natural gas on our systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions to you.
 
A change in the jurisdictional characterization of some of our assets by federal, state or local regulatory agencies or a change in policy by those agencies may result in increased regulation of our assets, which may cause our revenues to decline and operating expenses to increase.
 
Our natural gas gathering operations are generally exempt from Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC, regulation under the Natural Gas Act of 1938, or NGA, but FERC regulation still affects these businesses and the markets for products derived from these businesses. FERC’s policies and practices across the range of its natural gas regulatory activities, including, for example, its policies on open access transportation, ratemaking, capacity release and market center promotion, indirectly affect intrastate markets. In recent years, FERC has pursued pro-competitive policies in its regulation of interstate natural gas pipelines. However, we cannot assure you that FERC will continue this approach as it considers matters such as pipeline rates and rules and policies that may affect rights of access to natural gas transportation capacity. In addition, the distinction between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services has been the subject of regular litigation; accordingly, the classification and regulation of some of our intrastate pipelines may be subject to change based on future determinations by FERC, the courts or Congress.
 
State regulation of natural gas gathering facilities generally includes various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances, nondiscriminatory take requirements, and complaint-based rate regulation. Natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny at both the state and federal levels now that FERC has taken a more light-handed approach to regulation of the gathering activities of interstate pipeline transmission companies and as a number of such companies have transferred gathering facilities to unregulated affiliates. The Railroad Commission of Texas, or TRRC, has adopted regulations that generally allow natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with the TRRC in an effort to resolve grievances relating to intrastate pipeline access and rate discrimination. Our natural gas gathering operations could be


24


Table of Contents

adversely affected in the future should they become subject to the application of state or federal regulation of rates and services. Our gathering operations also may be or become subject to safety and operational regulations relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of gathering facilities. Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are considered or adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but the industry could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes. Other state and local regulations also may affect our business. See “Business — Regulation of Operations.”
 
Our costs may increase because our credit obligations under hedging and other contractual arrangements will not be guaranteed by Targa.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, Targa maintains credit support for our obligations related to derivative financial instruments, such as commodity price hedging contracts. Beginning with the closing of this offering, Targa will no longer provide credit support for our obligations under derivative financial instruments and other commercial contracts governing our business or operations. Consequently, we will need to provide our own credit support arrangements for commercial contracts, which may increase our costs. For example, it could be more costly for us to manage our commodity price risk through certain types of financial hedging arrangements unless we are able to achieve creditworthiness similar to the current creditworthiness of Targa.
 
All of our operations are based in the Fort Worth Basin and we are dependent on drilling activities and our ability to attract and maintain customers in such region.
 
All of our operations are located in the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas. Due to our lack of diversification in industry type and location, an adverse development in the oil and gas production from this area would have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets and operating areas.
 
Under the terms of our gas sales agreement, Targa will manage the sales of our natural gas and will pay us the amount it realizes for gas sales less certain costs; however, unexpected volume changes due to production variability or to gathering, plant, or pipeline system disruptions may increase our exposure to commodity price movements.
 
Targa will sell our processed natural gas to third parties and other Targa affiliates at our plant tailgate or at interstate pipeline pooling points. Sales made to natural gas marketers and end-users may be interrupted by disruptions to volumes anywhere along the system. Targa will attempt to balance sales with volumes supplied from our processing operations, but unexpected volume variations due to production variability or to gathering, plant, or pipeline system disruptions may expose us to volume imbalances which, in conjunction with movements in commodity prices, could materially impact our income from operations, and cash flow.
 
We may incur significant costs and liabilities resulting from pipeline integrity programs and related repairs.
 
Pursuant to the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, the United States Department of Transportation, or DOT, has adopted regulations requiring pipeline operators to develop integrity management programs for pipelines located where a leak or rupture could do the most harm in “high consequence areas.” The regulations require operators to:
 
  •  perform ongoing assessments of pipeline integrity;
 
  •  identify and characterize applicable threats to pipeline segments that could impact a high consequence area;
 
  •  improve data collection, integration and analysis;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  repair and remediate the pipeline as necessary; and
 
  •  implement preventive and mitigating actions.
 
We currently estimate that we will incur an aggregate cost of approximately $1 million between 2006 and 2010 to implement pipeline integrity management program testing along certain segments of our natural gas and NGL pipelines. This does not include the costs, if any, of any repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing program, which costs could be substantial.
 
Our construction of new assets may not result in revenue increases and is subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
One of the ways we intend to grow our business is through the construction of new midstream assets. The construction of additions or modifications to our existing systems, and the construction of new midstream assets, involves numerous regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties beyond our control and may require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital. If we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on schedule or at the budgeted cost, or at all. Moreover, our revenues may not increase immediately upon the expenditure of funds on a particular project. For instance, if we expand a new pipeline, the construction may occur over an extended period of time, and we will not receive any material increases in revenues until the project is completed. Moreover, we may construct facilities to capture anticipated future growth in production in a region in which such growth does not materialize. Since we are not engaged in the exploration for and development of natural gas and oil reserves, we do not possess reserve expertise and we often do not have access to third-party estimates of potential reserves in an area prior to constructing facilities in such area. To the extent we rely on estimates of future production in our decision to construct additions to our systems, such estimates may prove to be inaccurate because there are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of future production. As a result, new facilities may not be able to attract enough throughput to achieve our expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the construction of additions to our existing gathering and transportation assets may require us to obtain new rights-of-way prior to constructing new pipelines. We may be unable to obtain such rights-of-way to connect new natural gas supplies to our existing gathering lines or capitalize on other attractive expansion opportunities. Additionally, it may become more expensive for us to obtain new rights-of-way or to renew existing rights-of-way. If the cost of renewing or obtaining new rights-of-way increases, our cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
If we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, or efficiently and effectively integrate the acquired assets with our asset base, our future growth will be limited.
 
Our ability to grow depends, in part, on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in the cash generated from operations per unit. If we are unable to make these accretive acquisitions either because we are (1) unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts with them, (2) unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, or (3) outbid by competitors, then our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited.
 
Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other things:
 
  •  mistaken assumptions about volumes, revenues and costs, including synergies;
 
  •  an inability to integrate successfully the businesses we acquire;
 
  •  the assumption of unknown liabilities;
 
  •  limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;
 
  •  mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;
 
  •  the diversion of management’s and employees’ attention from other business concerns;


26


Table of Contents

 
  •  unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and
 
  •  customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.
 
If these risks materialize, the acquired assets may inhibit our growth or fail to deliver expected benefits.
 
Our acquisition strategy is based, in part, on our expectation of ongoing divestitures of energy assets by industry participants. A material decrease in such divestitures would limit our opportunities for future acquisitions and could adversely affect our operations and cash flows available for distribution to our unitholders.
 
We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and facilities are located, which could disrupt our operations.
 
We do not own most of the land on which our pipelines and facilities are located, and we are therefore subject to the possibility of more onerous terms and/or increased costs to retain necessary land use if we do not have valid rights of way or leases or if such rights of way or leases lapse or terminate. We sometimes obtain the rights to land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. Our loss of these rights, through our inability to renew right-of-way contracts, leases or otherwise, could cause us to cease operations on the affected land, increase costs related to continuing operations elsewhere, reduce our revenue and impair our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
We do not have any officers or employees and rely solely on officers of our general partner and employees of Targa.
 
None of the officers of our general partner are employees of our general partner. We intend to enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa, pursuant to which Targa will operate our assets and perform other administrative services for us such as accounting, legal, regulatory, corporate development, finance, land and engineering. Affiliates of Targa conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest, including businesses and activities relating to Targa. As a result, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to our general partner and Targa. If the officers of our general partner and the employees of Targa do not devote sufficient attention to the management and operation of our business, our financial results may suffer and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders may be reduced.
 
If our general partner fails to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, then we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential unitholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common units.
 
Targa Resources GP LLC, our general partner, has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations. Effective internal controls are necessary for our general partner, on our behalf, to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate us successfully as a public company. If our general partner’s efforts to develop and maintain its internal controls are not successful, it is unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or it is unable to assist us in complying with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our operating results could be harmed or we may fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls also could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common units.
 
The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our common units and subordinated units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability. Consequently, even if we are profitable, we may not be able to make cash distributions to holders of our common units and subordinated units.
 
You should be aware that the amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we


27


Table of Contents

may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses for financial accounting purposes and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net earnings for financial accounting purposes.
 
Terrorist attacks, and the threat of terrorist attacks, have resulted in increased costs to our business. Continued hostilities in the Middle East or other sustained military campaigns may adversely impact our results of operations.
 
The long-term impact of terrorist attacks, such as the attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001, and the threat of future terrorist attacks on our industry in general, and on us in particular, is not known at this time. Increased security measures taken by us as a precaution against possible terrorist attacks have resulted in increased costs to our business. Uncertainty surrounding continued hostilities in the Middle East or other sustained military campaigns may affect our operations in unpredictable ways, including disruptions of crude oil supplies and markets for our products, and the possibility that infrastructure facilities could be direct targets of, or indirect casualties of, an act of terror.
 
Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain. Moreover, the insurance that may be available to us may be significantly more expensive than our existing insurance coverage. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorism or war could also affect our ability to raise capital.
 
Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us
 
Targa controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Targa has conflicts of interest with us and may favor its own interests to your detriment.
 
Following this offering, Targa will own and control our general partner. Some of our general partner’s directors, and some of its executive officers, are directors or officers of Targa. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise between Targa, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:
 
  •  neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Targa to pursue a business strategy that favors us. Targa’s directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of Targa, which may be contrary to our interests;
 
  •  our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as Targa, or its owners, including Warburg Pincus, in resolving conflicts of interest; and
 
  •  Targa is not limited in its ability to compete with us and is under no obligation to offer assets to us; please see “— Targa is not limited in its ability to compete with us, which could limit our ability to acquire additional assets or businesses” below.
 
Please see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”
 
The credit and business risk profile of our general partner and its owners could adversely affect our credit ratings and profile.
 
The credit and business risk profiles of the general partner and its owners may be factors in credit evaluations of a master limited partnership. This is because the general partner can exercise significant influence over the business activities of the partnership, including its cash distribution and acquisition strategy and business risk profile. Another factor that may be considered is the financial condition of the general partner and its owners, including the degree of their financial leverage and their dependence on cash flow from the partnership to service their indebtedness.
 
Targa, the owner of our general partner, has significant indebtedness outstanding and is partially dependent on the cash distributions from their indirect general partner and limited partner equity interests


28


Table of Contents

in us to service such indebtedness. Any distributions by us to such entities will be made only after satisfying our then current obligations to our creditors. Our credit ratings and business risk profile could be adversely affected if the ratings and risk profiles of the entities that control our general partner were viewed as substantially lower or more risky than ours.
 
Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
The directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, Targa. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty laws. For example, our partnership agreement:
 
  •  permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner;
 
  •  provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed the decision was in the best interests of our partnership;
 
  •  generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acting in good faith and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or must be “fair and reasonable” to us, as determined by our general partner in good faith and that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our general partner may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us;
 
  •  provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and
 
  •  provides that in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
 
If you purchase any common units, you will agree to become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please see “Conflicts of Interests and Fiduciary Duties — Fiduciary Duties.”
 
Targa is not limited in its ability to compete with us, which could limit our ability to acquire additional assets or businesses.
 
Neither our partnership agreement nor the omnibus agreement between us and Targa will prohibit Targa from owning assets or engaging in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. In addition, Targa may acquire, construct or dispose of additional midstream or other assets in the future, without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase or construct any of those assets. Targa is a large, established participant in the midstream energy business, and has significantly greater resources and experience than we have, which factors may make it more difficult for us to compete with Targa with respect to commercial activities as well as for acquisition candidates. As a result, competition from Targa


29


Table of Contents

could adversely impact our results of operations and cash available for distribution. Please see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”
 
Cost reimbursements due our general partner and its affiliates for services provided, which will be determined by our general partner, will be substantial and will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.
 
Pursuant to an omnibus agreement we will enter into with Targa Resources GP LLC, our general partner and others upon the closing of this offering, Targa will receive reimbursement for the payment of operating expenses related to our operations and for the provision of various general and administrative services for our benefit. Payments for these services will be substantial and will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Omnibus Agreement.” In addition, under Delaware partnership law, our general partner has unlimited liability for our obligations, such as our debts and environmental liabilities, except for our contractual obligations that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner. To the extent our general partner incurs obligations on our behalf, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner. If we are unable or unwilling to reimburse or indemnify our general partner, our general partner may take actions to cause us to make payments of these obligations and liabilities. Any such payments could reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.
 
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.
 
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will not elect our general partner or our general partner’s board of directors, and will have no right to elect our general partner or our general partner’s board of directors on an annual or other continuing basis. The board of directors of our general partner will be chosen by Targa. Furthermore, if the unitholders were dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.
 
Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.
 
The unitholders will be unable initially to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of all outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove the general partner. Following the closing of this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own 40.7% of our aggregate outstanding common and subordinated units. Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into common units and any existing arrearages on our common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect our common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over our subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business, so the removal of the general partner because of the unitholder’s dissatisfaction with our general partner’s performance in managing our partnership will most likely result in the termination of the subordination period and conversion of all subordinated units to common units.


30


Table of Contents

We may issue additional units without your approval, which would dilute your existing ownership interests.
 
Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:
 
  •  our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
 
  •  the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;
 
  •  because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;
 
  •  the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
 
  •  the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and
 
  •  the market price of the common units may decline.
 
Affiliates of our general partner may sell common units in the public markets, which sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.
 
After the sale of the common units offered hereby, management of our general partner and Targa will hold no common units and 11,528,231 subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and may convert earlier. The sale of these units in the public markets could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.
 
Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue Class B units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of our general partner or holders of our common units. This ability may result in lower distributions to holders of our common units in certain situations.
 
Our general partner has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount.
 
In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to receive Class B units. The Class B units will be entitled to the same cash distributions per unit as our common units and will be convertible into an equal number of common units. The number of Class B units to be issued will be equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our Class B units, which are entitled to receive cash distributions from us on the same priority as our common units, rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount


31


Table of Contents

of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new Class B units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions — General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.”
 
Increases in interest rates could adversely impact our unit price and our ability to issue additional equity to make acquisitions, for expansion capital expenditures or for other purposes.
 
As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price is impacted by the level of our cash distributions and implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank related yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on our unit price and our ability to issue additional equity to make acquisitions, for expansion capital expenditures or for other purposes.
 
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded company.
 
We have no history operating as a publicly-traded company. As a publicly-traded company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market, have required changes in corporate governance practices of publicly-traded companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly-traded company, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create additional board committees and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our publicly-traded company reporting requirements. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for our general partner to obtain director and officer liability insurance and it may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for our general partner to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on its board of directors or as executive officers. We have included $2.5 million of estimated incremental costs per year associated with being a publicly-traded company for purposes of our financial forecast included elsewhere in this prospectus; however, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly-traded company will be higher than we currently estimate.
 
Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.
 
Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.
 
Control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.
 
Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the owners of our general partner from transferring all or a portion of their respective ownership interest in our general partner to a third party. The new owners of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with its own choices and thereby influence the decisions taken by the board of directors and officers.


32


Table of Contents

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your units at an undesirable time or price.
 
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than their then-current market price. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units, our general partner and its affiliates will own approximately 40.7% of our aggregate outstanding common units. For additional information about this right, please see “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Call Right.”
 
Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.
 
A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law and we conduct business in Texas. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the other states in which we do business. You could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if you were a general partner if:
 
  •  a court or government agency determined that we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or
 
  •  your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.
 
For a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder, please see “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Liability.”
 
Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.
 
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Substituted limited partners are liable for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the substituted limited partner at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.
 
Tax Risks to Common Unitholders
 
In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should read “Material Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.


33


Table of Contents

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, were to treat us as a corporation or if we were to become subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.
 
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in the common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other tax matter affecting us.
 
If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35% and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses or deductions would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.
 
Current law may change so as to cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to entity-level taxation. In addition, because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, margin, franchise and other forms of taxation. For example, beginning in 2008, we will be subject to a new entity level tax (imposed at a maximum effective rate of 0.7%) on the portion of our income that is generated in Texas. Imposition of such a tax on us by Texas, or any other state, will reduce the cash available for distribution to you. The partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts will be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
 
If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely affected, and the cost of any contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.
 
We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the conclusions of our counsel expressed in this prospectus or from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of our counsel’s conclusions or the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of our counsel’s conclusions or positions we take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.
 
You may be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
 
Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income which could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay any federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income even if you receive no cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.
 
Tax gain or loss on disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.
 
If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Prior distributions to you in excess of the total net taxable income you were allocated for a common unit, which decreased your tax basis in that common


34


Table of Contents

unit, will, in effect, become taxable income to you if the common unit is sold at a price greater than your tax basis in that common unit, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. A substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be ordinary income. In addition, if you sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale.
 
Tax-exempt entities and foreign persons face unique tax issues from owning our common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.
 
Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), other retirement plans and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable effective tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file United States federal tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a foreign person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.
 
We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.
 
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and because of other reasons, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from the sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. For a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we will adopt, please see “Material Tax Consequences — Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.”
 
The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Our termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. Please see “Material Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units — Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.
 
You may be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where you do not live as a result of investing in our common units.
 
In addition to federal income taxes, you might be subject to return filing requirements and other taxes, including foreign, state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property, now or in the future, even if you do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Further, you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We will initially own assets and conduct business in the State of Texas. Currently, Texas does not impose a personal income tax on individuals. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or do business in states that impose a personal income tax. It is your responsibility to file all United States federal, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the foreign, state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units.


35


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $315.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and deducting a structuring fee of approximately $1.3 million but before paying offering expenses. We base this amount on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit. We anticipate using the aggregate net proceeds of this offering to:
 
  •  pay approximately $4.0 million in expenses associated with this offering and the Formation Transactions;
 
  •  pay approximately $4.2 million in fees and expenses related to our new credit facility; and
 
  •  use the remaining proceeds to pay approximately $307.1 million to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness.
 
The structuring fee will be paid to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch & Co. for evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership. We also expect to borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new credit facility upon the closing of this offering and to pay that amount to Targa to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness. The remaining balance of our affiliate indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Distributions and Payments to our General Partner and its Affiliates.” The affiliate indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds of this offering and borrowings under our new credit facility will be contributed to us in connection with the Formation Transactions, is due December 31, 2007 and bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum.
 
We will use any net proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units to reduce outstanding borrowings under our new credit facility. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, the ownership interest of the public unitholders will increase to 19,320,000 common units representing an aggregate 61.4% limited partner interest in us and the ownership interest of our general partner will increase to 629,555 general partner units representing a 2% general partner interest in us.
 
An increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $1.00 per common unit would cause the net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease by approximately $15.8 million.


36


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table shows:
 
  •  the cash and capitalization of the Predecessor Business as of September 30, 2006; and
 
  •  our pro forma cash and capitalization as of September 30, 2006, as adjusted to reflect this offering, the other transactions described under “Summary — Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure — General” and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
We derived this table from, and it should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical and pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” For a description of the pro forma adjustments, please see our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet.
 
                 
    As of September 30,
 
    2006  
    Historical     Pro Forma  
    (in millions of dollars)  
 
Cash
  $     $  
                 
Long-term debt:
               
Credit facility
          342.5  
Affiliate debt (including current portion)(1)
    865.2        
                 
Total long-term debt
    865.2       342.5  
                 
Partners’ capital(2)(3):
               
Predecessor Business
    194.8        
Common units — public
          311.3  
Subordinated units — sponsor
          372.8  
General partner interest
          18.7  
                 
Total partners’ capital
    194.8       702.8  
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 1,060.0     $ 1,045.3  
                 
 
 
(1) Affiliate debt presented above represents indebtedness incurred by Targa in connection with the DMS Acquisition that has been allocated to the North Texas System. In connection with this offering, a portion of the affiliate indebtedness will be repaid and the remainder will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us. Please see “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(2) Assumes a public offering price of our common units of $20.00 per unit and reflects partner capital of common unitholders from the net proceeds of this offering of approximately $311.3 million, including approximately $24.7 million of underwriters’ discounts, fees and other offering expenses payable by us and the application of the proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds.” A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price per common unit would increase (decrease) the net proceeds by $15.8 million, and would result in a corresponding increase (decrease) in net proceeds to be used to retire indebtedness, and therefore would not change our total partners’ capital, assuming the number of common units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and following completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
 
(3) Partners’ capital as presented above excludes accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
This table does not reflect the issuance of up to 2,520,000 common units that may be sold to the underwriters upon exercise of their option to purchase additional units.


37


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
Dilution or accretion is the difference between the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range per common unit in this offering, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2006, after giving effect to the offering of common units and the application of the related net proceeds, and assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised, our net tangible book value would be $730.3 million, or $25.26 per common unit. Net tangible book value excludes $4.2 million of net intangible assets. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience an immediate accretion in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit
          $ 20.00  
Net tangible book value per unit before the offering(1)
  $ 17.21          
Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to purchasers in the offering
    8.05          
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after the offering(2)
            25.26  
                 
Immediate dilution (accretion) in tangible net book value per common unit to new investors(3)
          $ (5.26 )
                 
 
 
(1)  Determined by dividing the number of units (11,528,231 subordinated units and 578,127 general partner units) to be issued to Targa for its contribution of the North Texas System into the net tangible book value of the North Texas System before the offering.
 
(2)  Determined by dividing the total number of limited partner units and general partner units to be outstanding after the offering (16,800,000 common units, 11,528,231 subordinated units and 578,127 general partner units) into our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the application of the expected net proceeds of the offering.
 
(3)  If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per common unit, immediate dilution (accretion) in tangible net book value per common unit would not change after giving effect to the corresponding change in our pro forma use of proceeds.
 
The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by Targa and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus:
 
                                 
    Units Acquired     Total Consideration  
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent  
 
Equity contribution by Targa(1)(2)
    12,106,358       41.9 %   $ 391,500,000       53.8 %
New investors cash contribution
    16,800,000       58.1 %     336,000,000       46.2 %
                                 
Total
    28,906,358       100.0 %   $ 727,500,000       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1)  The units acquired by Targa and its affiliates consist of 11,528,231 subordinated units and 578,127 general partner units.
 
(2)  The North Texas System contributed by Targa is reflected at Targa’s historical net carrying value subsequent to recording the step up in property, plant and equipment at fair value in connection with the DMS Acquisition. Related acquisition indebtedness of Targa was also recognized and is reflected in partners’ capital. See the historical financial statements and related notes of the Predecessor Business for a discussion of the DMS Acquisition.


38


Table of Contents

The table below shows the net investment of Targa in us after giving effect to this offering and the Formation Transactions. Please see our Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet on page F-3 for a more complete presentation of the adjustments associated with this offering and the Formation Transactions.
 
                 
    (in millions
 
    of dollars)  
 
Total partners’ capital excluding accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 30, 2006
          $ 194.8  
Affiliate debt including current portion, net of deferred issuance costs
  $ 846.3          
                 
Application of net offering proceeds, after expenses associated with this offering and the Formation Transactions, to reduce affiliate debt
    307.1          
Application of borrowings under our new credit facility to reduce affiliate debt
    342.5          
                 
Total reduction in affiliate debt
    649.6          
                 
Elimination of remaining affiliate debt (net of unamortized debt issue cost), treated as a capital contribution to us
            196.7  
                 
Equity contribution by Targa
          $ 391.5  
                 


39


Table of Contents

 
OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS
 
You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with specific assumptions included in this section. For more detailed information regarding the factors and assumptions upon which our cash distribution policy is based, please see “Assumptions and Considerations.” In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.
 
For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma operating results, you should refer to our historical and pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
General
 
Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy.  Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our available cash is our cash on hand, including cash from borrowings, at the end of a quarter after the payment of our expenses and the establishment of reserves for future capital expenditures and operational needs. We intend to fund a portion of our capital expenditures with additional borrowings, or issuances of additional units. We may also borrow to make distributions to unitholders, for example, in circumstances where we believe that the distribution level is sustainable over the long term, but short-term factors have caused available cash from operations to be insufficient to pay the distribution at the current level. Our cash distribution policy reflects a basic judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing rather than retaining our available cash.
 
Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.  There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. Our distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time, including:
 
  •  Our cash distribution policy is subject to restrictions on distributions under our new credit facility. Specifically, the agreement related to our credit facility will contain material financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. These financial tests and covenants are described in this prospectus under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Reserves — Description of Credit Agreement.” Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions under our credit facility or if we are otherwise in default under our credit facility, we would be prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.
 
  •  Our board of directors will have the authority to establish reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions to you from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated distribution policy.
 
  •  While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained therein, may be amended. Although during the subordination period, with certain exceptions, our partnership agreement may not be amended without the approval of the public common unitholders, our partnership agreement can be amended with the consent of our general partner and the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units and any Class B units issued upon the reset of incentive distribution rights, if any, voting as a class (including common units held by Targa) after the subordination period has ended. At the closing of this offering, Targa will own our general partner and approximately 40.7% of our outstanding common units and subordinated units.
 
  •  Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.


40


Table of Contents

 
  •  Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.
 
  •  We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to increases in our operating or general and administrative expense, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs.
 
Our Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital.  We will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders. As a result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute on each unit. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.
 
Our Initial Distribution Rate
 
Upon completion of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will adopt a policy pursuant to which we will declare an initial quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit per complete quarter, or $1.35 per unit per year, to be paid no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter through the quarter ending December 31, 2007. This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of $9.8 million per quarter or $39.0 million per year, in each case based on the number of common units, subordinated units and general partner units outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, the ownership interest of the public unitholders will increase to 19,320,000 common units representing an aggregate 61.4% limited partner interest in us and our aggregate cash distribution per quarter would be $10.6 million or $42.5 million per year. Our ability to make cash distributions at the initial distribution rate pursuant to this policy will be subject to the factors described above under the caption “— Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.”
 
As of the date of this offering, our general partner will be entitled to 2% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. In the future, the general partner’s initial 2% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its initial 2% general partner interest. However, if the underwriters’ option is exercised in the transaction, and additional common units are issued, our general partner will maintain its initial 2% interest and will not be required to make a capital contribution to us. Our general partner is not obligated to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner interest.


41


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the assumed number of outstanding common units (assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units), subordinated units and general partner units upon the closing of this offering and the aggregate distribution amounts payable on such units during the year following the closing of this offering at our initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per common unit per quarter ($1.35 per common unit on an annualized basis).
 
                                                 
    No Exercise of the Underwriters’
    Full Exercise of the Underwriters’
 
    Option to Purchase Additional Units     Option to Purchase Additional Units  
    Number of
    Distributions     Number of
    Distributions  
    Units     One Quarter     Annualized     Units     One Quarter     Annualized  
 
Publicly held common units
    16,800,000     $ 5,670,000     $ 22,680,000       19,320,000     $ 6,520,500     $ 26,082,000  
Subordinated units held by Targa
    11,528,231       3,890,778       15,563,112       11,528,231       3,890,778       15,563,112  
General partner units held by Targa
    578,127       195,118       780,471       629,555       212,475       849,899  
                                                 
Total
    28,906,358     $ 9,755,896     $ 39,023,583       31,477,786     $ 10,623,753     $ 42,495,011  
                                                 
 
The subordination period generally will end if we have earned and paid at least $1.35 on each outstanding unit and general partner unit for any three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after December 31, 2009. If we have earned and paid at least $2.025 (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit, subordinated unit and general partner unit for any four-quarter period, the subordination period will terminate automatically and all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units. Please see the “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”
 
We do not have a legal obligation to pay distributions at our initial distribution rate or at any other rate except as provided in our partnership agreement. Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Under our partnership agreement, available cash is defined to generally mean, for each fiscal quarter, cash generated from our business in excess of expenses and the amount of reserves our general partner determines is necessary or appropriate to provide for the conduct of our business, comply with applicable law, to comply with any of our debt instruments or other agreements or provide for future distributions to our unitholders for any one or more of the upcoming four quarters. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”
 
If distributions on our common units are not paid with respect to any fiscal quarter at the initial distribution rate, our unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except that, during the subordination period to the extent we have available cash in any future quarter in excess of the amount necessary to make cash distributions to holders of our common units at the initial distribution rate, we will use this excess available cash to pay these deficiencies related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”
 
Our partnership agreement provides that any determination made by our general partner in its capacity as our general partner must be made in good faith and that any such determination will not be subject to any other standard imposed by our partnership agreement, the Delaware limited partnership statute or any other law, rule or regulation or imposed at equity. Holders of our common units may pursue judicial action to enforce provisions of our partnership agreement, including those related to requirements to make cash distributions as described above; however, our partnership agreement provides that our general partner is entitled to make the determinations described above without regard to any standard other than the requirements to act in good faith. Our partnership agreement provides that, in order for a determination by our general partner to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must believe that the determination is in our best interests.
 
Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our partnership agreement. The actual amount of our cash distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance with our partnership agreement as described above.


42


Table of Contents

We will pay our distributions on or about the 15th of each of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the 1st of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through March 31, 2007 based on the actual length of the period.
 
In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to fully fund our initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per unit each quarter through the quarter ending December 31, 2007. In those sections, we present two tables, consisting of:
 
  •  “Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash,” in which we present the amount of cash we would have had available for distribution for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements that are included in this prospectus, which unaudited pro forma financial statements are based on the combined results of operations of the Predecessor Business reflected in the Pre-Acquisition Financial Statements and the Post-Acquisition Financial Statements and on the results of operations reflected in the unaudited historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, each as adjusted to give pro forma effect to the offering and the Formation Transactions; and
 
  •  “Statement of Minimum Estimated EBITDA for the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2007,” in which we demonstrate our ability to generate the minimum estimated EBITDA necessary for us to pay distributions at the initial distribution rate on all units for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007.
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash for Year Ended December 31, 2005 and the Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on January 1, 2005, pro forma available cash generated during the year ended December 31, 2005 would have been approximately $31.0 million. Assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, this amount would have been sufficient to make a cash distribution for 2005 at the initial rate of $0.3375 per unit per quarter ($1.35 per unit on an annualized basis) on all of the common units and a cash distribution of $0.0932 per unit per quarter ($0.3728 on an annualized basis) or 28% of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the subordinated units. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, this amount would have been sufficient to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units and a cash distribution of $0.0968 per unit per quarter ($0.3874 on an annualized basis) or 29% of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the subordinated units.
 
If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on October 1, 2005, our pro forma available cash generated for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 would have been approximately $42.0 million. Assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, this amount would have been sufficient to make a cash distribution for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 at the initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per unit per quarter ($1.35 per unit on an annualized basis) on all of the common units and a cash distribution of $0.3270 per unit per quarter ($1.3079 on an annualized basis) or 97% of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the subordinated units. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, this amount would have been sufficient to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units and a cash distribution of $0.3306 per unit per quarter ($1.3225 on an annualized basis) or 98% of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the subordinated units. We had no hedges in place during the year ended December 31, 2005. Pro forma available cash for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 includes $0.3 million in net benefit for hedge settlements during the second and third quarters of 2006.
 
Unaudited pro forma available cash from operating surplus includes direct, incremental general and administrative expenses that will result from operating as a separate publicly held limited partnership. These


43


Table of Contents

direct, incremental general and administrative expenses are expected to be approximately $2.5 million annually, are not subject to the cap contained in the omnibus agreement and include costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, incremental independent auditor fees, registrar and transfer agent fees and independent director compensation. These direct, incremental general and administrative expenditure are not reflected in the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business or our pro forma financial statements.
 
We based the pro forma adjustments upon currently available information and specific estimates and assumptions. The pro forma amounts below do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus actually been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, cash available to pay distributions is primarily a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. As a result, you should view the amount of pro forma available cash only as a general indication of the amount of cash available to pay distributions that we might have generated had we been formed in earlier periods.
 
The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, the amount of available cash that would have been available for distributions to our unitholders, assuming in each case that this offering had been consummated at the beginning of such period and that the underwriters exercised in full their option to purchase additional common units. Each of the pro forma adjustments presented below is explained in the footnotes to such adjustments.
 
Targa Resources Partners LP
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash
 
                 
          Twelve Months
 
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2005     2006  
    (in millions of dollars,
 
    except per unit data)  
 
Net income (loss)(1)
  $ 40.8     $ (32.7 )
Interest expense (including debt issuance amortization)(2)
    11.5       65.9  
Depreciation and amortization(2)
    20.5       52.1  
Income taxes(2)
    0.0       2.0  
                 
EBITDA(3)
    72.8       87.3  
Incremental general and administrative expense of being a public company(4)
    2.5       2.5  
Pro forma net cash interest expense(5)
    20.7       20.7  
Maintenance capital expenditures(6)
    12.9       12.3  
Expansion capital expenditures(6)
    5.7       9.8  
                 
Pro forma available cash
  $ 31.0     $ 42.0  
                 
Distributions per unit(7)
  $ 1.35     $ 1.35  
Pro forma cash distributions:
               
Distributions to public common unitholders(7)
    26.1       26.1  
Distributions to Targa(7)
    16.4       16.4  
                 
Total distributions(7)
  $ 42.5     $ 42.5  
                 
Excess (shortfall)
  $ (11.5 )   $ (0.5 )
                 
Ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA(8)
    4.1 x     3.4 x
Ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense(8)
    3.5 x     4.2 x


44


Table of Contents

 
(1) Reflects actual net income of the Predecessor Business derived from its financial statements for the periods indicated without giving pro forma effect to the offering and the related transactions.
 
(2) Reflects adjustments to reconcile net income to EBITDA.
 
(3) EBITDA.  We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.
 
The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
(4) Reflects an adjustment to our EBITDA for an estimated incremental cash expense associated with being a publicly traded limited partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
 
(5) Reflects the interest expense related to $295.2 million in borrowings under our new credit facility at an assumed annual interest rate of 7.0%. This balance reflects the reduction to our expected initial borrowings of approximately $342.5 million through the application of the net proceeds from the assumed exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. If the interest rate used to calculate this interest were 1% higher or lower, our annual cash interest cost would increase or decrease, respectively, by $3.0 million.
 
(6) Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to replace partially or fully depreciated assets, to maintain the existing operating capacity of our assets and to extend their useful lives, or other capital expenditures that are incurred in maintaining existing system volumes and related cash flows. Expansion capital expenditures are made to acquire additional assets to grow our business, to expand and upgrade our systems and facilities and to construct or acquire similar systems or facilities.
 
(7) The table below assumes full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and sets forth the assumed number of outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units upon the closing of this offering and the estimated per unit and aggregate distribution amounts payable on our common units, subordinated units and general partner units for four quarters at our initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per common unit per quarter ($1.35 per common unit on an annualized basis).
 


45


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Full Exercise of the Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Units                    
    Number of
                               
    Units     One Quarter     Annualized                    
 
Publicly held common units
    19,320,000     $ 6,520,500     $ 26,082,000                          
Subordinated units held by Targa
    11,528,231       3,890,778       15,563,112                          
General partner units held by Targa
    629,555       212,475       849,899                          
                                                 
Total
    31,477,786     $ 10,623,753     $ 42,495,011                          
                                                 
 
(8) In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new credit facility which will contain covenants limiting our ability to make distributions, incur indebtedness, grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. Furthermore, our credit facility will contain covenants requiring us to maintain a ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA initially of not more than 5.75 to 1.00 and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 2.25 to 1.00. Any subsequent replacement of our credit facility or any new indebtedness could have similar or greater restrictions.
 
Minimum Estimated EBITDA for the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2007
 
Set forth below is a Statement of Minimum Estimated EBITDA that reflects our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007, based on assumptions we believe to be reasonable. EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Our minimum estimated EBITDA is prepared on a basis consistent with the accounting principles used in the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business.
 
Our minimum estimated EBITDA assumes the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may or may not elect to exercise this option. We have presented our ability to make distributions assuming the issuance of an additional 2,520,000 common units and 51,428 general partner units as a result of this option. Because we will use the proceeds from the exercise of this option to reduce outstanding indebtedness, our cash available for distribution will increase by $3.3 million as a result of reduced interest expense. This increase is offset by $3.5 million of cash required to make distributions on the additional common and general partner units. If the option to purchase additional units is not exercised, our interest expense will increase and cash available for distribution will decrease by $3.3 million. Our pro forma financial statements and other information presented in this prospectus does not assume any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
 
Our minimum estimated EBITDA reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take in order to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all our outstanding units for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007. The assumptions disclosed below under “— Assumptions and Considerations” are those that we believe are significant to our ability to generate our minimum estimated EBITDA. We believe our actual results of operations and cash flows will be sufficient to generate the minimum estimated EBITDA; however, we can give you no assurance that our minimum estimated EBITDA will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our minimum estimated EBITDA and our actual results and those differences could be material. If we fail to generate the minimum estimated EBITDA, we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our common units at the initial distribution rate stated in our cash distribution policy. Assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, in order to fund distributions to all of our common and subordinated unitholders at our initial rate of $1.35 per unit for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007, our minimum estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 must be at least $78.3 million. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, in order to fund distributions to all of our common and subordinated unitholders at our initial rate of $1.35 per unit for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007, our minimum estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 must be at least $78.1 million. The amount of our minimum estimated EBITDA is lower if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional units because we

46


Table of Contents

would have fewer units outstanding and lower aggregate distributions, offset by higher interest expense associated with the higher level of indebtedness. As set forth in the table below, our minimum estimated EBITDA for this period will be approximately $78.3 million.
 
We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future operations, earnings, or other results. However, management has prepared the minimum estimated EBITDA and related assumptions set forth below to substantiate our belief that we will have sufficient cash to make the minimum quarterly distribution to all our unitholders for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information but, in the view of our management, the prospective financial information has been prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the minimum estimated EBITDA necessary for us to have sufficient cash available for distributions to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to all our unitholders. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.
 
The prospective financial information included in this prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither examined nor compiled the accompanying prospective financial information and accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this prospectus relates to our historical information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.
 
When considering our minimum estimated EBITDA, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under “Risk Factors.” Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our actual results of operations to vary significantly from those supporting our minimum estimated EBITDA.
 
We are providing our minimum estimated EBITDA and related assumptions to supplement our pro forma and historical financial statements in support of our belief that we will have sufficient available cash to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units for each quarter in the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2007 at our stated initial distribution rate. Please see below under “— Assumptions and Considerations” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the financial forecast.
 
We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the assumptions used in generating minimum estimated EBITDA or to update those assumptions to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.


47


Table of Contents

Targa Resources Partners LP
 
Statement of Minimum Estimated EBITDA
 
         
    Twelve Months Ending
 
    December 31, 2007  
    (in millions of dollars,
 
    except for per unit data)  
 
Operating revenues
  $ 358.5  
Hedging gain (loss)
    15.0  
         
Total operating revenues
    373.5  
Product purchases
    256.4  
Operating expense
    23.7  
General and administrative expense
    7.5  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    55.2  
Interest expense, net
    21.6  
         
Net income
  $ 9.1  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to minimum estimated EBITDA:
       
Add:
       
Depreciation and amortization expense
    55.2  
Interest expense, net
    21.6  
Less:
       
Cash reserves(1)
    7.6  
         
Minimum estimated EBITDA(2)
    78.3  
Adjustments to reconcile minimum estimated EBITDA to estimated cash available for distribution:
       
Less:
       
Cash interest expense
    20.8  
Expansion capital expenditures
    1.8  
Maintenance capital expenditures
    15.0  
Add:
       
Borrowing to fund expansion capital expenditures
    1.8  
         
Estimated cash available for distribution
  $ 42.5  
         
Per unit minimum annual distribution
  $ 1.35  
Annual distributions to:
       
Public common unitholders
  $ 26.1  
Targa
    16.4  
         
Total minimum annual cash distributions
    42.5  
         
Ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA(3)
    3.5 x
Ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense(3)
    4.1 x
 
 
(1) Represents a discretionary reserve to be used for reinvestment and other general partnership purposes.
 
(2) EBITDA.  We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.


48


Table of Contents

The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
(3) In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new credit facility which will contain covenants limiting our ability to make distributions, incur indebtedness, grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. Furthermore, our credit facility will contain covenants requiring us to maintain a ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not more than 5.75 to 1.00 and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 2.25 to 1.00. Any subsequent replacement of our credit facility or any new indebtedness could have similar or greater restrictions.
 
Please see accompanying summary of the assumptions used to support our minimum estimated EBITDA.
 
Assumptions and Considerations
 
We believe the assumptions and estimates we have made to support our ability to generate minimum estimated EBITDA, which are set forth below, are reasonable.
 
General/Commodity Price and Risk Considerations
 
  •  Our minimum estimated EBITDA includes the effect of our commodity price hedging program under which we have hedged a portion of the commodity price risk related to our expected natural gas, NGL and condensate sales. Our hedging program for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 covers approximately 90% of our expected natural gas, 62% of our expected NGL and 93% of our expected condensate equity volumes. We have the following hedging arrangements in place for 2007:
 
             
   
Natural Gas
 
NGL
 
Condensate
 
Hedged volume — swaps
  13,612 MMBtu/d   2,416 Bbls/d   439 Bbls/d
Weighted average price — swaps
  $8.63 per MMBtu   $0.99 per gallon   $72.82 per Bbl
Hedged volume — floors
  870 MMBtu/d     25 Bbls/d
Weighted average price — floors
  $6.55 per MMBtu     $58.60 per Bbl
 
  •  As of January 30, 2007, the NYMEX 2007 forward prices for natural gas and crude oil were $7.82/MMbtu and $58.35/Bbl, respectively. These prices are 6% above and 13% below the forecasted prices of $7.40/MMbtu and $67.00/Bbl for natural gas and crude oil (based on forward prices as of September 29, 2006) used to calculate 2007 minimum estimated EBITDA.
 
Total Operating Revenues
 
  •  Inlet Volumes.  We estimate that we will have average inlet volumes of 162.1 MMcf/d of natural gas for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007, as compared to 161.8 MMcf/d for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, 157.2 MMcf/d for the year ended December 31, 2005, and 145.4 MMcf/d for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
  •  Residue Gas Sales (Volumes and Prices).  We estimate that we will sell an average of 73.5 BBtu/d of residue gas for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 at an average realized price of $6.96/MMBtu, as compared to 74.6 BBtu/d at an average price of $6.83/MMBtu for the twelve months


49


Table of Contents

  ended September 30, 2006, 69.5 BBtu/d at an average price of $7.11/MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2005, and 59.2 BBtu/d at an average price of $5.43/MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2004. These assumptions take into account the effect of our natural gas hedges under which we have hedged through a combination of swaps and purchased puts (or floors) natural gas commodity price exposure related to approximately 90% of our expected natural gas equity volumes. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk” for additional detail related to the terms of these natural gas hedges. For our unhedged natural gas volumes, our forecasted realized price is $6.58/MMBtu compared to average realized prices of $6.09/MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Based on these assumptions, residue gas sales for the:
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending September 30, 2006 increase approximately $0.6 million consisting of higher revenues of $3.3 million attributable to higher natural gas prices offset by $2.7 million due to decreased volumes;
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2005 increase approximately $6.5 million consisting of higher revenues of $10.6 million attributable to increased volumes offset by $4.1 million due to lower natural gas prices; and
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2004 increase approximately $69.0 million consisting of higher revenues of $41.0 million attributable to higher natural gas prices and $28.0 million due to increased volumes.
 
  •  NGL Sales (Volumes and Prices).  We estimate that we will sell an average of 14.2 MBbls/d of NGLs for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 at an average price of $33.34/Bbl, as compared to 15.2 MBbls/d at an average price of $38.20/Bbl for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, 14.5 MBbls/d at an average price of $33.56/Bbl for the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, and 13.2 MBbls/d at an average price of $26.71/Bbl for the calendar year ended December 31, 2004. These assumptions take into account the effect of our NGL hedges under which we have hedged the NGL commodity price exposure related to approximately 62% of our expected NGL equity volumes. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk” for additional detail related to the terms of these NGL hedges. For our unhedged NGL volumes, our estimated realized price is $32.59/Bbl compared to average realized prices of $37.80/Bbl for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Based on these assumptions, NGL sales for the:
 
  —   twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending September 30, 2006 decrease approximately $37.4 million consisting of lower revenues of $23.8 million attributable to lower NGL prices and $13.6 million due to decreased volumes;
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2005 decrease approximately $4.1 million consisting of lower revenues of $2.9 million attributable to decreased volumes and $1.2 million due to lower NGL prices; and
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2004 increase approximately $43.9 million consisting of higher revenues of $34.4 million attributable to higher NGL prices and $9.5 million due to increased volumes.
 
  •  Condensate Sales (Volumes and Prices).  We estimate that we will sell an average of 0.5 MBbls/d of condensate for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 at an average price of $71.12/Bbl, as compared to 0.5 MBbls/d at an average price of $61.55/Bbl for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, 0.5 MBbls/d at an average price of $54.03/Bbl for the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, and 0.7 MBbls/d at an average price of $40.56/Bbl for the calendar year ended December 31, 2004. These assumptions take into account the effect of the crude oil hedges under


50


Table of Contents

  which we have hedged through a combination of swaps and purchased puts (or floors) commodity price exposure related to approximately 93% of our expected condensate equity volumes. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk” for additional detail related to the terms of these crude oil hedges. For our unhedged condensate volumes, our estimated realized price is $66.00/Bbl compared to average realized prices of $62.66/Bbl for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Based on these assumptions, condensate sales for the:
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending September 30, 2006 increase approximately $1.8 million due to higher condensate prices;
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2005 increase approximately $2.6 million consisting of higher revenues of $3.1 million attributable to higher condensate prices offset by $0.5 million due to decreased volumes; and
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2004 increase approximately $2.7 million consisting of higher revenues of $5.5 million attributable to higher condensate prices offset by $2.8 million due to decreased volumes.
 
  •  Impact of Volume Declines.  If all other assumptions are held constant, a 5% decline in inlet volumes below forecasted levels would result in a $5.1 million decline in cash available for distribution. A decline in estimated cash flows greater than $7.6 million would result in our generating less than the minimum cash necessary to pay distributions. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, a 5% decline in inlet volumes would have resulted in a $3.8 million, $5.1 million and $5.4 million, respectively, decline in cash available for distribution.
 
  •  Impact of Price Declines.  A difference in realized versus estimated commodity prices would affect our cash flows. For the twelve months ending December 31, 2007, approximately 10%, 38% and 7% of our forecasted natural gas, NGL and condensate equity volumes are unhedged. If all other assumptions are held constant, a 10% decrease in realized natural gas, NGL and crude oil prices versus our estimated prices for the unhedged portions of our estimated volumes of natural gas, NGLs and condensate would result in a $2.8 million decline in cash available for distribution. A 20% decline in these prices would result in an $5.6 million decline in cash available for distribution.
 
  •  Hedging Gain / (Loss). We estimate hedge gains will be $15.0 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007. In 2006, we entered into certain hedges for 2007 at prices that are materially higher than the prices underlying our Estimated EBITDA for the year ending December 31, 2007. For a description of our hedges, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Summary of Our Hedges.”
 
Costs and Expenses
 
  •  Product Purchases.  We estimate that our product purchases for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 will be $256.4 million, as compared to $291.9 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, $265.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, and $182.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004.
 
Based on this estimate, the product purchases for the:
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending September 30, 2006 decrease approximately $35.5 million consisting of lower costs of $82.9 million attributable to lower commodity prices offset by $47.4 million due to increased volumes;


51


Table of Contents

  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2005 decrease approximately $9.5 million consisting of lower costs of $65.6 million attributable to lower commodity prices offset by $56.1 million due to increased volumes; and
 
  —  twelve months ending December 31, 2007 compared to twelve months ending December 31, 2004 increase approximately $73.9 million consisting of higher costs of $10.9 million attributable to higher commodity prices and $63.0 million due to increased volumes.
 
  •  Operating Expense.  We estimate that we will incur operating expense of $23.7 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007, as compared to $23.6 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, $21.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, and $17.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004. The expected increase in operating expense is driven by higher costs for labor, supplies and equipment and the expansion of our gathering system.
 
  •  General and Administrative Expense.  Our estimated general and administrative expense will be $7.5 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 and will consist of up to a maximum of $5.0 million, subject to adjustment, of general and administrative expense allocated from Targa pursuant to the omnibus agreement, and $2.5 million of estimated general and administrative expense that relates to operating as a publicly held limited partnership. General and administrative expense was $6.8 million, $8.4 million and $7.2 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, respectively. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” for additional details related to our omnibus agreement.
 
  •  Depreciation and Amortization Expense.  Estimated depreciation and amortization expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 is $55.2 million as compared to $52.1 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2006, $20.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and $12.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004. Estimated depreciation and amortization expense reflects management’s estimates, which are based on consistent average depreciable asset lives and depreciation methodologies. The majority of the increase in depreciation and amortization is attributable to the step-up in basis associated with the DMS Acquisition.
 
  •  Capital Expenditures.  Estimated capital expenditures for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 are based on the following assumptions:
 
  —  Maintenance Capital Expenditures.  Our estimated maintenance capital expenditures are $15.0 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 as compared to $12.3 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2006, $12.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and $10.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004. The expected increase in maintenance capital expenditures is attributable to capital spending for additional well connections in 2007 and the increased size of our gathering systems compared to prior periods.
 
  —  Expansion Capital Expenditures.  Our estimated expansion capital expenditures are $1.8 million for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 as compared to $9.8 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2006, $5.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and $13.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004. We expect to finance our $1.8 million in expansion capital expenditures from borrowings under our credit facility. The expected decrease in expansion capital expenditures is primarily due to the completion of the refurbishment of the Chico processing plant in 2006 offset by remaining expenditures for projects expected to be completed in the year ending December 31, 2007.


52


Table of Contents

 
Financing.  Our estimate for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 is based on the following significant financing assumptions:
 
  •  Indebtedness.  Our expected initial borrowings of approximately $342.5 million under our new credit facility will be reduced by $47.3 million through the application of the net proceeds from the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units, and increased by $1.8 million in order to fund our expansion capital requirement.
 
  •  Interest Expense.  The borrowings under our credit facility will bear an average variable interest rate of 7.0% through December 31, 2007. An increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will result in increased or decreased, respectively, annual interest expense of $3.0 million.
 
  •  Covenant Compliance.  We will remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our new credit facility.
 
Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors.  Our estimate for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 is based on the following significant assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:
 
  •  There will not be any new federal, state or local regulation of portions of the energy industry in which we operate, or an interpretation of existing regulation, that will be materially adverse to our business.
 
  •  There will not be any major adverse change in the portions of the energy industry or in general economic conditions.
 
  •  Market, insurance and overall economic conditions will not change substantially.


53


Table of Contents

 
PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Targa Resources, Inc. and certain of its affiliates hold all of the membership interests in our general partner, and consequently are indirectly entitled to all of the distributions that we make to Targa Resources GP LLC, subject to the terms of the limited liability company agreement of Targa Resources GP LLC and relevant legal restrictions.
 
Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.
 
Distributions of Available Cash
 
General.  Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2007, we distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.
 
Definition of Available Cash.  The term “available cash,” for any quarter, means all cash and cash equivalents on hand on the date of determination of available cash for that quarter:
 
  •  less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:
 
  —  provide for the proper conduct of our business;
 
  —  comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or
 
  —  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters.
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution.  We will distribute to the holders of common units and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit, or $1.35 per year, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner. However, there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We will be prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default is existing, under our credit agreement. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Requirements — Description of Credit Agreement” for a discussion of the restrictions to be included in our credit agreement that may restrict our ability to make distributions.
 
General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.  Initially, our general partner will be entitled to 2% of all quarterly distributions since inception that we make prior to our liquidation. This general partner interest will be represented by 578,127 general partner units (or 629,555 general partner units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner interest. The general partner’s initial 2% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner interest.
 
Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $0.3881 per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50% includes distributions paid to our general partner on its 2% general partner interest and assumes that our general partner maintains its general partner interest at 2%. The maximum distribution of 50% does not include any distributions that our general partner may receive on subordinated units that it owns. Please see “— General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” for additional information.


54


Table of Contents

 
Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus
 
General.  All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as either “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.
 
Operating Surplus.  Operating surplus consists of:
 
  •  an amount equal to four times the amount needed for any one quarter for us to pay a distribution on all of our units (including the general partner units) and the incentive distribution rights at the same per-unit amount as was distributed in the immediately preceding quarter; plus
 
  •  all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from borrowings, sales of equity and debt securities, sales or other dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business, capital contributions or corporate reorganizations or restructurings (provided that cash receipts from the termination of a commodity hedge or interest rate swap prior to its specified termination date shall be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the scheduled life of such commodity hedge or interest rate swap); less
 
  •  all of our operating expenditures after the closing of this offering, but excluding the repayment of borrowings, and including maintenance capital expenditures; less
 
  •  the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures.
 
Maintenance capital expenditures represent capital expenditures made to replace partially or fully depreciated assets, to maintain the existing operating capacity of our assets and to extend their useful lives, or other capital expenditures that are incurred in maintaining existing system volumes and related cash flows. Expansion capital expenditures represent capital expenditures made to expand or to increase the efficiency of the existing operating capacity of our assets or to expand the operating capacity or revenues of existing or new assets, whether through construction or acquisition. Costs for repairs and minor renewals to maintain facilities in operating condition and that do not extend the useful life of existing assets will be treated as operating expenses as we incur them. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner determines how to allocate a capital expenditure for the acquisition or expansion of our assets between maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures.
 
Capital Surplus.  Capital surplus generally consists of:
 
  •  borrowings;
 
  •  sales of our equity and debt securities;
 
  •  sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets;
 
  •  capital contributions received; and
 
  •  corporate restructurings.
 
Characterization of Cash Distributions.  Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination of available cash. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. As reflected above, operating surplus includes an amount equal to four times the amount needed for any one quarter for us to pay a distribution on all of our units (including the general partner units) and the incentive distribution rights at the same per-unit amount as was distributed in the immediately preceding quarter. This amount, which initially equals approximately $39.0 million, does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders.


55


Table of Contents

Rather, it is a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to this amount of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities, and borrowings, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.
 
Subordination Period
 
General.  Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we define below and in Appendix B), the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $0.3375 per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed on the common units.
 
Subordination Period.  The subordination period will extend until the first day of any quarter beginning after December 31, 2009 that each of the following tests are met:
 
  •  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;
 
  •  the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units and general partner units during those periods on a fully diluted basis during those periods; and
 
  •  there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.
 
Expiration of the Subordination Period.  When the subordination period expires, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash. In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal:
 
  •  the subordination period will end and each subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit;
 
  •  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
 
  •  the general partner will have the right to convert its general partner units and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
Early Conversion of Subordinated Units.  The subordination period will automatically terminate and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis if each of the following occurs:
 
  •  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit equaled or exceeded $2.025 (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) for any four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;


56


Table of Contents

 
  •  the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during any four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of a distribution of $2.025 (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units and general partner units on a fully diluted basis; and
 
  •  there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.
 
Adjusted Operating Surplus.  Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:
 
  •  operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “— Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus — Operating Surplus” above); plus
 
  •  any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to that period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the following bullet point; less
 
  •  any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus
 
  •  any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
 
Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus during the Subordination Period
 
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;
 
  •  second, 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;
 
  •  third, 98% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
 
  •  thereafter, in the manner described in “— General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” below.
 
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
 
Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus after the Subordination Period
 
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
 
  •  thereafter, in the manner described in “— General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” below.
 
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.


57


Table of Contents

 
General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
 
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner initially will be entitled to 2% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s 2% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2% general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its 2% general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units that it may hold based on the current market value of the contributed common units.
 
Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (13%, 23% and 48%) of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.
 
The following discussion assumes that the general partner maintains its 2% general partner interest and continues to own the incentive distribution rights.
 
If for any quarter:
 
  •  we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and
 
  •  we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;
 
then, our partnership agreement requires that we distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.3881 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);
 
  •  second, 85% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.4219 per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);
 
  •  third, 75% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.50625 per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and
 
  •  thereafter, 50% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50% to the general partner.
 
Percentage Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
 
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit,” until available cash from operating surplus we distribute reaches the next target distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for the unitholders and the general partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our general partner include its 2% general partner interest and


58


Table of Contents

assume our general partner has contributed any additional capital to maintain its 2% general partner interest and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights.
 
                         
    Total Quarterly
    Marginal Percentage
 
    Distribution
    Interest in
 
    per Unit     Distributions  
                General
 
    Target Amount     Unitholders     Partner  
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
    $0.3375       98 %     2 %
First Target Distribution
    up to $0.3881       98 %     2 %
Second Target Distribution
    above $0.3881 up to $0.4219       85 %     15 %
Third Target Distribution
    above $0.4219 up to $0.50625       75 %     25 %
Thereafter
    above $0.50625       50 %     50 %
 
General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels
 
Our general partner, as the holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial cash target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would be set. Our general partner’s right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to our general partner are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that our general partner will not receive any incentive distributions under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event increase as described below. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our general partner.
 
In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued Class B units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during this period.
 
The number of Class B units that our general partner would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election divided by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters. Each Class B unit will be convertible into one common unit at the election of the holder of the Class B unit at any time following the first anniversary of the issuance of these Class B units.
 
Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum


59


Table of Contents

quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:
 
  •  first, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount equal to 115% of the reset minimum quarter distribution for that quarter;
 
  •  second, 85% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;
 
  •  third, 75% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
 
  •  thereafter, 50% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50% to the general partner.
 
The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner at various levels of cash distribution levels pursuant to the cash distribution provision of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering as well as following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $0.60.
 
                 
        Marginal Percentage
   
        Interest in Distributions    
    Quarterly Distribution
      General
  Quarterly Distribution per Unit
    per Unit Prior to Reset   Unitholders   Partner   Following Hypothetical Reset
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
  $0.3375   98%   2%   $0.6000
First Target Distribution
  up to $0.3881   98%   2%   up to $0.6900(1)
Second Target Distribution
  above $0.3881 up to $0.4219   85%   15%   above $0.6900(1) up to $0.7500(2)
Third Target Distribution
  above $0.4219 up to $0.50625   75%   25%   above $0.7500(2) up to $0.9000(3)
Thereafter
  above $0.50625   50%   50%   above $0.9000(3)
 
 
(1) This amount is 115% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
(2) This amount is 125% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
(3) This amount is 150% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and the general partner, including in respect of incentive distribution rights, based on an average of the amounts distributed per quarter for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that there are 30,848,231 common units and 629,555 general partner units outstanding and that the average distribution to each common unit is $0.60 for the two quarters prior to the reset. The assumed number of outstanding units assumes the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, the conversion of all subordinated units into common units and no additional unit issuances.
 
                                                     
    Quarterly
  Common
    General Partner Cash Distributions Prior to Reset        
    Distribution
  Unitholders Cash
          2% General
    Incentive
             
    per Unit
  Distributions
    Class B
    Partner
    Distribution
          Total
 
    Prior to Reset   Prior to Reset     Units     Interest     Rights     Total     Distributions  
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
  $0.3375   $ 10,411,278     $     $ 212,475     $     $ 212,475     $ 10,623,753  
First Target Distribution
  up to $0.3881     1,560,920             31,856             31,856       1,592,776  
Second Target Distribution
  above $0.3881 up to $0.4219     1,042,670             24,533       159,467       184,001       1,226,671  
Third Target Distribution
  above $0.4219 up to $0.50625     2,603,591             69,429       798,434       867,864       3,471,454  
Thereafter
  above $0.50625     2,890,479             115,619       2,774,860       2,890,479       5,780,958  
                                                     
        $ 18,508,939     $     $ 453,912     $ 3,732,762     $ 4,186,674     $ 22,695,613  
                                                     


60


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and the general partner with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there are 30,848,231 common units, 6,221,270 Class B units and 756,520 general partner units outstanding, and that the average distribution to each common unit is $0.60. The number of Class B units was calculated by dividing (x) the $3,732,762 received by the general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights per quarter for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above by (y) the $0.60 of available cash from operating surplus distributed to each common unit per quarter for the two quarters prior to the reset.
 
                                                     
    Quarterly
  Common
    General Partner Cash Distributions After Reset        
    Distribution
  Unitholders Cash
          2% General
    Incentive
             
    per Unit
  Distributions
    Class B
    Partner
    Distribution
          Total
 
    After Reset   After Reset     Units     Interest     Rights     Total     Distributions  
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
  $0.6000   $ 18,508,939     $ 3,732,762     $ 453,912     $     $ 4,186,674     $ 22,695,613  
First Target Distribution(1)
  up to 0.6900                                                
Second Target Distribution(2)
  above $0.6900 up to $0.7500                                                
Third Target Distribution(3)
  above $0.7500 up to $0.9000                                                
Thereafter
  above $0.9000                                                
                                                     
        $ 18,508,939     $ 3,732,762     $ 453,912     $     $ 4,186,674     $ 22,695,613  
                                                     
 
(1) This amount is 115% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
(2) This amount is 125% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
(3) This amount is 150% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.
 
Distributions from Capital Surplus
 
How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made.  Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we distribute for each common unit that was issued in this offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price;
 
  •  second, 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we distribute for each common unit, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and
 
  •  thereafter, we will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.
 
Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus.  Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per unit is referred to as the “unrecovered initial unit price.” Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding


61


Table of Contents

reduction in the unrecovered initial unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for the general partner to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.
 
Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in this offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced to zero. Our partnership agreement specifies that we then make all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50% being paid to the holders of units and 50% to the general partner. The percentage interests shown for our general partner include its 2% general partner interest and assume the general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
 
Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels
 
In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:
 
  •  the minimum quarterly distribution;
 
  •  target distribution levels;
 
  •  the unrecovered initial unit price; and
 
  •  the number of common units into which a subordinated unit is convertible.
 
For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered initial unit price would each be reduced to 50% of its initial level, and each subordinated unit would be convertible into two common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.
 
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted by a governmental taxing authority, so that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that general partner may reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter and the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that quarter plus the general partner’s estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in subsequent quarters.
 
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation
 
General.  If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the general partner, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.
 
The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to


62


Table of Contents

fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of the general partner.
 
Manner of Adjustments for Gain.  The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:
 
  •  first, to the general partner and the holders of units who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to those negative balances;
 
  •  second, 98% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;
 
  •  third, 98% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;
 
  •  fourth, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed 98% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, for each quarter of our existence;
 
  •  fifth, 85% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner for each quarter of our existence;
 
  •  sixth, 75% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner for each quarter of our existence; and
 
  •  thereafter, 50% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50% to the general partner.
 
The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner include its 2% general partner interest and assume the general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
 
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.
 
Manner of Adjustments for Losses.  If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to the general partner and the unitholders in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98% to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 2% to the general partner, until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;


63


Table of Contents

 
  •  second, 98% to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 2% to the general partner, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and
 
  •  thereafter, 100% to the general partner.
 
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.
 
Adjustments to Capital Accounts.  Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain or loss upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the general partner’s capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.


64


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
The following table shows selected historical financial and operating data of the North Texas System and pro forma financial data of Targa Resources Partners LP for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The historical financial statements included in this prospectus reflect the results of operations of the North Texas System to be contributed to us by Targa upon the closing of this offering. We refer to the results of operations of the North Texas System as the results of operations of the Predecessor Business. The selected historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 are derived from the books and records of the Predecessor Business. The selected historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the ten-month period ended October 31, 2005 and the two-month period ended December 31, 2005 are derived from the audited financial statements of the Predecessor Business. The selected historical financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Predecessor Business. The Predecessor Business was acquired by Targa as part of the DMS Acquisition. The selected pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are derived from the unaudited pro forma financial statements of Targa Resources Partners LP included in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if certain transactions to be effected at the closing of this offering had taken place on September 30, 2006, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, or as of January 1, 2005, in the case of the pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005. The transactions reflected in the pro forma adjustments assume the following actions will occur:
 
  •  Targa will contribute the North Texas System to us;
 
  •  we will issue to Targa 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing a 39.9% limited partner interest in us;
 
  •  we will issue to our general partner, Targa Resources GP LLC, 578,127 general partner units representing its initial 2% general partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which incentive distribution rights will entitle our general partner to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.3881 per unit per quarter;
 
  •  we will issue 16,800,000 common units to the public in this offering, representing a 58.1% limited partner interest in us, and will use the proceeds to pay expenses associated with this offering, the Formation Transactions and our new credit facility and to pay approximately $307.1 million to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness;
 
  •  we will borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new $500 million credit facility the proceeds of which will be paid to Targa to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness; and
 
  •  the remaining affiliate indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us.
 
We derived the information in the following table from, and that information should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical combined and pro forma condensed financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 


65


Table of Contents

                                                                                   
    Predecessor Business     Targa Resources Partners LP  
    Dynegy       Targa     Pro Forma  
                            Nine
    Ten
      Two
    Nine
          Nine
 
                            Months
    Months
      Months
    Months
    Year
    Months
 
                            Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    Years Ended December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2005       2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)     (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars, except per unit, operating and price data)  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                                                 
Total operating revenues
  $ 122.9     $ 112.5     $ 196.8     $ 258.6     $ 249.7     $ 293.3       $ 75.1     $ 290.9     $ 368.4     $ 290.9  
Product purchases
    94.0       82.7       147.3       182.6       179.0       210.8         54.9       205.2       265.7       205.2  
Operating expense
    15.8       14.9       15.1       17.7       15.8       18.0         3.5       17.9       21.5       17.9  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    9.7       11.8       12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
General and administrative expense
    7.2       7.7       7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         1.1       5.1       8.4       5.1  
Interest expense, net
                                          11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
Deferred income taxes(1)
                                                2.0             2.0  
Other, net
          (0.3 )     0.6       0.3                                        
                                                                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (3.8 )   $ (4.3 )   $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
                                                                                   
Pro forma net income (loss) per limited partner unit
                                                                    $ (0.24 )   $ 0.01  
Financial and Operating Data:
                                                                                 
Financial data:
                                                                                 
Operating margin(2)
  $ 13.1     $ 14.9     $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 16.7     $ 67.8     $ 81.2     $ 67.8  
EBITDA(2)
    5.9       7.5       26.1       50.8       48.2       57.2         15.6       62.7       72.8       62.7  
Operating data:
                                                                                 
Gathering throughput, MMcf/d(3)
    95.9       106.6       134.3       152.0       160.4       161.2         168.8       168.2                  
Plant natural gas inlet, MMcf/d(4)
    85.6       104.0       128.6       145.4       155.4       156.2         161.9       161.6                  
Gross NGL production, MBbl/d
    11.3       12.5       15.9       17.2       18.4       18.5         19.8       18.8                  
Natural gas sales, BBtu/d
    31.5       38.2       42.0       59.2       68.4       68.9         72.3       75.2                  
NGL sales, MBbl/d
    11.3       12.3       15.3       13.2       14.2       14.3         15.4       15.1                  
Condensate sales, MBbl/d
    0.6       0.6       0.6       0.7       0.5       0.5         0.5       0.5                  
Average Realized Prices:
                                                                                 
Natural gas, $/MMBtu
    4.00       2.84       4.97       5.43       6.39       6.79         8.61       6.09                  
NGL, $/gal
    0.41       0.35       0.47       0.64       0.75       0.78         0.90       0.90                  
Condensate, $/Bbl
    21.34       23.24       29.86       40.56       52.61       53.42         57.54       62.66                  
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                                                                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 159.0     $ 178.2     $ 180.4     $ 191.2       195.4     $ 196.4       $ 1,097.0     $ 1,073.0             $ 1,073.0  
Total assets
    160.1       179.7       182.9       193.5       197.6       198.5         1,122.8       1,126.3               1,110.9  
Long-term debt (including current portion)
                                          868.9       865.2               342.5  
Partners’ capital / Net parent equity
    151.2       167.3       164.8       168.8       161.9       158.5         219.5       227.2               734.5  
Cash Flow Data:
                                                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                                                                 
Operating activities
  $ 2.6     $ 10.2     $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1                  
Investing activities
    (41.2 )     (30.6 )     (14.6 )     (23.4 )     (14.2 )     (16.4 )       (2.1 )     (17.7 )                
Financing activities
    38.6       20.4       (16.7 )     (34.6 )     (45.0 )     (56.3 )       3.6       6.6                  
_ _
 
(1)  In May 2006, Texas adopted a margin tax consisting of a 1% tax on the amount by which total revenue exceeds cost of goods. The amount presented represents our estimated liability for this tax.


66


Table of Contents

(2)  EBITDA.  We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.
 
The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
Operating Margin.  We define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases, and operating expense. Management reviews operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis. Based on this monthly analysis, management takes appropriate action to maintain positive trends or to reverse negative trends. Management uses operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations.
 
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of operating margin should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. Operating margin is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider operating margin in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because operating margin excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of operating margin as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. Operating margin provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements, including such investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure;
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 


67


Table of Contents

                                                                   
    Predecessor Business     Targa Resources Partners LP  
    Dynegy       Targa     Pro Forma  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
      Two Months
    Nine Months
          Nine Months
 
    Years Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars)  
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1                  
Allocated interest expense from parent(a)
                              10.7       50.5                  
Changes in operating working capital which provided (used) cash:
                                                                 
Accounts receivable
    0.7       (0.7 )     0.5       0.3         0.1       (0.4 )                
Accounts payable
    (1.0 )     (2.7 )     1.1       1.3         0.8                        
Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities
    (4.9 )     (3.8 )     (12.6 )     (17.1 )       5.5       1.5                  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7                  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
Deferred tax expense
                                    2.0             2.0  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7     $ 72.8     $ 62.7  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “operating margin” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
Deferred income tax
                                    2.0             2.0  
Other, net
    0.6       0.3                                        
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
General and administrative expense
    7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         1.1       5.1       8.4       5.1  
                                                                   
Operating margin
  $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 16.7     $ 67.8     $ 81.2     $ 67.8  
                                                                   
 
  (a)  Excludes non-cash amortization of debt issue costs of $0.8 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
(3)  Gathering throughput represents the volume of natural gas gathered and passed through natural gas gathering pipelines from connections to producing wells and central delivery points.
 
(4)  Plant natural gas inlet represents the volume of natural gas passing through the meter located at the inlet of a natural gas processing plant.
 

68


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The historical financial statements included in this prospectus reflect the results of operations of the North Texas System to be contributed to us by Targa upon the closing of this offering. We refer to the results of operations of the North Texas System as the results of operations of the Predecessor Business. The Predecessor Business was acquired by Targa as part of Targa’s acquisition of substantially all of Dynegy’s midstream business on October 31, 2005 (the “DMS Acquisition”).
 
The following discussion analyzes the financial condition and results of operations of the Predecessor Business. In the discussion, the year ended December 31, 2005 is generally presented and evaluated on a combined basis, combining the results of operations reflected in the audited historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business for the 10-months prior to the DMS Acquisition (the “Pre-Acquisition Financial Statements”) and the results of operations reflected in the audited historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business for the two-months after the DMS Acquisition (the “Post-Acquisition Financial Statements”). In certain circumstances, our discussion identifies distinctions in operating and financial results for the Predecessor Business associated with the change of ownership resulting from the DMS Acquisition. You should read the following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations for the Predecessor Business in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes of the Predecessor Business and the pro forma financial statements for Targa Resources Partners LP included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
As used in this prospectus, unless we indicate otherwise, the terms “our,” “we,” “us” and similar terms refer to Targa Resources Partners LP, together with our subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Formation Transactions described in this prospectus, and the term “Targa” refers to Targa Resources, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (other than us). In certain circumstances and for ease of reading we discuss the financial results of the Predecessor Business as being “our” financial results during historic periods when this business was owned by Dynegy or Targa, respectively.
 
Overview
 
We are a Delaware limited partnership recently formed by Targa to own, operate, acquire and develop a diversified portfolio of complementary midstream energy assets. Concurrent with the closing of this offering, Targa will contribute to us the entities holding the North Texas System. The North Texas System consists of two wholly-owned natural gas processing plants and an extensive network of integrated gathering pipelines that serve a 14-county natural gas producing region in the Fort Worth Basin in North Central Texas. This producing region includes production from the Barnett Shale formation and production from shallower formations including the Bend Conglomerate, Caddo, Atoka, Marble Falls, and other Pennsylvanian and upper Mississippian formations (referred to as the “other Fort Worth Basin formations”). The natural gas processing plants consist of the Chico processing and fractionation facilities and the Shackelford processing facility.
 
Factors That Significantly Affect Our Results
 
Our results of operations are substantially impacted by changes in commodity prices as well as increases and decreases in the volume of natural gas that we gather and transport through our pipeline systems, which we refer to as throughput volume. Throughput volumes and capacity utilization rates generally are driven by wellhead production, our competitive position on a regional basis and more broadly by prices and demand for natural gas and NGLs.
 
Our processing contract arrangements can have a significant impact on our profitability. We process natural gas under a combination of percent-of-proceeds contracts (representing approximately 96% of our gathered natural gas volumes) and keep-whole contracts (representing approximately 4% of our gathered natural gas volumes), each of which exposes us to commodity price risk. We attempt to mitigate this risk through hedging activities which can materially impact our results of operations. Please see “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk.”


69


Table of Contents

Actual contract terms are based upon a variety of factors, including natural gas quality, geographic location, the competitive commodity and pricing environment at the time the contract is executed and customer requirements. Our gathering and processing contract mix and, accordingly, our exposure to natural gas and NGL prices, may change as a result of producer preferences, competition, changes in production as wells decline at different rates or are added, our expansion into regions where different types of contracts are more common as well as other market factors. For a more complete discussion of the types of contracts under which we process natural gas, please see “Business — Midstream Industry Overview.”
 
The historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business include certain items that will not materially impact our future results of operations and liquidity and do not fully reflect a number of other items that will materially impact future results of operations and liquidity, including the items described below:
 
Affiliate Indebtedness and Expected Borrowings.  Affiliate indebtedness consists of borrowings incurred by Targa and allocated to us for financial reporting purposes as well as intercompany debt being contributed to us together with the North Texas System. Prior to the DMS Acquisition, the Predecessor Business was financed internally and reflected no indebtedness on its balance sheet or ongoing interest expense on its income statement. A substantial portion of the DMS Acquisition was financed through borrowings by Targa. Following the October 31, 2005 DMS Acquisition, a significant portion of Targa’s acquisition borrowings were allocated to the Predecessor Business, resulting in approximately $868.9 million of allocated indebtedness and corresponding levels of interest expense. This indebtedness was incurred by Targa in connection with the DMS Acquisition and the entity holding the North Texas System provides a guarantee of this indebtedness. This indebtedness is also secured by a collateral interest in both the equity of the entity holding the North Texas System as well as its assets. In connection with this offering, this guarantee will be terminated, the collateral interest will be released and the allocated indebtedness will be retired.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new credit facility and recognize associated interest expense. The proceeds from this borrowing, together with $307.1 million of the proceeds from this offering, will be used to repay approximately $649.6 million of affiliate indebtedness and the remaining balance of this indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us.
 
Impact of Our Hedging Activities.  In an effort to reduce the variability of our cash flows, we have hedged the commodity price associated with approximately 95-65% of our expected natural gas, 60-50% of our expected NGL and 95-60% of our expected condensate equity volumes through 2010 by entering into derivative financial instruments including swaps and purchased puts (or floors). The percentages of our expected volumes that are hedged decreases over the term of the hedges. With these arrangements, we have attempted to mitigate our exposure to commodity price movements with respect to our forecasted volumes for this period. For additional information regarding our hedging activities, please see “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk.” These hedging arrangements were not entered into until the second quarter of 2006; accordingly, there is no impact of our hedging activities in the historical financial statements for the three year period ended December 31, 2005. In addition, the hedges we entered into in the second quarter of 2006 were executed at prices that are materially higher than current market prices. Accordingly, our results of operations are realizing a significant benefit from these positions. We expect this benefit to decline through the life of the hedges, which cover decreasing volumes at declining prices through 2010.
 
General and Administrative Expenses.  The Predecessor Business recognized general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations from the consolidated general and administrative expenses of Dynegy and Targa, respectively. Allocated general and administrative expenses ranged from $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. In connection with this offering we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa pursuant to which our allocated general and administrative expenses will be capped at $5.0 million per year for the three years following the offering, subject to adjustment. For a more complete description of this agreement, see “Certain Relationships and


70


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions — Omnibus Agreement.” In addition to these allocated general and administrative expenses, we expect to incur incremental general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a separate publicly held limited partnership. These direct, incremental general and administrative expenses are expected to be approximately $2.5 million annually, are not subject to the cap contained in the omnibus agreement and include costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, incremental independent auditor fees, registrar and transfer agent fees and independent director compensation. These incremental general and administrative expenditures are not reflected in the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business.
 
Working Capital Adjustments.  In the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business, all intercompany transactions, including commodity sales and expense reimbursements, were not cash settled with the Predecessor Business’ respective parent, but were recorded as an adjustment to parent equity on the balance sheet. The primary intercompany transactions between the respective parent and the Predecessor Business are natural gas and NGL sales, the provision of operations and maintenance activities and the provision of general and administrative services. Accordingly, the working capital of the Predecessor Business does not reflect any affiliate accounts receivable for intercompany commodity sales or affiliate accounts payable for the personnel and services provided by or paid for by the applicable parent on behalf of the Predecessor Business.
 
Distributions to our Unitholders.  Following the closing of this offering, we will make cash distributions to our unitholders and our general partner at an initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per common unit per quarter ($1.35 per common unit on an annualized basis). Due to our cash distribution policy, we expect that we will distribute to our unitholders most of the cash generated by our operations. As a result, we will rely upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and other debt and equity issuances, to fund our acquisition and expansion capital expenditures, as well as our working capital needs. Historically, the North Texas System has largely relied on internally generated cash flows for these purposes.
 
General Trends and Outlook
 
We expect our business to continue to be affected by the following key trends. Our expectations are based on assumptions made by us and information currently available to us. To the extent our underlying assumptions about or interpretations of available information prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from our expected results.
 
Natural Gas Supply and Outlook.  Fluctuations in energy prices can affect production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new natural gas reserves. Generally, drilling and production activity will increase as natural gas prices increase. The prices we have realized for natural gas have risen from an average of $4.97 per MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $5.43 per MMBtu for 2004 and $7.11 per MMBtu for 2005. In 2006, the prices we have realized for natural gas have declined to $6.09 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 from the highs experienced in 2005. In part as a result of the prevailing prices during these periods, the Fort Worth Basin has experienced significant levels of drilling activity, providing us with opportunities to access newly developed natural gas supplies. Our largest supplier of natural gas in the Fort Worth Basin is ConocoPhillips, which represented approximately 34% of the natural gas supplied to our system for the first nine months of 2006 and approximately 36% of the natural gas supplied to our system in 2005. In addition, leasing and permitting activity in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch is continuing to increase. The number of drilling permits have increased in the Barnett Shale from 546 for the first six months of 2004 to 1,231 for the first six months of 2006 and in the other Fort Worth Basin formations from 313 for the first six months of 2004 to 449 for the first six months of 2006. We believe that current natural gas prices will continue to cause relatively high levels of natural gas-related drilling in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch as producers seek to increase their level of natural gas production.
 
Commodity Prices.  Our operating income generally improves in an environment of higher natural gas and NGL prices, primarily as a result of our percent-of-proceeds contracts, which perform better in such an


71


Table of Contents

environment. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we sold an average of 75.2 BBtu/d of residue gas at an average price of $6.09/MMBtu, as compared to 69.5 BBtu/d at an average price of $7.11/MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2005, and 59.2 BBtu/d at an average price of $5.43/MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2004. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we sold an average of 15.1 MBbls/d of NGLs at an average price of $37.84/Bbl, as compared to 14.5 MBbls/d at an average price of $33.57/Bbl for the year ended December 31, 2005, and 13.2 MBbls/d at an average price of $26.71/Bbl for the year ended December 31, 2004. Additionally, we separately sold condensate during these periods. Our processing profitability is largely dependent upon pricing and market demand for natural gas, NGLs and condensate, which are beyond our control and have been volatile. In a declining commodity price environment, without taking into account our hedges, we will realize a reduction in cash flows under our percent-of-proceeds contracts proportionate to average price declines. We have attempted to mitigate our exposure to commodity price movements by entering into hedging arrangements. For additional information regarding our hedging activities, please see “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk.”
 
Rising Operating Costs.  The current high levels of natural gas exploration, development and production activities, both in the Fort Worth Basin and more broadly across the United States, is increasing competition for personnel and equipment. This increased competition is placing upward pressure on the prices we pay for labor, supplies, property, plant and equipment. We attempt to recover increased costs from our customers. To the extent we are unable to procure necessary supplies or to recover higher costs, our operating results will be negatively impacted.
 
Our Operations
 
Our results of operations are determined primarily by the volumes of natural gas gathered, compressed, treated, processed, transported and sold through our gathering, processing and pipeline systems; the volumes of NGLs and residue natural gas sold; and the level of natural gas and NGL prices. We generate our revenues and our operating margins principally under percent-of-proceeds contractual arrangements. Under these arrangements, we generally gather natural gas from producers at the wellhead or central delivery points, transport the wellhead natural gas through our gathering system, treat and process the natural gas, and then sell the resulting residue natural gas and NGLs at index prices based on published index market prices. We remit to the producers either an agreed upon percentage of recovered volumes or of the actual proceeds that we receive from our sales of the residue natural gas and NGLs or an agreed upon percentage of the proceeds based on index related prices for the natural gas and NGLs. Under these types of arrangements, our revenues correlate directly with the price of natural gas and NGLs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, our percent-of-proceeds activities accounted for approximately 96% of our natural gas throughput volumes. The balance of our throughput volumes are processed under wellhead purchases and keep-whole contractual arrangements.
 
Our Chico facility includes an NGL fractionator with the capacity to fractionate up to 11,500 Bbls/d of the raw NGL mix that results from the processing of natural gas at Chico. This fractionation capability allows Chico to deliver raw NGL mix to Mont Belvieu primarily through Chevron’s WTLPG Pipeline or separated NGL products to local and other markets via truck.
 
We sell all of our processed natural gas, NGLs and high pressure condensate to Targa at market-based rates pursuant to natural gas, NGL and condensate purchase agreements. Low-pressure condensate is sold to third parties. For a more complete description of these arrangements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Business — Market Access — Chico System Market Access.”
 
How We Evaluate Our Operations
 
Our profitability is a function of the difference between the revenues we receive from our operations, including revenues from the natural gas, NGLs and condensate we sell, and the costs associated with conducting our operations, including the costs of wellhead natural gas that we purchase as well as operating and general and administrative costs. Because commodity price movements tend to impact both revenues


72


Table of Contents

and costs, increases or decreases in our revenues alone are not necessarily indicative of increases or decreases in our profitability. Our contract portfolio, the prevailing pricing environment for natural gas and NGLs, and the natural gas and NGL throughput on our system are important factors in determining our profitability. Our profitability is also affected by the NGL content in gathered wellhead natural gas, demand for our products and changes in our customer mix.
 
Our management uses a variety of financial and operational measurements to analyze our performance. These measurements include the following: (1) throughput volumes, facility efficiencies and fuel consumption, (2) operating margin, (3) operating expenses, (4) general and administrative expenses, (5) EBITDA and (6) distributable cash flow.
 
Throughput Volumes, Facility Efficiencies and Fuel Consumption.  Our profitability is impacted by our ability to add new sources of natural gas supply to offset the natural decline of existing volumes from natural gas wells that are connected to our systems. This is achieved by connecting new wells as well as by capturing supplies currently gathered by third-parties. In addition, we seek to increase operating margins by limiting volume losses and reducing fuel consumption by increasing compression efficiency. With our gathering systems’ extensive use of remote monitoring capabilities, we monitor the volumes of natural gas received at the wellhead or central delivery points along our gathering systems, the volume of natural gas received at our processing plant inlets and the volumes of NGLs and residue natural gas recovered by our processing plants. This information is tracked through our processing plants to determine customer settlements and helps us increase efficiency and reduce fuel consumption.
 
As part of monitoring the efficiency of our operations, we measure the difference between the volume of natural gas received at the wellhead or central delivery points on our gathering systems and the volume received at the inlet of our processing plants as an indicator of fuel consumption and line loss. We also track the difference between the volume of natural gas received at the inlet of the processing plant and the NGL and residue gas produced at the outlet of such plants to monitor the fuel consumption and recoveries of the facilities. These volume, recovery and fuel consumption measurements are an important part of our operational efficiency analysis.
 
Operating Margin.  We review performance based on the non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure of operating margin. We define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases, and operating expense. Natural gas and NGL sales revenue includes settlement gains and losses on commodity hedges. Our operating margin is impacted by volumes and commodity prices as well as by our contract mix and hedging program, which are described in more detail below. We view our operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations. We review our operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis.
 
Operating margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. Please see “Summary — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
 
Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses are costs associated with the operation of a specific asset. Direct labor, ad valorem taxes, repair and maintenance, utilities and contract services compose the most significant portion of our operating expenses. These expenses generally remain relatively stable independent of the volumes through our systems but fluctuate depending on the scope of the activities performed during a specific period.
 
EBITDA.  EBITDA represents net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.


73


Table of Contents

EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
  •  the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
  •  the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs and support our indebtedness;
 
  •  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to those of other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance, liquidity or ability to service debt obligations.
 
Distributable Cash Flow.  We define distributable cash flow as EBITDA, less interest expense excluding the amortization of debt issue costs, maintenance capital expenditures and reserves. Distributable cash flow is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP. Distributable cash flow is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and our general partner.
 
Contract Mix
 
We generate revenue based on the contractual arrangements we have with our producer customers. These arrangements can be in many forms which vary in the amount of commodity price risk they carry. Substantially all of our revenues are generated under percent-of-proceeds arrangements pursuant to which we receive a portion of the natural gas and/or NGLs as payment for services. Please see “Business — Midstream Sector Overview” for a more detailed discussion of the contractual arrangements under which we operate. Set forth below is a table summarizing our average contract mix for the nine-months ended September 30, 2006, including the potential impacts of changes in commodity prices on operating margins:
 
             
    Percent of
   
Contract Type
  Throughput  
Impact of Commodity Prices
 
Percent-of-Proceeds
  96%   Decreases in natural gas and/or NGL prices generate decreases in operating margins.
Wellhead Purchases/Keep Whole
  4%   Increases in natural gas prices relative to NGL prices generate decreases in operating margins. Decreases in NGL prices relative to natural gas prices generate decreases in operating margins.
 
At times, producer preferences, competitive forces and other factors cause us to enter into more commodity price sensitive contracts, such as wellhead purchases and keep-whole arrangements. We prefer to enter into contracts with less commodity price sensitivity, including fee-based and percent-of-proceeds arrangements.


74


Table of Contents

 
Results of Operations
 
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006.
 
                                                             
    Predecessor Business  
    Dynegy       Combined       Targa  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
              Two Months
    Nine Months
 
    Year Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Year Ended
      Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005       2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Unaudited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars, except operating and price data)        
Total operating revenues
  $ 196.8     $ 258.6     $ 249.7     $ 293.3       $ 368.4       $ 75.1     $ 290.9  
Product purchases
    147.3       182.6       179.0       210.8         265.7         54.9       205.2  
Operating expense
    15.1       17.7       15.8       18.0         21.5         3.5       17.9  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         20.5         9.2       41.7  
General and administrative expense
    7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         8.4         1.1       5.1  
Loss on sales of assets
          0.3                                    
                                                             
Income from operations
    14.7       38.6       38.1       45.9         52.3         6.4       21.0  
Interest expense, net
                              (11.5 )       (11.5 )     (54.4 )
Deferred income taxes(1)
                                            (2.0 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change
    (0.6 )                                        
                                                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ 40.8       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )
                                                             
Financial data:
                                                           
Operating margin(2)
  $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 81.2       $ 16.7     $ 67.8  
EBITDA(2)
    26.1       50.8       48.2       57.2         72.8         15.6       62.7  
Operating data:
                                                           
Gathering throughput, MMcf/d(3)
    134.3       152.0       160.4       161.2         162.5         168.8       168.2  
Plant natural gas inlet, MMcf/d(4)
    128.6       145.4       155.4       156.2         157.2         161.9       161.6  
Gross NGL production, MBbls/d
    15.9       17.2       18.4       18.5         18.7         19.8       18.8  
Natural gas sales, BBtu/d
    42.0       59.2       68.4       68.9         69.5         72.3       75.2  
NGL sales, MBbl/d
    15.3       13.2       14.2       14.3         14.5         15.4       15.1  
Condensate sales, MBbl/d
    0.6       0.7       0.5       0.5         0.5         0.5       0.5  
Average realized prices:
                                                           
Natural gas, $/MMBtu
    4.97       5.43       6.39       6.79         7.11         8.61       6.09  
NGL, $/gal
    0.47       0.64       0.75       0.78         .80         0.90       0.90  
Condensate, $/Bbl
    29.86       40.56       52.61       53.42         54.03         57.54       62.66  
 
 
(1) In May 2006, Texas adopted a margin tax, consisting of a 1% tax on the amount by which total revenue exceeds cost of goods sold. The amount presented represents our estimated liability for this tax.
 
(2) EBITDA.  We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
• the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;


75


Table of Contents

 
• our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and
 
• the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
 
     The economic substance behind management’s use of EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness, and make distributions to our investors.
 
     The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net cash provided by operating activities and net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities and GAAP net income. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
     Management compensates for the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
     Operating Margin.  We define operating margin as total operating revenues, which consist of natural gas and NGL sales plus service fee revenues, less product purchases, which consist primarily of producer payments and other natural gas purchases, and operating expense. Management reviews operating margin monthly for consistency and trend analysis. Based on this monthly analysis, management takes appropriate action to maintain positive trends or to reverse negative trends. Management uses operating margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations.
 
     The GAAP measure most directly comparable to operating margin is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of operating margin should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. Operating margin is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical tool. You should not consider operating margin in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because operating margin excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
 
     Management compensates for the limitations of operating margin as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these learnings into management’s decision-making processes.
 
     We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. Operating margin provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of our financial statements, including such investors, commercial banks and others, to assess:
 
• the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
 
• our operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure;
 
• the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.


76


Table of Contents

                                                                   
    Predecessor Business     Targa Resources Partners LP  
    Dynegy       Targa     Pro Forma  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
      Two Months
    Nine Months
          Nine Months
 
    Years Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars)  
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1                  
Allocated interest expense from parent(a)
                              10.7       50.5                  
Changes in operating working capital which provided (used) cash:
                                                                 
Accounts receivable
    0.7       (0.7 )     0.5       0.3         0.1       (0.4 )                
Accounts payable
    (1.0 )     (2.7 )     1.1       1.3         0.8                        
Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities
    (4.9 )     (3.8 )     (12.6 )     (17.1 )       5.5       1.5                  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7                  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “EBITDA” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
Deferred tax expense
                                    2.0             2.0  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
                                                                   
EBITDA
  $ 26.1     $ 50.8     $ 48.2     $ 57.2       $ 15.6     $ 62.7     $ 72.8     $ 62.7  
                                                                   
Reconciliation of “operating margin” to net income:
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 14.1     $ 38.6     $ 38.1     $ 45.9       $ (5.1 )   $ (35.4 )   $ (6.8 )   $ 0.4  
Add:
                                                                 
Depreciation and amortization expense
    12.0       12.2       10.1       11.3         9.2       41.7       54.8       41.7  
Deferred income tax
                                    2.0             2.0  
Other, net
    0.6       0.3                                        
Interest expense, net
                              11.5       54.4       24.8       18.6  
General and administrative expense
    7.7       7.2       6.7       7.3         1.1       5.1       8.4       5.1  
                                                                   
Operating margin
  $ 34.4     $ 58.3     $ 54.9     $ 64.5       $ 16.7     $ 67.8     $ 81.2     $ 67.8  
                                                                   
 
  (a)  Excludes non-cash amortization of debt issue costs of $0.8 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
(3)  Gathering throughput represents the volume of natural gas gathered and passed through natural gas gathering pipelines from connections to producing wells and central delivery points.
 
(4)  Plant natural gas inlet represents the volume of natural gas passing through the meter located at the inlet of a natural gas processing plant.
 


77


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005
 
Our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were prepared on the same basis as the Pre-Acquisition Financial Statements. Our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were prepared on the same basis as the Post-Acquisition Financial Statements. Because different bases of accounting were followed in the preparation of these results of operations, the reported results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 are not necessarily comparable. The primary differences include debt and interest expense allocations, depreciation and amortization, and general and administrative expense allocations. The interim period results of operations and related analyses for the Predecessor Business for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 do not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa.
 
Total Operating Revenues.  Revenues increased by $41.2 million, or 16%, to $290.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $249.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. This increase was primarily due to the following factors:
 
  •  a net increase attributable to commodity prices of $21.4 million, consisting of increases in NGL and condensate revenue of $26.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in natural gas revenue of $6.1 million; and
 
  •  a net increase attributable to volumes of $19.8 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue of $11.8 million and $8.1 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in condensate revenue of $0.1 million.
 
Average realized prices for natural gas decreased by $0.30 per MMBtu, or 5%, to $6.09 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $6.39 per MMBtu for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The average realized price for NGLs increased by $0.15 per gallon, or 20%, to $0.90 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $0.75 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The average realized price for condensate increased by $10.05 per barrel, or 19%, to $62.66 per Bbl for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $52.61 per barrel for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.
 
Natural gas sales volumes increased by 6.8 BBtu/d, or 10%, to 75.2 BBtu/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to 68.4 BBtu/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. NGL sales volumes increased by 0.9 MBbl/d, or 6%, to 15.1 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to 14.2 MBbl/d for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Condensate volumes were flat with no change between the periods. The increases in both natural gas and NGL sales volumes were primarily due to higher field production as a result of new well connections.
 
Product Purchases.  Product purchases increased by $26.2 million, or 15%, to $205.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $179.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Higher commodity prices accounted for $17.5 million of this increase and increased volumes accounted for $8.7 million of this increase.
 
Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses increased by $2.1 million, or 13%, to $17.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $15.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase was driven by higher costs in 2006 compared to 2005 for labor, supplies and equipment incurred in the expansion of our gathering system as well as increased costs for these services.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $31.6 million, or 313%, to $41.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $10.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase is due to the higher carrying value of property, plant and equipment as a result of the DMS Acquisition.
 
General and Administrative.  General and administrative expense decreased by $1.6 million, or 24%, to $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The decrease was the result of lower allocated costs following the DMS


78


Table of Contents

Acquisition due to lower parent costs and to adjustments to the factors used to allocate general and administrative expense.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $54.4 million compared to zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Interest expense recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 reflects an allocation of debt and related interest expense incurred by Targa in connection with the DMS Acquisition. Prior to the DMS Acquisition, there was no allocation of debt or interest expense to the Predecessor Business.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 are derived from the combination of the results of operations reflected in the Pre-Acquisition Financial Statements and the results of operations reflected in the Post-Acquisition Financial Statements. The combined results of operations for the Predecessor Business for the year ended December 31, 2005 are unaudited and do not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa for the entire year.
 
Total Operating Revenues.  Combined revenues increased by $109.8 million, or 42%, to $368.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $258.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase was primarily due to the following factors:
 
  •  an increase attributable to commodity prices of $81.3 million, consisting of increases in natural gas, NGL and condensate revenue of $42.6 million, $36.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively;
 
  •  a net increase attributable to volumes of $29.2 million, consisting of increases in natural gas and NGL revenue of $19.9 million and $11.8 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in condensate revenue of $2.5 million; and
 
  •  partially offset by a decrease in fee and other revenues of $0.7 million.
 
Average realized prices for natural gas increased by $1.68 per MMBtu, or 31%, to $7.11 per MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $5.43 per MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2004. The average realized price for NGL increased by $0.16 per gallon, or 25%, to $0.80 per gallon for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $0.64 per gallon for the year ended December 31, 2004. The average realized price for condensate increased by $13.47 per barrel, or 33%, to $54.03 per barrel for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $40.56 per barrel for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Natural gas sales volume increased by 10.3 BBtu/d, or 17%, to 69.5 BBtu/d for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to 59.2 BBtu/d for the year ended December 31, 2004. Net NGL production increased by 1.3 MBbl/d, or 10%, to 14.5 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to 13.2 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2004. The volume increases were primarily attributable to additional well connections partially offset by the natural decline in field production. Condensate production decreased by 0.2 MBbl/d, or 29%, to 0.5 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to 0.7 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Product Purchases.  Product purchases for the two months ended December 31, 2005 was $54.9 million which, combined with the $210.8 million recorded for the ten months ended October 31, 2005, increased by $83.1 million, or 46%, to $265.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $182.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Higher commodity prices accounted for $63.6 million of this increase and increased volumes accounted for $19.5 million of this increase.
 
Operating Expenses.  Combined operating expenses of $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 is an increase of $3.8 million, or 21%, compared to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The combined operating expense consisted of $3.5 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and $18.0 million for the ten months ended October 31, 2005. The increase over 2004 was attributable primarily to the impact of processing plant and gathering system expansions.


79


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense for the two months ended December 31, 2005 was $9.2 million which, combined with the $11.3 million recorded for the ten months ended October 31, 2005, totals a combined $20.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, for an increase of $8.3 million, or 68%. The increase is due to the higher carrying value of property, plant and equipment as a result of the DMS Acquisition.
 
General and Administrative.  Combined general and administrative expense of $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 is an increase of $1.2 million, or 17%, compared to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The allocated combined general and administrative expense consisting of $1.1 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and $7.3 million for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 was attributable to higher allocable corporate overhead expenses incurred during 2005 compared to 2004.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $11.5 million compared to none for the year ended December 31, 2004. Interest expense in 2005 consists of an allocation of a portion of the interest expense incurred by Targa as a result of borrowing to fund the DMS Acquisition and was recognized in the final two months of 2005. Prior to the DMS Acquisition, there was no allocation of Dynegy indebtedness to the Predecessor Business.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
The following discussion is based on the audited results of operations of the Predecessor Business for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 do not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa.
 
Total Operating Revenues.  Revenues increased by $61.8 million, or 31%, to $258.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $196.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to the following factors:
 
  •  an increase attributable to commodity prices of $46.8 million, consisting of increases in natural gas, NGL and condensate revenue of $10.1 million, $34.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively;
 
  •  a net increase attributable to volumes of $17.1 million consisting of increases in natural gas and condensate revenue of $31.5 million, $0.6 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in NGL revenue of $15.0 million; and
 
  •  partially offset by a decrease in fee and other revenues of $2.1 million.
 
Average realized prices for natural gas increased by $0.46 per MMBtu, or 9%, to $5.43 per MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $4.97 per MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2003. The average realized price for NGLs increased by $0.17 per gallon, or 36%, to $0.64 per gallon for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $0.47 per gallon for the year ended December 31, 2003. The average realized price for condensate increased by $10.70 per barrel, or 36%, to $40.56 per barrel for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $29.86 per barrel for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
Natural gas sales volume increased by 17.2 BBtu/d, or 41%, to 59.2 BBtu/d for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to 42.0 BBtu/d for the year ended December 31, 2003. NGL sales volume decreased by 2.1 MBbl/d, or 14%, to 13.2 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to 15.3 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2003. Condensate production increased by 0.1 MBbl/d, or 17%, to 0.7 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to 0.6 MBbl/d for the year ended December 31, 2003. The natural gas and condensate volume increases were primarily attributable to additional well connections partially offset by naturally declining field production. The NGL volume decreases were primarily attributable to a take-in-kind election in late 2003 by a significant producer and the natural decline in field production, which was partially offset by additional well connections.


80


Table of Contents

Product Purchases.  Product purchases increased by $35.3 million, or 24%, to $182.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $147.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Higher commodity prices accounted for an increase of $38.4 million, partially offset by $3.1 million due to decreased volumes.
 
Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 17%, to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to the impact of processing plant expansions.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 2%, to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
General and Administrative.  General and administrative expense decreased $0.5 million, or 6%, to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 as a result of lower allocable corporate overhead expenses during 2004 compared to 2003.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our ability to finance our operations, including to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, to meet our indebtedness obligations, to refinance our indebtedness or to meet our collateral requirements will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to generate cash is subject to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including commodity prices, particularly for natural gas and NGLs, operating costs and maintenance capital expenditures. Please see “Risk Factors.”
 
Historically, our cash generated from operations has been sufficient to finance our operating expenditures and maintenance and expansion capital expenditures, with remaining amounts being distributed to Dynegy or Targa, during their respective periods of ownership. After completion of this offering, we expect our sources of liquidity to include:
 
  •  cash generated from operations;
 
  •  borrowings under our anticipated new credit facility;
 
  •  issuance of additional partnership units; and
 
  •  debt offerings.
 
We believe that cash generated from these sources will be sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements, long-term capital expenditure requirements and our minimum quarterly cash distributions for at least the next twelve months.
 
Working Capital.  Working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities. Our working capital requirements will be primarily driven by changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable. These changes are impacted by changes in the prices of commodities that we buy and sell. In general, our working capital requirements increase in periods of rising commodity prices and decrease in periods of declining commodity prices. However, our working capital needs do not necessarily change at the same rate as commodity prices because both accounts receivable and accounts payable are impacted by the same commodity prices. In addition, the timing of payments received by our customers or paid to our suppliers can also cause fluctuations in working capital because we settle with most of our larger suppliers and customers on a monthly basis and often near the end of the month. We expect that our future working capital requirements will be impacted by these same factors.
 
On the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business, all intercompany transactions, including commodity sales and expense reimbursements, were not cash settled with the Predecessor Business’ parent at the time, either Dynegy or Targa, but were recorded as an adjustment to parent equity on the balance sheet. The primary transactions between the applicable parent and the Predecessor Business are natural gas and NGL sales, the provision of operations and maintenance activities and the provision of


81


Table of Contents

general and administrative services. As a result of this accounting treatment, the working capital of the Predecessor Business does not reflect any affiliate accounts receivable for intercompany commodity sales or any affiliate accounts payable for the personnel and services provided by or paid for by the applicable parent on behalf of the Predecessor Business.
 
We had negative working capital of $18.1 million as of September 30, 2006, compared to negative working capital of $31.4 million as of September 30, 2005. This increasing working capital trend was attributable to the current portion of commodity hedges and decreased accounts payable, partially offset by the current portion of long-term debt. The decrease in accounts payable was due to lower commodity prices, partially offset by increased volumes, which decreased accounts payable to our producers without an offsetting decrease in receivables due to the accounting treatment discussed above.
 
We had negative working capital of $34.4 million as of December 31, 2005, compared to negative working capital of $20.5 million as of December 31, 2004. This declining working capital trend was attributable to the current portion of long-term debt and increased accounts payable. The increase in accounts payable was due to increased volumes and higher commodity prices which increased accounts payable to our producers without an offsetting increase in receivables due to the accounting treatment discussed above.
 
Cash Flow.  Net cash provided by or used in operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 were as follows:
 
                                                             
    Predecessor Business  
    Dynegy       Combined       Targa  
                Nine Months
    Ten Months
              Two Months
    Nine Months
 
                Ended
    Ended
      Year Ended
      Ended
    Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,
    October 31,
      December 31,
      December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005       2005       2005     2006  
    (Audited)     (Unaudited)     (Audited)       (Unaudited)       (Audited)     (Unaudited)  
    (in millions of dollars)  
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                                           
Operating activities
  $ 31.3     $ 58.0     $ 59.2     $ 72.7       $ 71.2       $ (1.5 )   $ 11.1  
Investing activities
    (14.6 )     (23.4 )     (14.2 )     (16.4 )       (18.5 )       (2.1 )     (17.7 )
Financing activities
    (16.7 )     (34.6 )     (45.0 )     (56.3 )       (52.7 )       3.6       6.6  
 
The discussion of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005 is derived from the sum of the cash flows reflected in the Pre-Acquisition Financial Statements and the cash flows reflected in the Post-Acquisition Financial Statements. The combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2005 is unaudited. Because different bases of accounting were followed in the Pre-Acquisition Financial Statements and the Post-Acquisition Financial Statements, the combined cash flow information for the year ended December 31, 2005 is not prepared on the same basis and, thus, is not in accordance with GAAP. The following discussion based on the combined cash flows is presented for the convenience of investors to facilitate the presentation of a more meaningful discussion of the historical period. The combined cash flows for the Predecessor Business for the year ended December 31, 2005 do not necessarily represent the cash flows that would have occurred during this period had the business been operated by Targa for the entire year.
 
Cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 is based on Dynegy’s results of operations for the Predecessor Business for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 do not necessarily represent the results that would have been achieved during this period had the business been operated by Targa.
 
Operating Activities.  Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $48.1 million, or 81%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year. This decrease is


82


Table of Contents

attributable to our net income, adjusted for non-cash charges, as presented in the combined statements of cash flows and changes in working capital as discussed above. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $13.2 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase is attributable to our net income, adjusted for non-cash charges, as presented in the combined statements of cash flows and changes in working capital as discussed above.
 
Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $17.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $14.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase was attributable to capital spending related to the refurbishment of an additional cryogenic train at our Chico plant, the purchase of an additional gathering system and other expansion expenditures.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The $4.9 million, or 21%, decrease is primarily due to the completion of a major Barnett Shale gathering system expansion project offset by an increase in major maintenance expenditures of $1.2 million due to the increased size of our gathering systems and the effect of higher utilization of our field compression facilities.
 
Financing Activities.  Net cash used in financing activities represents the pass through of our net cash flow to Dynegy prior to the October 31, 2005 DMS Acquisition, and net cash provided by financing activities represents the contribution to us by Targa of the net cash required for principal and interest on allocated parent debt following the DMS Acquisition.
 
Capital Requirements.  The midstream energy business can be capital intensive, requiring significant investment to maintain and upgrade existing operations. A significant portion of the cost of constructing new gathering lines to connect to our gathering system is generally paid for by the natural gas producer. However, we expect to make significant expenditures during the next year for the construction of additional natural gas gathering and processing infrastructure.
 
We categorize our capital expenditures as either: (i) maintenance expenditures or (ii) expansion expenditures. Maintenance expenditures are those expenditures that are necessary to maintain the service capability of our existing assets including the replacement of system components and equipment which is worn, obsolete or completing its useful life, the addition of new sources of natural gas supply to our systems to replace natural gas production declines and expenditures to remain in compliance with environmental laws and regulations. Expansion expenditures improve the service capability of the existing assets, extend asset useful lives, increase capacities from existing levels, reduce costs or enhance revenues. Our planned capital expenditures for 2006 are $15.0 million and $12.7 million for maintenance expenditures and expansion expenditures, respectively. Through September 30, 2006 we have expended $9.1 million and $8.7 million of these amounts, respectively.
 
Over the three years ended December 31, 2005, our expansion capital expenditures have averaged $8.1 million and ranged from a high of $13.5 million to a low of $5.3 million. We estimate that expansion capital expenditures will include $1.8 million of remaining expenditures for projects that have been initiated and will be completed in 2007. Given our objective of growth through acquisitions, expansions of existing assets and other internal growth projects, we anticipate that we will invest significant amounts of capital to grow and acquire assets. After the completion of this offering, expansion capital expenditures may vary significantly based on investment opportunities.
 
We expect to fund future capital expenditures with funds generated from our operations, borrowings under our new credit facility, the issuance of additional partnership units and debt offerings.
 
Description of Credit Agreement  In connection with this offering, we will enter into a new 5-year $500 million revolving credit facility with the option to increase the size of the credit facility up to $750 million in the future. We expect to borrow $342.5 million under this new credit facility at the closing of this offering, the proceeds of which will be paid to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness. Our obligations under the revolving credit facility will be secured at all times by substantially all of our assets and will be guaranteed by our material, domestic subsidiaries. We may prepay all advances at any time without penalty. Indebtedness under the revolving credit facility will bear interest, at our option, at


83


Table of Contents

either (1) the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, plus an applicable margin which ranges from 0% to 1.25% dependent on our total leverage ratio, or (2) LIBOR plus an applicable margin which ranges from 1.0% to 2.25% dependent upon our total leverage ratio. Our credit facility will restrict our ability to make distributions of available cash to unitholders if any default or event of default (as defined in the credit agreement) exists. The credit agreement will require us to maintain a leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated indebtedness to our consolidated EBITDA, in each case as will be defined in the credit agreement) of not more than 5.75 to 1.00 (stepping down to 5.00 to 1.00 within the first three quarters after closing) and on a temporary basis for not more than four consecutive quarters following the consummation of certain acquisitions, not more than 0.50 more than the leverage ratio then in effect; provided that after the issuance of senior unsecured notes, the leverage ratio limitation will be replaced by a requirement that we maintain a senior secured leverage ratio of not more than 5.25 to 1.00 (stepping down to 4.50 to 1.00 within the first three quarters after closing) and a total leverage ratio of 6.25 to 1.00 (stepping down to 5.50 to 1.00 within the first three quarters after closing) (but still subject to automatic temporary increases following the consummation of certain acquisitions as described above). The credit agreement will also require us to maintain an interest coverage ratio (the ratio of our consolidated EBITDA to our consolidated interest expense, in each case as will be defined in the credit agreement) of not less than 2.25 to 1.00 determined as of the last day of each quarter for the four-fiscal quarter period ending on the date of determination. In addition, the credit agreement will contain various covenants that may limit, among other things, our ability to:
 
  •  grant liens;
 
  •  be liable for other indebtedness;
 
  •  engage in a merger, consolidation or dissolution;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  sell or otherwise dispose of our assets, businesses and operations;
 
  •  materially alter the character of our business; and
 
  •  make acquisitions, investments and capital expenditures.
 
Any subsequent replacement of our credit facility or any new indebtedness could have similar or greater restrictions.
 
If an event of default exists under the credit agreement, the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the credit agreement and exercise other rights and remedies. Each of the following could be an event of default under the credit agreement:
 
  •  failure to pay any principal when due or any interest or fees within five business days of the due date;
 
  •  failure to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants in the credit agreement;
 
  •  failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct in any material respect;
 
  •  failure to pay debt or perform or otherwise comply with covenants in other material debt agreements;
 
  •  a change of control of our partnership; and
 
  •  other customary defaults, including specified bankruptcy or insolvency events, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, violations, and material judgment defaults.


84


Table of Contents

 
Contractual Obligations.  A summary of our contractual cash obligations over the next several fiscal years, as of December 31, 2005, is as follows:
 
                                         
    Payments Due By Period  
          Less than
                More than
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     1 year     1-3 years     4-5 years     5 Years  
    (in millions of dollars)  
 
Debt obligations(1)
  $ 868.9     $ 4.9     $ 286.0     $ 9.9     $ 568.1  
Interest on debt obligations(2)
    322.4       60.6       98.3       81.4       82.1  
Capacity payments(3)
    7.6       2.5       2.9       2.2        
Asset retirement obligations
    1.5                         1.5  
                                         
    $ 1,200.4     $ 68.0     $ 387.2     $ 93.5     $ 651.7  
                                         
 
 
(1) Represents required future principal repayments of debt obligations allocated from Targa.
 
(2) Represents interest expense on debt obligations allocated from Targa, based on interest rates as of December 31, 2005. We used an average rate of 6.8% to estimate our interest on variable rate debt obligations.
 
(3) Consists of capacity payments for natural gas pipelines.
 
Debt Obligations.  Our debt obligations consisted of the following at the dates indicated:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in millions
 
    of dollars)  
 
Allocated debt, less current portion of $4.9(1)
  $ 864.0     $  
 
 
(1) Allocated debt presented above represents indebtedness incurred by Targa in connection with the DMS Acquisition that has been allocated to the North Texas System. This indebtedness was incurred by Targa in connection with the DMS Acquisition and the entity holding the North Texas System provides a guarantee of this indebtedness. This indebtedness is also secured by a collateral interest in both the equity of the entity holding the North Texas System as well as its assets. In connection with this offering, this guarantee will be terminated, the collateral interest will be released and the allocated indebtedness will be retired. The table above does not reflect borrowings we expect to make at the closing of this offering under our new credit facility.
 
Available Credit.  After the closing of this offering, we anticipate having approximately $157.5 million in borrowing capacity available under our new credit facility.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Our principal market risks are our exposure to changes in commodity prices, particularly to the prices of natural gas and NGLs, as well as nonperformance by our customers.
 
Commodity Price Risk.  Substantially all of our revenues are derived from percent-of-proceeds contracts under which we receive a portion of the natural gas and/or NGLs, or equity volumes, as payment for services. The prices of natural gas and NGLs are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, demand, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors beyond our control. We monitor these risks and enter into hedging transactions designed to mitigate the impact of commodity price fluctuations on our business.
 
The primary purpose of our commodity risk management activities is to hedge our exposure to commodity price risk and reduce fluctuations in our operating cash flow despite fluctuations in commodity prices. In an effort to reduce the variability of our cash flows, we have hedged the commodity price associated with approximately 95-65% of our expected natural gas, 60-50% of our expected NGL and 95-60% of our expected condensate equity volumes through 2010 by entering into derivative financial instruments including swaps and purchased puts (or floors). The percentages of our expected equity volumes that are hedged decrease over the term of the hedges. With swaps, we typically receive an agreed fixed price for a specified notional quantity of natural gas or NGLs, and we pay the hedge counterparty a floating price for that same quantity based upon published index prices. Since we receive from our


85


Table of Contents

customers substantially the same floating index price from the sale of the underlying physical commodity, these transactions are designed to effectively lock-in the agreed fixed price in advance for the volumes hedged. In order to avoid having a greater volume hedged than our actual equity volumes, we typically limit our use of swaps to hedge the prices of up to approximately 90% of our expected natural gas and NGL equity volumes. We utilize purchased puts (or floors) to hedge additional expected equity commodity volumes without creating volumetric risk. We intend to continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices in the future by entering into similar hedge transactions using swaps, collars, purchased puts (or floors) or other hedge instruments as market conditions permit.
 
We have tailored our hedges to generally match the NGL product composition and the NGL and natural gas delivery points to those of our physical equity volumes. Our NGL hedges cover baskets of ethane, propane, normal butane, iso-butane and natural gasoline based upon our expected equity NGL composition. We believe this strategy avoids uncorrelated risks resulting from employing hedges on crude oil or other petroleum products as “proxy” hedges of NGL prices. Additionally, our NGL hedges are based on published index prices for delivery at Mont Belvieu, and our natural gas hedges are based on published index prices for delivery at Waha and Mid-Continent, which closely approximate our actual NGL and natural gas delivery points. We hedge a portion of our condensate sales using crude oil hedges that are based on the NYMEX futures contracts for West Texas Intermediate light, sweet crude.
 
In April and May 2006, we entered into hedges for the third and fourth quarters of 2006 and for 2007 through 2010 at prices that are materially higher than current market prices. In November 2006, we entered into additional swaps at then market prices and purchased puts (or floors). Our results of operations are currently realizing a significant benefit from the positions entered into in April and May of 2006. In our minimum estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 included elsewhere in this prospectus, we estimate that our hedges will generate approximately $15 million in operating income for the forecasted period. If future realized prices remain comparable to current prices, we expect that this benefit will decline materially over the life of the hedges, which cover decreasing volumes at declining prices through 2010. For the third quarter of 2006, the hedged volumes were 2,751 Bbls/d of NGLs, 11,633 MMBtu/d of natural gas and 366 Bbls/d of condensate. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, our operating revenue was increased by net hedge settlements of $0.3 million. For a description of our hedges, please see “— Summary of Our Hedges.”
 
Our commodity price hedging transactions are typically documented pursuant to a standard International Swap Dealers Association (“ISDA”) form with customized credit and legal terms. Our principal counterparties (or, if applicable, their guarantors) have investment grade credit ratings. The payment obligations in connection with substantially all of these hedging transactions, and any additional credit exposure due to a rise in natural gas and NGL prices relative to the fixed prices set forth in the hedges, are expected to be secured by a first priority lien in the collateral securing our senior secured indebtedness that ranks equal in right of payment with liens granted in favor of our senior secured lenders. As long as this first priority lien is in effect, we expect to have no obligation to post cash, letters of credit, or other additional collateral to secure these hedges at any time even if our counterparty’s exposure to our credit increases over the term of the hedge as a result of higher commodity prices or because there has been a change in our creditworthiness. For example, a 10% increase in natural gas, crude oil and NGL prices over the term of our swaps would increase the credit exposure that our swap counterparties have to us by approximately $22.3 million; however, we would expect to post no additional collateral. A purchased put (or floor) transaction does not create credit exposure to us for our counterparties.


86


Table of Contents

Summary of Our Hedges
 
At December 31, 2005, we had no open commodity derivative positions. During the second and fourth quarters of 2006, we entered into the following hedging arrangements for a portion of our forecast of equity volumes. Floor volumes and floor pricing are based solely on purchased puts (or floors).
 
                                         
    Three months
                         
    ended
                         
    December 31,
                         
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
 
NGL Hedges
                                       
NGL volume — swaps (Bbls/d)
    2,751       2,416       2,160       1,948       1,759  
Weighted average swap price (per gallon)
  $ 1.01     $ 0.99     $ 0.95     $ 0.91     $ 0.88  
Natural Gas Hedges
                                       
Natural gas volume — swaps (MMBtu/d)
    11,633       13,612       11,621       10,452       9,494  
Weighted average swap price (per MMBtu)
  $ 8.03     $ 8.63     $ 8.47     $ 7.99     $ 7.41  
Natural gas volume — floors (MMBtu/d)
          870       1,670       1,415        
Weighted average floor price (per MMBtu)
  $     $ 6.55     $ 6.67     $ 6.55     $  
Condensate Hedges
                                       
Condensate volume — swaps (Bbls/d)
    366       439       384       322       301  
Weighted average swap price (per barrel)
  $ 76.29     $ 72.82     $ 70.86     $ 69.00     $ 68.10  
Condensate volume — floors (Bbls/d)
          25       55       50        
Weighted average floor price (per barrel)
  $     $ 58.60     $ 60.50     $ 60.00     $  
 
These contracts may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances. Our hedging arrangements provide us protection on the hedged volumes if prices decline below the prices at which these hedges are set. If prices rise above the prices at which we have hedged, we will receive less revenues on the hedged volumes than we would receive in the absence of hedges. We have entered into these transactions with Merrill Lynch Commodities Inc., whose obligations are guaranteed by Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc., Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and J. Aron & Company, whose obligations are guaranteed by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 
Interest Rate Risk.  We may enter hedges for a portion of our floating interest rate exposure under our anticipated new credit facility.
 
Credit Risk.  We are subject to risk of losses resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers. We will continue to closely monitor the creditworthiness of customers to whom we grant credit and establish credit limits in accordance with our credit policy. At the closing of this offering, we will enter into natural gas, NGL and condensate purchase agreements with Targa pursuant to which Targa will purchase all of our natural gas for a term of 15 years, and all of our NGLs and high-pressure condensate for a term of 15 years. We will also enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa which will address, among other things, the provision of general and administrative and operating services to us. As of January 31, 2007, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s assigned Targa corporate credit ratings of B1 and B+, respectively, which are speculative ratings. A speculative rating signifies a higher risk that Targa will default on its obligations, including its obligations to us, than does an investment grade rating. Any material nonperformance under the omnibus and purchase agreements by Targa could materially and adversely impact our ability to operate and make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The policies and estimates discussed below are considered by management to be critical to an understanding of our financial


87


Table of Contents

statements, because their application requires the most significant judgments from management in estimating matters for financial reporting that are inherently uncertain.
 
Revenue Recognition.  
Our primary types of sales and service activities reported as operating revenue include:
 
  •  sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate; and
 
  •  natural gas processing, from which we generate revenue through the compression, gathering, treating and processing of natural gas.
 
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
For processing services, we receive either fees or a percentage of commodities as payment for these services, depending on the type of contract. Under percent-of-proceeds contracts, we are paid for our services by keeping a percentage of the NGLs extracted and the residue gas resulting from processing natural gas. In percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we remit either a percentage of the proceeds received from the sales of residue gas and NGLs or a percentage of the residue gas or NGLs at the tailgate of the plant to the producer. Under the terms of percent-of-proceeds and similar contracts, we may purchase the producer’s share of the processed commodities for resale or deliver the commodities to the producer at the tailgate of the plant. Percent-of-value and percent-of-liquids contracts are variations on this arrangement. Under keep-whole contracts, we keep the NGLs extracted and return the processed natural gas or value of the natural gas to the producer. Natural gas or NGLs that we receive for services or purchase for resale are in turn sold and recognized in accordance with the criteria outlined above. Under fee-based contracts, we receive a fee based on throughput volumes.
 
We generally report revenues gross in the combined statements of operations, in accordance with EITF Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Except for fee-based contracts, we act as the principal in these transactions where we receive natural gas or NGLs, take title to the commodities, and incur the risks and rewards of ownership.
 
Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial positions and results of operations. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments prior to their publication. Estimates and judgments are based on information available at the time such estimates and judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (1) estimating unbilled revenues and operating and general and administrative costs, (2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (4) estimating the useful lives of our assets and (5) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.
 
Property, Plant, and Equipment.  Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated service lives of our functional asset groups are as follows:
 
         
Asset Group
  Service Life  
    (Years)  
 
Natural gas gathering systems and processing facilities
    15 to 25  
Office and miscellaneous equipment
    3 to 7  


88


Table of Contents

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are generally expensed as incurred. However, expenditures to refurbish (i.e., certain repair and maintenance expenses) assets that extend the useful lives or prevent environmental contamination are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset.
 
Our determination of the useful lives of property, plant and equipment requires us to make various assumptions, including the supply of and demand for hydrocarbons in the markets served by our assets, normal wear and tear of the facilities, and the extent and frequency of maintenance programs. From time to time, we utilize consultants and other experts to assist us in assessing the remaining lives of the crude oil or natural gas production in the basins we serve.
 
We may capitalize certain costs directly related to the construction of assets, including internal labor costs, interest and engineering costs. Upon disposition or retirement of property, plant and equipment, any gain or loss is charged to operations.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we evaluate the recoverability of our property, plant and equipment when events or circumstances such as economic obsolescence, the business climate, legal and other factors indicate we may not recover the carrying amount of the assets. We continually monitor our businesses and the market and business environments to identify indicators that may suggest an asset may not be recoverable.
 
We evaluate an asset for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the asset’s expected future undiscounted cash flows. These cash flow estimates require us to make projections and assumptions for many years into the future for pricing, demand, competition, operating cost and other factors. We recognize an impairment loss when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value as determined by quoted market prices in active markets or present value techniques if quotes are unavailable. The determination of the fair value using present value techniques requires us to make projections and assumptions regarding the probability of a range of outcomes and the rates of interest used in the present value calculations. Any changes we make to these projections and assumptions could result in significant revisions to our evaluation of recoverability of our property, plant and equipment and the recognition of an impairment loss in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Price Risk Management (Hedging).  We account for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended. Under SFAS 133, all derivative instruments not qualifying for the normal purchases and sales exception are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, or is not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings. If a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting and is designated as a hedge, the effective portion of the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”), a component of partners’ capital, and reclassified to earnings when the forecasted transaction occurs.
 
The relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item must be highly effective in achieving the offset of changes in cash flows attributable to the hedged risk both at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when a hedge instrument becomes ineffective. Gains and losses deferred in OCI related to cash flow hedges for which hedge accounting has been discontinued remain deferred until the forecasted transaction occurs. If it is probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, deferred gains or losses on the hedging instrument are reclassified to earnings immediately.
 
Our policy is to formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and the manner in which the hedging instrument’s effectiveness will be assessed. At the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we will assess whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is measured on a quarterly basis. Any ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is reclassified to earnings in the current period.


89


Table of Contents

Estimated Useful Lives.  The estimated useful lives of our long-lived assets are used to compute depreciation expense, future asset retirement obligations and in impairment testing. Estimated useful lives are based, among other things, on the assumption that we provide an appropriate level of maintenance capital expenditures while the assets are still in operation. Without these continued capital expenditures, the useful lives of these assets could decrease significantly. Estimated lives could be impacted by such factors as future energy prices, environmental regulations, various legal factors and competition. If the useful lives of these assets were found to be shorter than originally estimated, depreciation expense may increase, liabilities for future asset retirement obligations may be insufficient and impairments in carrying values of tangible and intangible assets may result.
 
Natural Gas Imbalance Accounting.  Quantities of natural gas over-delivered or under-delivered related to imbalance agreements with customers, producers or pipelines are recorded monthly as other receivables or other payables using then current market prices or the weighted average prices of natural gas at the plant or system. These imbalances are settled with deliveries of natural gas or with cash.


90


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Our Partnership
 
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership recently formed by Targa, a leading provider of midstream natural gas and NGL services in the United States, to own, operate, acquire and develop a diversified portfolio of complementary midstream energy assets. We currently operate in the Fort Worth Basin in north Texas and are engaged in the business of gathering, compressing, treating, processing and selling natural gas and fractionating and selling NGLs and NGL products. We intend to leverage our relationship with Targa to acquire and construct additional midstream energy assets and to utilize the significant experience of Targa’s management team to execute our growth strategy. At September 30, 2006, Targa had total assets of $3.4 billion, with the North Texas System to be contributed to us in connection with the offering representing $1.1 billion of this amount. Targa intends, but is not obligated, to offer us the opportunity to purchase substantially all of its remaining businesses.
 
Our operations consist of an extensive network of approximately 3,950 miles of integrated gathering pipelines that gather and compress natural gas received from approximately 2,650 receipt points in the Fort Worth Basin, two natural gas processing plants that compress, treat and process the natural gas and a fractionator that fractionates a portion of our raw NGLs produced in our processing operations into NGL products. We serve a fourteen-county natural gas producing region in the Fort Worth Basin that includes production from the Barnett Shale formation and other shallower formations including the Bend Conglomerate, Caddo, Atoka, Marble Falls, and other Pennsylvanian and upper Mississippian formations. The North Texas System includes the following:
 
  •  the Chico system, located in the northeast part of the Fort Worth Basin, which consists of:
 
  —  approximately 1,860 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines with approximately 1,830 active connections to producing wells and central delivery points;
 
  —  a cryogenic natural gas processing plant with throughput capacity of approximately 215 MMcf/d that can be increased by another 50 MMcf/d at a minimal cost and in a short period of time as may be required to meet production needs through the installation of an additional refrigeration compressor unit that is on site (for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the average daily plant inlet volume was 145.0 MMcf/d and 149.8 MMcf/d, respectively); and
 
  —  an 11,500 Bbls/d fractionator located at the processing plant that enables us, based on market conditions, to either fractionate a portion of our raw NGL mix into separate NGL products for sale into local and other markets or deliver raw NGL mix to Mont Belvieu for fractionation primarily through Chevron’s WTLPG Pipeline;
 
  •  the Shackelford system, located on the western side of the Fort Worth Basin, which consists of:
 
  —  approximately 2,090 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines with approximately 820 active connections to producing wells and central delivery points; and
 
  —  a cryogenic natural gas processing plant with throughput capacity of approximately 13 MMcf/d (for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the average daily plant inlet volume was 12.2 MMcf/d and 11.8 MMcf/d, respectively); and
 
  •  a 32-mile, 10-inch diameter natural gas pipeline connecting the Shackelford and Chico systems, which we refer to as the “Interconnect Pipeline,” that is used primarily to send natural gas gathered in excess of the Shackelford system’s processing capacity to the Chico plant.


91


Table of Contents

 
Strategies
 
Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distribution per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:
 
  •  Increasing the profitability of our existing assets.  With our extensive network of gathering systems and two natural gas processing facilities, we are well positioned to capitalize on the active development and growing production from the Barnett Shale and the other Fort Worth Basin formations. We are currently evaluating opportunities to increase the profitability of our existing operations by:
 
  —  Utilizing excess pipeline and plant capacity to connect and process new supplies of natural gas at minimal incremental cost;
 
  —  Undertaking additional initiatives to improve operating efficiencies and increase processing yields;
 
  —  Adding processing capacity by installing the refrigeration compressor currently on site;
 
  —  Eliminating a bottleneck at our Chico fractionator to allow for increased throughput;
 
  —  Pursuing pressure reduction projects to increase volumes of low pressure gas to be gathered and processed;
 
  —  Continuing electronic flow measurement conversion of the remaining 15% of our meters that do not have electronic flow measurement; and
 
  —  Installing treating and filtration systems to decontaminate condensate, as well as the addition of meters to allow pipeline quality condensate to be shipped to Mont Belvieu through Chevron’s WTLPG Pipeline.
 
  •  Managing our contract mix to optimize profitability.  The majority of our operating margin is generated pursuant to percent-of-proceeds or similar arrangements which, if unhedged, benefit us in increasing commodity price environments and expose us to a reduction in profitability in decreasing commodity price environments. We believe that appropriately managed, our current contract mix allows us to optimize the profitability of the North Texas System over time. Although we expect to maintain primarily percent-of-proceeds arrangements, we continually evaluate the market for attractive fee based and other arrangements which will further reduce the variability of our cash flows.
 
  •  Mitigating commodity price exposure through prudent hedging arrangements.  The primary purpose of our commodity risk management activities is to hedge our exposure to commodity price risk inherent in our contract mix and reduce fluctuations in our operating cash flow despite fluctuations in commodity prices. We have hedged the commodity price associated with approximately 95-65% of our expected natural gas, 60-50% of our expected NGL and 95-60% of our expected condensate equity volumes through 2010. The percentages of our expected volumes that are hedged decreases over the term of the hedges. We have tailored our hedges to match our actual NGL product composition and to approximate our actual NGL and natural gas delivery points, as opposed to using crude oil prices to try to approximate NGL prices. We intend to continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices in the future by entering into similar hedge transactions using swaps, collars, purchased puts (or floors) or other hedge instruments as market conditions permit.
 
  •  Capitalizing on organic expansion opportunities.  We continually evaluate economically attractive organic expansion opportunities in existing or new areas of operation that will allow us to leverage our existing market position and leverage our core competitiveness in the midstream energy industry. Examples of this include the following:
 
  —  The expansion of our Chico processing facility to substantially increase processing capacity in response to growth in production from the Barnett Shale; and
 
  —  A potential fractionator expansion at our Chico facility to allow us to increase our sales of NGL products into local markets.


92


Table of Contents

 
  •  Focusing on producing regions with attractive characteristics.  We seek to focus on those regions and supplies with attractive characteristics, including:
 
  —  regions where treating or processing is required to access end-markets;
 
  —  regions where permitting, drilling and workover activity is high;
 
  —  regions with the potential for long-term acreage dedications;
 
  —  regions with a strong base of current production and the potential for significant future development; and
 
  —  regions that can serve as a platform to expand into adjacent areas with existing or new production.
 
  •  Pursuing strategic and accretive acquisitions.  We plan to pursue strategic and accretive acquisition opportunities within the midstream energy industry, both from Targa and from third parties. We will seek acquisition opportunities in our existing areas of operation with the opportunity for operational efficiencies and the potential for higher capacity utilization and expansion of those assets, as well as acquisitions in other related lines of our midstream business and new geographic areas of operation. Certain factors we will consider in deciding whether to acquire assets include, but are not limited to, the economic characteristics of the acquisition (such as return on capital and cash flow stability), the region in which the assets are located (both regions contiguous to our areas of operation and other regions with attractive characteristics) and the availability and sources of capital to finance the acquisition. We intend to finance our expansion through a combination of debt and equity, including commercial debt facilities and public and private offerings of debt and equity.
 
  •  Leveraging our relationship with Targa.  Our relationship with Targa provides us access to its extensive pool of operational, commercial and risk management expertise which enables all of the strategies. In addition, we intend to pursue acquisition opportunities as well as organic growth opportunities with Targa and with Targa’s assistance. We may also acquire assets or businesses directly from Targa, which will provide us access to a broader array of growth opportunities than those available to many of our competitors.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that we are well positioned to execute our primary business objective and business strategies successfully because of the following competitive strengths:
 
  •  Affiliation with Targa.  We expect that our relationship with Targa will provide us with significant business opportunities. After this offering, Targa will continue to be a large gatherer and processor of natural gas in the United States. Targa owns and operates a large integrated platform of midstream assets in oil and natural gas producing regions, including the Permian Basin in West Texas and Southeast New Mexico and the onshore and offshore regions of the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. These operations are integrated with Targa’s NGL logistics and marketing business that extends services to customers across the southern, southeastern and western United States. Targa has an experienced and knowledgeable executive management team and an experienced and knowledgeable commercial and operations teams. We believe Targa’s relationships throughout the energy industry, including with producers of natural gas in the United States, will help facilitate implementation of our acquisition strategy and other strategies. Targa has indicated that it intends to use us as a growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition and expansion of midstream natural gas, NGL and other complementary energy businesses and assets and we expect to have the opportunity, but not the obligation, to acquire such businesses and assets directly from Targa in the future.
 
  •  Strategically located assets.  We own and operate one of the largest integrated natural gas gathering, compression, treating and processing systems in the Fort Worth Basin, an active natural gas producing area. In particular, the Barnett Shale region of the Fort Worth Basin is one of the most productive natural gas-producing regions in North America. The Barnett Shale extends over


93


Table of Contents

  4,500 square miles and has generally long-lived, predictable reserves. The other Fort Worth Basin formations are well-established, mature plays that exhibit lower decline rates than those of the Barnett Shale. Current high levels of natural gas exploration, development and production activities within both Barnett and non-Barnett areas of our operations present significant organic growth opportunities to generate additional throughput on our system. Increased natural gas production in the Fort Worth Basin is likely to be driven by natural gas prices, recent discoveries, infill drilling opportunities and the implementation of new exploration and production techniques. Furthermore, because infill drilling activity is expected to take place within close proximity to our existing infrastructure, a significant portion of incremental volumes could be generated with limited additional capital expenditures.
 
  •  High quality and efficient assets.  Our gathering and processing systems consist of high-quality assets that have been well maintained, resulting in low cost, efficient operations. We have implemented state of the art processing, measurement and operations and maintenance technologies. These applications have allowed us to proactively manage our operations with fewer field personnel resulting in lower costs and minimal downtime. As a result, we believe we have established a reputation in the midstream business as a reliable and cost-effective supplier of services to our customers and have a track record of safe and efficient operation of our facilities.
 
  •  Low maintenance capital expenditures.  Our maintenance capital expenditures have averaged approximately $11 million over the three years ended December 31, 2005. We believe that a low level of maintenance capital expenditures is sufficient for us to continue operations in a safe, prudent and cost-effective manner.
 
  •  Prudent hedging arrangements.  While our percent-of-proceeds gathering and processing contracts subject us to commodity price risk, we have entered into long-term hedges covering approximately 95-65% of our expected natural gas, 60-50% of our expected NGL and 95-60% of our expected condensate equity volumes through 2010. This strategy minimizes volumetric risk while managing commodity price risk related to these arrangements. For additional information regarding our hedging activities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Hedging Strategies.” We intend to continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices in the future by entering into similar hedge transactions using swaps, collars, purchased puts (or floors) or other hedge instruments for existing and expected equity production as market conditions permit.
 
  •  Strong producer customer base.  We have a strong producer customer base consisting of both major oil and gas companies and independent producers. We believe we have a reputation as a reliable operator by providing high quality services and focusing on the needs of our customers. Targa also has relationships throughout the energy industry, including with producers of natural gas in the United States, and has established a positive reputation in the energy business which we believe will assist us in our primary business objectives.
 
  •  Comprehensive package of midstream services.  We provide a comprehensive package of services to natural gas producers, including natural gas gathering, compression, treating, processing and NGL fractionating. These services are essential to gather, process and treat wellhead gas to meet pipeline standards and to extract natural gas liquids for sale into industrial and commercial markets. We believe our ability to provide all of these services provides us with an advantage in competing for new supplies of natural gas because we can provide substantially all of the services producers, marketers and others require to move natural gas and NGLs from wellhead to market on a cost-effective basis.
 
  •  Experienced management team.  Targa has an experienced and knowledgeable executive management team with an average of 27 years of experience in the energy industry and that will own an 8.3% indirect ownership interest in us following this offering. Targa’s executive management team is committed to executing our business strategy and has a proven track record of enhancing value through the acquisition, optimization and integration of midstream assets. In addition, Targa’s


94


Table of Contents

  operations and commercial management team consists of individuals with an average of 23 years of midstream operating experience. Our relationship with Targa provides us with access to significant operational, commercial, technical, risk management and other expertise.
 
While we have set forth our strategies and competitive strengths above, our business involves numerous risks and uncertainties which may prevent us from executing our strategies. These risks include the adverse impact of changes in natural gas and NGL prices on the amount we are able to distribute to you, our inability to access sufficient additional production to replace natural declines in production and our dependence on a single natural gas producer for a significant portion of our natural gas supply. For a more complete description of the risks associated with an investment in us, please see “Risk Factors.”
 
Our Relationship with Targa Resources, Inc.
 
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with Targa, a leading provider of midstream natural gas and NGL services in the United States. Targa was formed in 2004 by its management team, which consists of former members of senior management of several midstream and other diversified energy companies, and Warburg Pincus LLC, or Warburg Pincus, a private equity firm. In April 2004, Targa purchased certain midstream natural gas operations from ConocoPhillips Company, or ConocoPhillips, for $247 million and, in October 2005, Targa purchased substantially all of the midstream assets of Dynegy, Inc. and its affiliates, or Dynegy, for approximately $2.5 billion. These transactions formed a large-scale, integrated midstream energy company with the ability to offer a wide range of midstream services to a diverse group of natural gas and NGL producers and customers. At September 30, 2006, Targa had assets of $3.4 billion, with the North Texas System representing $1.1 billion of this amount, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 generated net cash provided by operating activities of $202.1 million.
 
The assets acquired through the ConocoPhillips and Dynegy transactions form a large-scale, integrated midstream energy company with the ability to offer a wide range of midstream services to a diverse group of natural gas and NGL producers and customers. Following this offering, Targa’s businesses will include:
 
  •  Natural Gas Gathering and Processing Division — Targa will continue to gather and process natural gas from the Permian Basin in West Texas and Southeast New Mexico and the onshore and offshore regions of the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. Targa will own approximately 6,680 miles of natural gas pipelines with approximately 3,960 active connections to producing wells and central delivery points, operate 14 processing plants (some of which are jointly owned) and will have a partial interest in six additional processing plants that are operated by others. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, these assets processed an average inlet plant volume of 1,604.4 MMcf/d of natural gas and produced an average of 78.6 MBbls/d of NGLs, in each case, net to its ownership interests.
 
  •  NGL Logistics and Marketing Division — Targa has a significant, integrated NGL logistics and marketing business with 13 storage, marine and transport terminals with an NGL storage capacity of 730 MBbls, net NGL fractionation capacity of approximately 287 MBbls/d and 43 operated storage wells with a capacity of 103 MMBbls. This division uses its extensive platform of integrated assets to fractionate, store, terminal, transport, distribute and market NGLs, typically under fee-based and margin-based arrangements. Its assets are generally connected to and supplied, in part, by its Natural Gas Gathering and Processing assets and are primarily located in Southwest Louisiana and near Mont Belvieu, Texas, the primary NGL hub in the United States. Targa will continue to own, operate or lease assets in a number of other states, including Alabama, Nevada, California, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee, New Jersey and Kentucky. The geographic diversity of Targa’s assets provides it direct access to many NGL end-users in both its geographic markets as well as markets outside its operating regions via open-access regulated NGL pipelines owned by third parties. Targa will also continue to own 21 pressurized NGL barges, 80 transport tractors and 113 tank trailers and lease 897 railcars.
 
Targa has indicated that it intends to use us as a growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition and expansion of midstream natural gas, NGL and other complementary energy businesses and assets. We


95


Table of Contents

expect to have the opportunity to make acquisitions directly from Targa in the future. Targa intends to offer us the opportunity to purchase substantially all of its remaining businesses, although it is not obligated to do so. While Targa believes it will be in its best interest to contribute additional assets to us given its significant ownership of limited and general partner interests in us, Targa constantly evaluates acquisitions and dispositions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of midstream assets in the future without offering us the opportunity to purchase or construct those assets. Targa has retained such flexibility because it believes it is in the best interests of its shareholders to do so. We cannot say with any certainty which, if any, opportunities to acquire assets from Targa may be made available to us or if we will choose to pursue any such opportunity. Moreover, Targa is not prohibited from competing with us and constantly evaluates acquisitions and dispositions that do not involve us. In addition, through our relationship with Targa, we will have access to a significant pool of management talent, strong commercial relationships throughout the energy industry and access to Targa’s broad operational, commercial, technical, risk management and administrative infrastructure.
 
Targa will retain a significant indirect interest in our partnership through its ownership of a 39.9% limited partner interest and a 2% general partner interest in us. We will enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa that will govern our relationship with them regarding certain reimbursement and indemnification matters. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Omnibus Agreement.” In addition, to carry out operations, our general partner and its affiliates, which are indirectly owned by Targa, employ approximately 860 people, some of whom will provide direct support to our operations. We will not have any employees. Please see “— Employees.”
 
While our relationship with Targa is a significant advantage, it is also a source of potential conflicts. For example, Targa is not restricted from competing with us. Targa will retain substantial midstream assets and may acquire, construct or dispose of midstream or other assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase or construct those assets. Please see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”
 
Midstream Sector Overview
 
General.  Natural gas gathering and processing is a critical part of the natural gas value chain. Natural gas gathering and processing systems create value by collecting raw natural gas from the wellhead and separating dry gas (primarily methane) from NGLs such as ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane and natural gasoline. Most natural gas produced at the wellhead contains NGLs. Natural gas produced in association with crude oil typically contains higher concentrations of NGLs than natural gas produced from gas wells. This “rich,” unprocessed, natural gas is generally not acceptable for transportation in the nation’s interstate transmission pipeline system or for commercial use. Processing plants extract the NGLs, leaving residual dry gas that meets interstate transmission pipeline and commercial quality specifications. Furthermore, they produce marketable NGLs, which, on an energy equivalent basis, usually have a greater economic value as a raw material for petrochemicals and motor gasolines than as a component of the natural gas stream.
 


96


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
 
Gathering.  At the initial stages of the midstream value chain, a network of typically small diameter pipelines known as gathering systems directly connect to wellheads in the production area. These gathering systems transport raw natural gas to a central location for processing and treating. A large gathering system may involve thousands of miles of gathering lines connected to thousands of wells. Gathering systems are often designed to be highly flexible to allow gathering of natural gas at different pressures, flowing natural gas to multiple plants and quickly connecting new producers, and most importantly scalable, to allow for additional production without significant incremental capital expenditures.
 
Compression.  Since wells produce at progressively lower field pressures as they deplete, it becomes increasingly difficult to deliver the remaining production in the ground against a higher pressure that exists in the connecting gathering system. Natural gas compression is a mechanical process in which a volume of natural gas at a given pressure is compressed to a desired higher pressure, which allows the natural gas to flow into a higher pressure system. Field compression is typically used to allow a gathering system to operate at a lower pressure or provide sufficient discharge pressure to deliver natural gas into a higher pressure system. If field compression is not installed, then the remaining natural gas in the ground will not be produced because it cannot overcome the higher gathering system pressure. In contrast, if field compression is installed, then a well can continue delivering natural gas that otherwise would not be produced.
 
Treating and Dehydration.  After gathering, the second process in the midstream value chain is treating and dehydration. Natural gas contains various contaminants, such as water vapor, carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, that can cause significant damage to intrastate and interstate pipelines and therefore render the gas unacceptable for transmission on such pipelines. In addition, end-users will not purchase natural gas with a high level of these contaminants. To meet downstream pipeline and end-user natural gas quality standards, the natural gas is dehydrated to remove the saturated water and is chemically treated to separate the carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide from the gas stream.


97


Table of Contents

Processing.  Once the contaminants are removed, the next step involves the separation of pipeline quality residue gas from NGLs, a method known as processing. Most decontaminated rich natural gas is not suitable for long-haul pipeline transportation or commercial use and must be processed to remove the heavier hydrocarbon components. The removal and separation of hydrocarbons during processing is possible because of the differences in physical properties between the components of the raw gas stream. There are four basic types of natural gas processing methods, including cryogenic expansion, lean oil absorption, straight refrigeration and dry bed absorption. Cryogenic expansion represents the latest generation of processing, incorporating extremely low temperatures and high pressures to provide the best processing and most economical extraction.
 
Natural gas is processed not only to remove NGLs that would interfere with pipeline transportation or the end use of the natural gas, but also to separate from the natural gas those hydrocarbon liquids that could have a higher value as NGLs than as natural gas. The principal components of residue gas are methane and ethane but processors typically have the option either to recover ethane from the residue gas stream for processing into NGLs or reject ethane and leave it in the residue gas stream, depending on whether the ethane is more valuable being processed or left in the natural gas stream. The residue gas is sold to industrial, commercial and residential customers and electric utilities. The premium or discount in value between natural gas and separated NGLs is known as the “frac spread.” Because NGLs often serve as substitutes for products derived from crude oil, NGL prices tend to move in relation to crude prices.
 
Natural gas processing occurs under a contractual arrangement between the producer or owner of the raw natural gas stream and the processor. There are many forms of processing contracts which vary in the amount of commodity price risk they carry. The specific commodity exposure to natural gas or NGL prices is highly dependent on the types of contracts. Processing contracts can vary in length from one month to the “life of the field.” Three typical processing contract types are described below:
 
  •  Percent-of-Proceeds, or Percent-of-Value or Percent-of-Liquids.  In a percent-of-proceeds arrangement, the processor remits to the producers a percentage of the proceeds from the sales of residue gas and NGL products or a percentage of residue gas and NGL products at the tailgate. The percent-of-value and percent-of-liquids are variations on this arrangement. These types of arrangements expose the processor to some commodity price risk as the revenues from the contracts are directly correlated with the price of natural gas and NGLs.
 
  •  Keep-Whole.  A keep-whole arrangement allows the processor to keep 100% of the NGLs produced and requires the return of the processed natural gas, or value of the gas, to the producer or owner. A wellhead purchase contract is a variation of this arrangement. Since some of the gas is used during processing, the processor must compensate the producer or owner for the gas shrink entailed in processing by supplying additional gas or by paying an agreed value for the gas utilized. These arrangements have the highest commodity price exposure for the processor because the costs are dependent on the price of natural gas and the revenues are based on the price of NGLs. As a result, a processor with these types of contracts benefits when the value of the NGLs is high relative to the cost of the natural gas and is disadvantaged when the cost of the natural gas is high relative to the value of the NGLs.
 
  •  Fee-Based.  Under a fee-based contract, the processor receives a fee per gallon of NGLs produced or per Mcf of natural gas processed. Under this arrangement, a processor would have no commodity price risk exposure.
 
Fractionation.  Fractionation is the separation of the heterogeneous mixture of extracted NGLs into individual components for end-use sale. Fractionation is accomplished by controlling the temperature of the stream of mixed liquids in order to take advantage of the difference in boiling points of separate products. As the temperature of the stream is increased, the lightest component boils off the top of the distillation tower as a gas where it then condenses into a purity liquid that is routed to storage. The heavier components


98


Table of Contents

in the mixture are routed to the next tower where the process is repeated until all components have been separated. Described below are the five basic NGL components and their typical uses:
 
  •  Ethane.  Ethane is used primarily as feedstock in the production of ethylene, one of the basic building blocks for a wide range of plastics and other chemical products.
 
  •  Propane.  Propane is used as heating fuel, engine fuel and industrial fuel, for agricultural burning and drying and as petrochemical feedstock for production of ethylene and propylene.
 
  •  Normal Butane.  Normal butane is principally used for motor gasoline blending and as fuel gas, either alone or in a mixture with propane, and feedstock for the manufacture of ethylene and butadiene, a key ingredient of synthetic rubber. Normal butane is also used to derive isobutane.
 
  •  Isobutane.  Isobutane is principally used by refiners to enhance the octane content of motor gasoline and in the production of MTBE, an additive in cleaner burning motor gasoline.
 
  •  Natural Gasoline.  Natural gasoline is principally used as a motor gasoline blend stock or petrochemical feedstock.
 
A typical barrel of NGLs consists of ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane and natural gasoline.
 
Transportation and Storage.  Once the raw natural gas has been conditioned or processed and the raw NGL mix fractionated into individual NGL components, the natural gas and NGL components are stored, transported and marketed to end-use markets. Both the natural gas industry and the NGL industry have hundreds of thousands of miles of intrastate and interstate transmission pipelines in addition to a network of barges, rails, trucks, terminals and storage to deliver natural gas and NGLs to market. The bulk of the NGL storage capacity is located near the refining and petrochemical complexes of the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coasts, with a second major concentration in central Kansas. Each commodity system typically has storage capacity located both throughout the pipeline network and at major market centers to help temper seasonal demand and daily supply-demand shifts.
 
 
Natural Gas Demand and Production.  Natural gas is a critical component of energy consumption in the United States. According to the Energy Information Administration, or the EIA, total annual domestic consumption of natural gas is expected to increase from approximately 22.2 trillion cubic feet, or Tcf, in 2005 to approximately 23.35 Tcf in 2010. The industrial and electricity generation sectors are the largest users of natural gas in the United States. During the last three years, these sectors accounted for approximately 56% of the total natural gas consumed in the United States. In 2005, natural gas represented approximately 36% of all end-user commercial and residential energy requirements. During the last three years, the United States has on average consumed approximately 22.3 Tcf per year, with average annual domestic production of approximately 18.5 Tcf during the same period. Driven by growth in natural gas demand and high natural gas prices, domestic natural gas production is projected to increase from 18.1 Tcf per year to 20.4 Tcf per year between 2005 and 2015. The graph below represents projected U.S. natural gas production versus U.S. natural gas consumption (in Tcf) through the year 2028.
 


99


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
 
Our System
 
Gathering Systems
 
Our gathering network consists of approximately 3,950 miles of pipelines that, in aggregate, gather wellhead natural gas from approximately 2,650 meters for transport to the Chico and Shackelford natural gas processing facilities. The gathering network consists of two distinct systems: the Chico Gathering System which gathers natural gas from Denton, Montague, Wise, Clay, Jack, Palo Pinto and Parker counties on the eastern part of the North Texas System; and the Shackelford Gathering System, which gathers natural gas from Jack, Palo Pinto, Archer, Young, Stephens, Eastland, Throckmorton, Shackelford and Haskell counties on the western part of the North Texas System. The two gathering systems are connected via a high-pressure 32-mile, 10-inch diameter pipeline, or the Interconnect Pipeline. This interconnection between the gathering systems allows us to send natural gas in excess of the Shackelford system’s processing capacity to the Chico plant.
 
Chico Gathering System.  The Chico Gathering System consists of approximately 1,860 miles of primarily low pressure gathering pipelines. The natural gas that is gathered on the Chico Gathering System is either delivered directly to the Chico plant, where it is compressed for processing, or is compressed in the field at 13 compressor stations and then transported via one of several high-pressure pipelines to the Chico plant. For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, this system gathered approximately 132.8 MMcf/d and 136.0 MMcf/d of natural gas, respectively. As of June 30, 2006, there were approximately 1,830 active meters, both wellhead and central delivery points, connected to the Chico Gathering System.
 
Shackelford Gathering System.  The Shackelford Gathering System consists of approximately 2,090 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines. The western and southern portions of the Shackelford Gathering System gather natural gas that is transported on intermediate-pressure pipelines to the Shackelford plant. The approximately 18 MMcf/d of natural gas gathered from the northern and eastern portions of the Shackelford Gathering System is typically transported on the Interconnect Pipeline to the Chico plant for processing. This natural gas is compressed at 18 compressor stations to achieve sufficient pressure to enter the high pressure Interconnect Pipeline. For the year ended December 31, 2005, and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, this system gathered approximately 29.7 MMcf/d and 32.2 MMcf/d of natural gas, respectively. As of June, 2006, there were approximately 820 active meters, including both wellhead and central delivery points, connected to the Shackelford Gathering System.
 
Processing Plants
 
Chico Processing Plant.  The Chico processing plant is located in Wise County, Texas, approximately 45 miles northwest of Fort Worth, Texas. The Chico processing plant includes a state-of-the-art cryogenic processing train with a nameplate capacity of 150 MMcf/d that was installed in 2002 and that has operated at throughputs of up to 165 MMcf/d. Plant inlet volumes consist of separate high-pressure (830 psig), intermediate-pressure (400 psig) and low-pressure (5 psig) natural gas streams. The intermediate-pressure


100


Table of Contents

stream and low pressure stream are compressed to a plant pressure of 830 psig. The three inlet streams are then commingled for processing. The commingled stream is treated, dehydrated and then processed. The Chico plant also includes a residue recompression turbine waste heat recovery system, which increases operating efficiency. The Chico plant also includes an NGL fractionator with the capacity to fractionate up to 11,500 Bbls/d of raw NGL mix. This fractionation capability allows the Chico facility to deliver raw NGL mix to Mont Belvieu primarily through Chevron’s WTLPG Pipeline or separated NGL products to local markets via truck.
 
To increase Chico’s processing capacity, we have refurbished a 40 gallons per minute liquid product treater and 50 MMcf/d of the previously idle 100 MMcf/d Chico cryogenic processing train. This stage of expansion of the Chico facility was completed in August 2006. The remaining 50 MMcf/d capacity can be activated quickly and at minimal cost as needed to meet production increases through installation of a refrigeration compressor unit that is currently on site.
 
The expanded Chico plant now has a total effective treating and processing capacity of 215 MMcf/d, which, with the additional refrigeration compression, can be further increased to 265 MMcf/d. Additionally, there could be additional need for CO2 treating which would require an additional capital investment of approximately $2.5 million. We believe that the current expanded capacity and the additional 50 MMcf/d of available expansion capacity will be able to accommodate anticipated near- and intermediate-term throughput growth.
 
Shackelford Processing Plant.  The Shackelford natural gas processing plant is located in Shackelford County, Texas near Albany, Texas which is approximately 120 miles west of Fort Worth, Texas. The Shackelford plant is a cryogenic plant with a nameplate capacity of 15 MMcf/d, but effective capacity is limited to 13 MMcf/d due to capacity constraints on the residue gas pipeline that serves the facility. Plant inlet volumes are compressed to 720 psig by three inlet compressors before being dehydrated and processed. The Shackelford facility also includes two 40,000 and two 12,600 gallon NGL storage tanks, an iron sponge for hydrogen sulfide removal and inlet scrubbers.
 
Market Access
 
Chico System Market Access.  The Chico processing plant’s location in northeastern Wise County provides us and producers with several options for both NGL and residue gas delivery. The primary outlet for NGLs is Chevron’s WTLPG Pipeline which delivers volumes from the Chico plant to Mont Belvieu for fractionation. NGL products produced at the Chico processing facility can be transported via truck to local or other markets. Currently, approximately 602,300 gallons per day of NGLs are delivered from the Chico processing facility by pipeline and approximately 118,800 gallons per day of NGL products are delivered from the Chico processing facility by truck.
 
Low pressure condensate is composed of heavy hydrocarbons which condense in the gathering system and are collected in low pressure separators associated with field compressors and in low pressure separators upstream of the processing plants. This product is collected and shipped by trucks from various locations in the system and sold as condensate at oil related index prices. High pressure condensate is a mix of intermediate and heavy hydrocarbons which condense in the high pressure gathering lines between the compressor stations and the processing plants. This condensate is collected in high pressure separators prior to the plant and sold as NGLs via high pressure trucks which move the product to an injection point on the WTLPG Pipeline at Bridgeport to be shipped to Mont Belvieu. Occasionally, this high pressure condensate product is shipped via truck directly to Mont Belvieu.
 
Our connections to multiple inter-and intrastate natural gas pipelines give the Chico plant and its customers the ability to maximize realized prices by accessing major trading hubs and end-use markets throughout the Gulf Coast, Midwest and northeast regions of the United States. Currently, residue gas is shipped via the:
 
  •  Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America which is owned by Kinder Morgan, Inc. and serves the Midwest, specifically the Chicago market;


101


Table of Contents

 
  •  ET Fuel System which is owned by Energy Transfer Partners, L.P. and has access to the Waha, Carthage and Katy hubs in Texas;
 
  •  Atmos Pipeline — Texas (“Atmos-Texas”) which is owned by Atmos Energy Corporation and has access to the Waha, Carthage and Katy hubs in Texas; and
 
  •  Enbridge Pipelines (North Texas) L.P. which is owned by Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P. and has access to several local residue gas markets.
 
Shackelford System Market Access.  Residue natural gas from the Shackelford processing plant is delivered to the Carthage and Katy hubs on Atmos-Texas and NGLs from the plant are delivered to Mont Belvieu on the WTLPG Pipeline. Condensate from the Shackelford system is handled similarly to the description above for the Chico System.
 
Targa Intrastate Pipeline.  Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC, or Targa Intrastate, our wholly-owned subsidiary, holds a 41-mile, 6-inch diameter intrastate pipeline that transports natural gas from the Shackelford processing plant to an interconnect with Atmos-Texas and a 1.65 mile, 10-inch diameter intrastate pipeline that transports natural gas through part of the Chico system in Denton County, Texas. Targa Intrastate is regulated by the Railroad Commission of Texas.
 
Overview of Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch
 
Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented below is based on information developed by us, either through general research or our executive management team’s experience in the energy industry.
 
History.  The Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch is a mature crude oil and natural gas producing basin located in north central Texas. Drilling in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch first began in 1912 with the discovery of crude oil. The Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch has recently experienced a significant increase in drilling activity and is exhibiting year-over-year production growth. Information contained in reports we obtained from W.D. Von Gonten & Company (“Von Gonten”) indicates that over its history the basin has produced in aggregate approximately 2.2 billion Bbls of oil and 11.0 Tcf of natural gas, with natural gas production increasing over time. These reports also indicate that (i) currently, natural gas production averages approximately 2.1 Bcf/d in the basin and (ii) due to the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch’s maturity and its geologic character, existing natural gas production, without the benefit of additional drilling in the basin, is declining at approximately 5% to 10% per year, making the basin a relatively stable, long-lived source of production volume. This base decline is more than offset by some of the most active drilling in North America, both in the Barnett Shale and other Fort Worth Basin formations. The graph below


102


Table of Contents

represents production volumes and drilling rig activity in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch between January 2002 and June 2006.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
Barnett Shale.  The most significant recent development in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch has been the increase in drilling for and production of natural gas from the Barnett Shale. Natural gas drilling in the Barnett Shale began in 1982 with a well drilled by Mitchell Energy and Development Corporation or Mitchell Energy in the Newark East Field. Over the next 15 years, very little incremental activity occurred in the area until Mitchell Energy began to utilize a new fracture technique in the area in 1997. With the increase in productivity and reduction in costs associated with this new technique, drilling activity in the Barnett Shale increased dramatically over the past several years. Other advances in drilling and completion techniques also contributed to the dramatic growth in activity, wells, and production over the last 5 years. According to Von Gonten, average natural gas production has increased from approximately 505 MMcf/d in January 2002 to approximately 1.875 Bcf/d in June 2006 and the number of wells drilled per year has increased from 430 wells to 782 wells from 2002 to 2005.
 
Currently, producers are attempting to delineate extensions of the productive Barnett Shale, which traditionally has been defined on the south by the city of Fort Worth, on the north by a phase change to oil, on the west by the disappearance of the Viola limestone formation (which provides a bottom fracturing barrier to seal off water that could be introduced into the wells) and on the east by a fault in the shale. With new completion and horizontal drilling techniques, the requirement to have the Viola limestone to provide a lower fracturing barrier has been mitigated. Therefore, producers are beginning to expand Barnett Shale drilling outside of the traditional core areas both to the north and west into Cooke and Montague counties and to the south and west into Parker and Palo Pinto counties. These new drilling locations are closer to our existing infrastructure, which should provide attractive near- and intermediate-term growth potential. New completions and significant leasing, permitting and drilling activity now extend beyond the conventional wisdom boundaries of the past.
 
Other Production.  The other Fort Worth Basin formations have also provided large recoverable reserves and relatively low finding and development costs. These shallower formations include the Atoka, Bend Conglomerate, Caddo, Marble Falls and other Pennsylvanian and upper Mississippian formations, among others and have produced, according to Von Gonten, an aggregate of 8.7 Tcf of natural gas and production and averaged approximately 270 MMcf/d as of June 2006. According to Von Gonten, these other Fort Worth Basin formations differ geologically from, have more mature production than, and generally exhibit lower decline rates than the Barnett Shale.


103


Table of Contents

Drilling in these formations continues to be strong. According to Von Gonten, approximately 1,058 wells were drilled in 2005, up from 645 wells drilled in 2002. We continue to be diversified in our gathering strategy as we secure new well connections from these formations.
 
Leasing and Permitting Activity.  In addition to the significant historical drilling activity, leasing and permitting activity in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch has continued to increase over the past few years. The chart below sets forth the historical permitting activity in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
Rig availability in the Fort Worth Basin has been and we believe will continue to be a limiting factor on the number of wells drilled in that area.
 
Leading Producers.  According to Von Gonten, Devon Energy Corporation, or Devon, ConocoPhillips and Encana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc., or Encana, are the largest producers in the area with 51%, 8% and 6% of the current production in the area, respectively. We believe Devon processes most of its own equity natural gas production and that very little of this equity production is processed by third-parties.


104


Table of Contents

ConocoPhillips is our largest customer. The following chart sets forth the leading producers in our areas of operation.
 
(GRAPHIC)        
 
One of the most significant recent developments in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch is the focus on new development by the major and large independent exploration and production companies. Due to the substantial potential reserves in the region, we believe the majors are targeting the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch, and the Barnett Shale specifically, as an area of future production growth in the United States. It is possible that the financial and technical resources to be dedicated by the majors to enhance recovery techniques for natural gas in the region will increase production at a greater rate than is currently contemplated.
 
Natural Gas Supply.  We believe that continued drilling activity within the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch will result in future natural gas discoveries, which will increase our well connection opportunities for this area. Using historical production reports filed by producers with the State of Texas and reported by W.D. Von Gonten and Company, we have determined that the number of wells completed within the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch for the period from 2002 through August 31, 2006 was as follows:
 
         
Year
  Wells Drilled(1)  
 
2002
    645  
2003
    834  
2004
    1,005  
2005
    1,058  
2006 (through August)
    616  
 
 
(1)   Represents the number of completions during a particular period, and as for other Fort Worth Basin formations completions, the wells completed are only those within the area of our operations.
 
We typically do not obtain independent evaluations of reserves dedicated to our pipeline systems due to the lack of publicly available producer reserve information. Accordingly, we do not have reserve estimates of total natural gas supply dedicated to us or the anticipated life of such producing reserves. However, we


105


Table of Contents

have analyzed natural gas production trends for the Bend Arch and Fort Worth Basin, using information filed by producers with the State of Texas. We believe this information provides a valuable perspective of the number of producing wells and associated production trends adjacent to our pipelines, as well as potential drilling activity near our pipelines.
 
Using the data described above, Von Gonten constructed the following chart, which illustrates natural gas production trends from 1990 to 2005 from the wells within the Fort Worth Basin in the following counties: Archer, Clay, Denton, Eastland, Erath, Haskell, Hood, Jack, Johnson, Montague, Palo Pinto, Parker, Shackelford, Somervell, Stephens, Tarrant, Throckmorton, Wise, and Young. The chart depicts the historical levels of natural gas production presented as average daily volume in Bcf/year for all wells in this area. Each band in the table reflects the natural gas production resulting from natural gas wells completed in the reservoir represented by such band. As a result, each band reflects the reduction over time in natural gas production due to the natural declines associated with production of natural gas reserves. Collectively, the bands represent the aggregate amount of natural gas production for each year based on the cumulative effect of production from wells producing from each respective reservoir.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
 
Source: Petroleum Information/Dwight LLC (IHS Inc.)
Note: Chart reflects production reservoirs in the Bend Arch & Fort Worth Basin
 
Customers and Contracts
 
We gather and process natural gas for approximately 420 customers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, no customer, other than ConocoPhillips and Encana, which represented 33.5% and 6.7% of our volumes, respectively, represented more than 3% of our volumes. This diverse customer base enhances the stability of our volumes while positioning us to benefit from the continued drilling expected in the Fort Worth Basin/Bend Arch, regardless of which producer is driving the activity. Our reputation of providing reliable, high-quality service should allow our system to attract a significant portion of the volumes produced by the new entrants, including the major and large independent exploration and production companies into the Fort Worth Basin, in general, and in the Barnett Shale, in particular.


106


Table of Contents

We have a long-term strategic relationship with ConocoPhillips, as a result of its recent acquisition of Burlington Resources, which is the second largest producer in our areas of operation. Subject to limited exceptions, all of ConocoPhillips’ production from leases covering a 30,000 acre area in Wise and Denton counties has been committed to us for gathering and processing through a prior agreement with Burlington Resources entities. ConocoPhillips is under no obligation to deliver minimum volumes or to continue to develop its leasehold position under its agreement with us. This commitment extends through 2015, with a ten year renewal, at ConocoPhillips’ option. Generally, in the event a lease of the dedicated acreage should terminate before the expiration of the primary term of the agreement, then the agreement will be canceled with respect to that leasehold dedication contemporaneously with such termination. Pursuant to the agreement, we process natural gas received under a percent-of-proceeds arrangement and also receive a volume-based fee for the gathering services we provide.
 
We currently have approximately 2,650 receipt points receiving natural gas production from individual wells or groups of wells. Approximately 69% of these receipt points are located on our Chico Gathering System and approximately 31% are located on our Shackelford Gathering System. The natural gas supplied to us is generally dedicated to us under individually negotiated term contracts that provide for the commitment by the producer of all natural gas produced from designated properties. Generally, the initial term of these purchase agreements is for 3 to 10 years or, in some cases, the life of the lease.
 
We process natural gas under a combination of percent-of-proceeds contracts (representing approximately 96% of our natural gas volumes) and keep-whole contracts (representing approximately 4% of our natural gas volumes), each of which exposes us to commodity price risk. In an effort to reduce the variability of our cash flows, we have hedged the commodity price associated with approximately 95-65% of our expected natural gas, 60-50% of our expected NGL and 95-60% of our expected condensate equity volumes through 2010.
 
Much of the natural gas gathered historically in the Fort Worth Basin was contracted on a “keep-whole” basis until the late 1990s. In the late 1990s, gatherers and processors, including our predecessor, began to shift new contracts and renegotiate older contracts from keep-whole to percent-of-proceeds contracts which had relatively less variability and risk. In addition, the equity gas and NGLs received as fee for reprocessing under percent-of-proceeds contracts may be hedged to provide even less price variability. Due to local producer desires and the competitive situation in the Fort Worth Basin, fee-based contracts have not generally been available at attractive rates relative to available percent-of-proceeds terms. This trend may change in the future and we will continue to evaluate the market for attractive fee-based contract arrangements which may further reduce the variability of our cash flows.
 
Competition
 
Our gathering, processing and fractionation system competes with several systems located in the Fort Worth Basin. Our competitors include but are not limited to gathering and processing systems owned by Devon, Enbridge, J-W Operating, Davis Gas Processing, Hanlon Gas Processing, and Upham Oil and Gas. A number of the gathering and processing competitors in the region are smaller entities with assets serving a particular field, producer or limited area but lack a basin-wide presence. As for the larger competitors, Devon and Enbridge’s operations are the most extensive and are closest in proximity to our area of operations, based on publicly available information. Devon’s processing capacity is greater than ours, while Enbridge’s is approximately the same. Devon almost exclusively gathers and processes its own production. Competition within the Fort Worth Basin may increase as new ventures are formed or as existing competitors expand their operations. Competitive factors include processing and fuel efficiencies, operational costs, commercial terms offered to producers and capital expenditures required for new producer connections, along with the location and available capacity of gathering systems and processing plants.
 
Safety and Maintenance Regulation
 
We are subject to regulation by the United States Department of Transportation, referred to as DOT, under the Accountable Pipeline and Safety Partnership Act of 1996, referred to as the Hazardous Liquid


107


Table of Contents

Pipeline Safety Act, and comparable state statutes with respect to design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of pipeline facilities. The Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act covers petroleum and petroleum products and requires any entity that owns or operates pipeline facilities to comply with such regulations, to permit access to and copying of records and to file certain reports and provide information as required by the United States Secretary of Transportation. These regulations include potential fines and penalties for violations. We believe that we are in material compliance with these Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act regulations.
 
We are also subject to the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, referred to as NGPSA, and the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002. The NGPSA regulates safety requirements in the design, construction, operation and maintenance of gas pipeline facilities while the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act establishes mandatory inspections for all United States oil and natural gas transportation pipelines and some gathering lines in high-consequence areas within 10 years. The DOT has developed regulations implementing the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act that will require pipeline operators to implement integrity management programs, including more frequent inspections and other safety protections in areas where the consequences of potential pipeline accidents pose the greatest risk to people and their property. We currently estimate we will incur costs of approximately $1 million between 2006 and 2010 to implement integrity management program testing along certain segments of our natural gas pipelines. This does not include the costs, if any, of any repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing program.
 
States are largely preempted by federal law from regulating pipeline safety but may assume responsibility for enforcing federal intrastate pipeline regulations and inspection of intrastate pipelines. In practice, states vary considerably in their authority and capacity to address pipeline safety. We do not anticipate any significant problems in complying with applicable state laws and regulations. Our natural gas pipelines have continuous inspection and compliance programs designed to keep the facilities in compliance with pipeline safety and pollution control requirements.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, referred to as OSHA, and comparable state statutes, whose purpose is to protect the health and safety of workers, both generally and within the pipeline industry. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. We and the entities in which we own an interest are also subject to OSHA Process Safety Management regulations, which are designed to prevent or minimize the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive chemicals. These regulations apply to any process which involves a chemical at or above the specified thresholds or any process which involves flammable liquid or gas, pressurized tanks, caverns and wells in excess of 10,000 pounds at various locations. Flammable liquids stored in atmospheric tanks below their normal boiling point without the benefit of chilling or refrigeration are exempt. We have an internal program of inspection designed to monitor and enforce compliance with worker safety requirements. We believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.
 
Regulation of Operations
 
Regulation of pipeline gathering and transportation services, natural gas sales and transportation of NGLs may affect certain aspects of our business and the market for our products and services.
 
Gathering Pipeline Regulation
 
Section 1(b) of the Natural Gas Act exempts natural gas gathering facilities from the jurisdiction of FERC. We believe that our natural gas pipelines meet the traditional tests FERC has used to establish a pipeline’s status as a gatherer not subject to FERC jurisdiction. The distinction between FERC-regulated


108


Table of Contents

transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services, however, is the subject of substantial, on-going litigation, so the classification and regulation of our gathering facilities are subject to change based on future determinations by FERC, the courts or Congress. State regulation of gathering facilities generally includes various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances, nondiscriminatory take requirements, and complaint-based rate regulation. Natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny at both the state and federal levels now that FERC has taken a more light-handed approach to regulation of the gathering activities of interstate pipeline transmission companies and a number of such companies have transferred gathering facilities to unregulated affiliates.
 
The TRRC has adopted regulations that generally allow natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with the TRRC in an effort to resolve grievances relating to pipeline access and rate discrimination. Our natural gas gathering operations could be adversely affected in the future should they become subject to the application of state or federal regulation of rates and services. Our gathering operations also may be or become subject to safety and operational regulations relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of gathering facilities. Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are considered and adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but the industry could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes.
 
Our gathering and purchasing operations are subject to ratable take and common purchaser statutes in Texas. The Texas ratable take statutes generally require gatherers to take, without undue discrimination, natural gas production that may be tendered to the gatherer for handling. Similarly, Texas common purchaser statutes generally require gatherers to purchase without undue discrimination as to source of supply or producer. These statutes are designed to prohibit discrimination in favor of one producer over another producer or one source of supply over another source of supply. These statutes have the effect of restricting our right as an owner of gathering facilities to decide with whom we contract to purchase or gather natural gas. Texas has adopted a complaint-based regulation of natural gas gathering activities, which allows natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to natural gas gathering access and rate discrimination. We cannot predict whether such a complaint will be filed against us in the future.
 
On October 30, 2006, the Texas Natural Gas Pipeline Competition Study Advisory Committee submitted a Natural Gas Pipeline Competition Study (“Study”) to the Governor of Texas and the Texas Legislature. The Study recommends, among other things, that the Legislature give the TRRC the ability to use either a cost-of-service method or a market-based method for setting rates for natural gas gathering and/or transmission in formal rate proceedings. The Study also recommends that the Legislature give the TRRC specific authority to enforce its statutory duty to prevent discrimination in natural gas gathering and transportation, to enforce the requirement that parties participate in an informal complaint process, and to punish purchasers, transporters, and gatherers for retaliating against shippers and sellers. We have no way of knowing what portions of the Study, if any, will be adopted by the Legislature and implemented by the TRRC. We cannot predict what effect, if any, the proposed changes, if implemented, might have on our operations.
 
Intrastate Pipeline Regulation
 
Our subsidiary, Targa Intrastate Pipeline Company LLC, or Targa Intrastate, owns and operates a 41-mile, 6-inch diameter intrastate pipeline that transports natural gas from our Shackelford processing plant to an interconnect with Atmos — Texas. Targa Intrastate also owns a 1.65 mile, 10-inch diameter intrastate pipeline that transports natural gas from a third party gathering system into the Chico system in Denton County, Texas. Targa Intrastate is subject to rate regulation under the Texas Utilities Code, as implemented by the TRRC, and has a tariff on file with the TRRC. Generally, the TRRC is vested with authority to ensure that rates, operations and services of gas utilities, including intrastate pipelines, are just and reasonable, and not discriminatory. The rates we charge for intrastate transportation services are deemed just and reasonable under Texas law, unless challenged in a complaint. We cannot predict whether


109


Table of Contents

such a complaint will be filed against us or whether the TRRC will change its regulation of these rates. Failure to comply with the Texas Utilities Code can result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal remedies.
 
Sales of Natural Gas and NGLs
 
The price at which we buy and sell natural gas currently is not subject to federal regulation and, for the most part, is not subject to state regulation. The price at which we sell NGLs is not subject to federal or state regulation. Our sales of natural gas and NGLs are affected by the availability, terms and cost of pipeline transportation. As noted above, the price and terms of access to pipeline transportation can be subject to extensive federal and state regulation. The FERC is continually proposing and implementing new rules and regulations affecting those segments of the natural gas industry, most notably interstate natural gas transmission companies that remain subject to the FERC’s jurisdiction. Any such initiatives also could affect the intrastate transportation of natural gas under certain circumstances. The stated purpose of many of FERC’s regulatory changes is to promote competition among the various sectors of the natural gas industry, and these initiatives generally reflect more light-handed regulation. We cannot predict the ultimate impact of FERC regulatory changes to our natural gas marketing operations, including impacts related to the availability and reliability of transportation service on interstate pipelines. We do not believe that we will be affected by any such FERC action materially differently than other natural gas marketers with whom we compete.
 
Environmental Matters
 
General
 
Our operation of pipelines, plants and other facilities for gathering, treating, transporting or processing natural gas, NGLs and other products is subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment.
 
As an owner or operator of these facilities, we must comply with these laws and regulations at the federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business activities in many ways, such as:
 
  •  requiring the installation of pollution control equipment or otherwise restricting the way we can handle or dispose of our wastes;
 
  •  limiting or prohibiting construction activities in sensitive areas such as wetlands, coastal regions or areas inhabited by endangered species;
 
  •  requiring remedial action to mitigate pollution conditions caused by our operations or attributable to former operations; and
 
  •  enjoining the operations of facilities deemed in non-compliance with permits issued pursuant to such environmental laws and regulations.
 
Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations or imposing additional compliance requirements on such operations. Certain environmental statutes impose strict joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances have been disposed or otherwise released. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances, hydrocarbons or other waste products into the environment.
 
The trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment, and thus there can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental compliance or remediation, and actual future expenditures may be different


110


Table of Contents

from the amounts we currently anticipate. We try to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and plan accordingly to remain in compliance with changing environmental laws and regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance. We also actively participate in industry groups that help formulate recommendations for addressing existing or future regulations.
 
We do not believe that compliance with federal, state or local environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations. In addition, we believe that the various environmental activities in which we are presently engaged are not expected to materially interrupt or diminish our operational ability to gather, compress, treat, process and fractionate natural gas. We cannot assure you, however, that future events, such as changes in existing laws, the promulgation of new laws, or the development or discovery of new facts or conditions will cause us to incur significant costs. Below is a discussion of the material environmental laws and regulations that relate to our business. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all of these environmental laws and regulations.
 
We or the entities in which we own an interest inspect the pipelines regularly using equipment rented from third-party suppliers. Third parties also assist us in interpreting the results of the inspections.
 
Air Emissions
 
Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations regulate emissions of air pollutants from various industrial sources, including our processing plants and compressor stations, and also impose various monitoring and reporting requirements. Such laws and regulations may require that we obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or significantly increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with air permits containing various emissions and operational limitations, and utilize specific emission control technologies to limit emissions. Our failure to comply with these requirements could subject us to monetary penalties, injunctions, conditions or restrictions on operations, and potentially criminal enforcement actions. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with these requirements. We may be required to incur certain capital expenditures in the future for air pollution control equipment in connection with obtaining and maintaining operating permits and approvals for air emissions. We believe, however, that our operations will not be materially adversely affected by such requirements, and the requirements are not expected to be any more burdensome to us than to any other similarly situated companies.
 
In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change entered into force. Pursuant to the Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, which are suspected of contributing to global warming. The Bush administration has indicated it will not support ratification of the Protocol, and Congress has not actively considered recent proposed legislation directed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions. However, there has been support in various regions of the United States for legislation that requires reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, and some states, although not those in which we currently operate, have already adopted regulatory initiatives or legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. For example, California recently adopted the “California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006”, which requires the California Air Resources Board to achieve a 25% reduction in emissions of greenhouse gases from sources in California by 2020. The oil and natural gas exploration and production industry is a direct source of certain greenhouse gas emissions, namely carbon dioxide and methane, and future restrictions on such emissions would likely adversely impact our future operations, results of operations and financial condition. Currently, our operations are not adversely impacted by existing state and local climate change initiatives and, at this time, it is not possible to accurately estimate how potential future laws or regulations addressing greenhouse gas emissions would impact our business.


111


Table of Contents

Hazardous Substances and Waste
 
Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations relating to the management and release of hazardous substances or solid and hazardous wastes (including petroleum hydrocarbons). These laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and may impose strict, joint and several liability for the investigation and remediation of areas, at a facility where hazardous substances may have been released or disposed. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, referred to as CERCLA or the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. Despite the “petroleum exclusion” of CERCLA Section 101(14) that currently encompasses natural gas, we may nonetheless handle “hazardous substances” within the meaning of CERCLA, or similar state statutes, in the course of our ordinary operations and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which these hazardous substances have been released into the environment.
 
We also generate solid wastes, including hazardous wastes, that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, referred to as RCRA, and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Certain petroleum production wastes are excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations. However, it is possible that these wastes, which could include wastes currently generated during our operations, will in the future be designated as “hazardous wastes” and therefore be subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in the laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our maintenance capital expenditures and operating expenses.
 
We currently own or lease, and our predecessor has in the past owned or leased, properties where hydrocarbons are being or have been handled for many years. Although we have utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other wastes may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties owned or leased by us or on or under the other locations where these hydrocarbons and wastes have been taken for treatment or disposal. In addition, certain of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators), to clean up contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater) or to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination. We are not currently aware of any facts, events or conditions relating to such requirements that could materially impact our operations or financial condition.
 
Water
 
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, also referred to as the Clean Water Act, or CWA, and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters. Pursuant to the CWA and analogous state laws, permits must be obtained to discharge pollutants into state and federal waters. The CWA can impose substantial civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance. State laws for the control of water pollution may also provide varying civil and criminal penalties and liabilities. In addition, some states maintain groundwater protection programs that require


112


Table of Contents

permits for discharges or operations that may impact groundwater conditions. The EPA has promulgated regulations that require us to have permits in order to discharge certain storm water run-off. The EPA has entered into agreements with certain states in which we operate whereby the permits are issued and administered by the respective states. These permits may require us to monitor and sample the storm water run-off. We believe that compliance with existing permits and compliance with foreseeable new permit requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Title to Properties and Rights-of-Way
 
Our real property falls into two categories: (1) parcels that we own in fee and (2) parcels in which our interest derives from leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of such land for our operations. Portions of the land on which our plants and other major facilities are located are owned by us in fee title, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to these lands. The remainder of the land on which our plant sites and major facilities are located are held by us pursuant to ground leases between us, as lessee, and the fee owner of the lands, as lessors. We, or our predecessors, have leased these lands for many years without any material challenge known to us relating to the title to the land upon which the assets are located, and we believe that we have satisfactory leasehold estates to such lands. Other than a dispute with respect to the validity of a lease for a compressor station site, we have no knowledge of any challenge to the underlying fee title of any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or license held by us or to our title to any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or lease, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to all of our material leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits and licenses.
 
Some of the leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits and licenses to be transferred to us require the consent of the grantor of such rights, which in certain instances is a governmental entity. Our general partner expects to obtain, prior to the closing of this offering, sufficient third-party consents, permits and authorizations for the transfer of the assets necessary to enable us to operate our business in all material respects as described in this prospectus. With respect to any material consents, permits or authorizations that have not been obtained prior to closing of this offering, the closing of this offering will not occur unless reasonable basis exist that permit our general partner to conclude that such consents, permits or authorizations will be obtained within a reasonable period following the closing, or the failure to obtain such consents, permits or authorizations will have no material adverse effect on the operation of our business.
 
Targa initially may continue to hold record title to portions of certain assets until we make the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which such assets are located and obtain any consents and approvals that are not obtained prior to transfer. Such consents and approvals would include those required by federal and state agencies or political subdivisions. In some cases, Targa may, where required consents or approvals have not been obtained, temporarily hold record title to property as nominee for our benefit and in other cases may, on the basis of expense and difficulty associated with the conveyance of title, cause its affiliates to retain title, as nominee for our benefit, until a future date. We anticipate that there will be no material change in the tax treatment of our common units resulting from the holding by Targa of title to any part of such assets subject to future conveyance or as our nominee.
 
Employees
 
To carry out its operations, Targa employs approximately 860 people, some of whom provide direct support for our operations. None of these employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Targa considers its employee relations to be good.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are not a party to any legal proceeding other than legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are a party to various administrative and regulatory proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. Please see “— Regulation of Operations — Intrastate Natural Gas Pipeline Regulation” and “— Environmental Matters.”


113


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Management of Targa Resources Partners LP
 
Targa Resources GP LLC, our general partner, will manage our operations and activities. Our general partner is not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to re-election on a regular basis in the future. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect the directors of our general partner or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operation. Our general partner owes a fiduciary duty to our unitholders, but our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the fiduciary duty. Our general partner will be liable, as general partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations that are made expressly nonrecourse to it. Our general partner therefore may cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to it.
 
The directors of our general partner will oversee our operations. Upon the closing of this offering, our general partner expects to have five directors. Targa will elect all members to the board of directors of our general partner which will have three directors that are independent as defined under the independence standards established by The NASDAQ Global Market. The NASDAQ Global Market does not require a listed limited partnership like us to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating committee.
 
In addition, our general partner will have an audit committee of at least three directors who meet the independence and experience standards established by The NASDAQ Global Market and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Messrs. Evans, Pearl and Sullivan will serve as the initial members of the audit committee. The audit committee will assist the board in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and partnership policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof, and pre-approve any non-audit services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee.
 
Compensation decisions, including oversight of the long-term incentive plan described below, will be made by the board of directors of our general partner. While the board may establish a compensation committee in the future, it has no current plans to do so.
 
Three independent members of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on a conflicts committee to review specific matters that the board believes may involve conflicts of interest. Messrs. Evans, Pearl and Sullivan will serve as the initial members of the conflicts committee. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, and must meet the independence and experience standards established by The NASDAQ Global Market and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, and certain other requirements. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee in good faith will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners, and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.
 
All of our executive management personnel are employees of Targa and will devote their time as needed to conduct our business and affairs. These officers of Targa Resources GP LLC will manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. We will also utilize a significant number of employees of Targa to operate our business and provide us with general and administrative services. We will reimburse Targa for allocated expenses of operational personnel who perform services for our benefit, allocated general and administrative expenses and certain direct expenses. Please see “— Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner.”


114


Table of Contents

 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
The following table shows information regarding the current directors and executive officers of Targa Resources GP LLC. Directors are elected for one-year terms.
 
             
Name
  Age(1)     Position with Targa Resources GP LLC
 
Rene R. Joyce
    58     Chief Executive Officer and Director
Joe Bob Perkins
    46     President
James W. Whalen
    64     President — Finance and Administration and Director Nominee
Roy E. Johnson
    62     Executive Vice President
Michael A. Heim
    58     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Jeffrey J. McParland
    52     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director
Paul W. Chung
    46     Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Peter R. Kagan
    38     Director Nominee
Chansoo Joung
    46     Director Nominee
Robert B. Evans
    58     Director Nominee
Barry R. Pearl
    57     Director Nominee
William D. Sullivan
    49     Director Nominee
 
 
(1) As of November 1, 2006.
 
Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
Rene R. Joyce has served as a director and Chief Executive Officer of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since its formation in February 2004 and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Joyce has also served as a member of Targa’s board of directors since February 2004. He is also a member of the supervisory directors of Core Laboratories N.V. Mr. Joyce served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2000 through 2003 providing advice to various energy companies and investors regarding their operations, acquisitions and dispositions. Mr. Joyce served as President of onshore pipeline operations of Coral Energy, LLC, a subsidiary of Shell Oil Company, or Shell, from 1998 through 1999, and President of energy services of Coral Energy Holding, L.P., or Coral, a subsidiary of Shell which was the gas and power marketing joint venture between Shell and Tejas Gas Corporation, or Tejas, during 1999. Mr. Joyce served as President of various operating subsidiaries of Tejas, a natural gas pipeline company, from 1990 until 1998 when Tejas was acquired by Shell.
 
Joe Bob Perkins has served as President of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since February 2004 and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Perkins also served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2002 through 2003 and was an active partner in RTM Media (an outdoor advertising firm) during such time period. Mr. Perkins served as President and Chief Operating Officer, for the Wholesale Businesses, Wholesale Group, and Power Generation Group of Reliant Resources, Inc. and its parent/predecessor companies, from 1998 to 2002, and Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development, Houston Industries from 1996 to 1998. He served as Vice President, Business Development, of Coral from 1995 to 1996 and as Director, Business Development, of Tejas from 1994 to 1995. Prior to 1994, Mr. Perkins held various positions with the consulting firm of McKinsey & Company and with an exploration and production company.
 
James W. Whalen will serve as a director of our general partner upon the closing of this offering and has served as President-Finance and Administration of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since January 2006 and as a director of Targa since May 2004. Since November 2005 Mr. Whalen has served as President — Finance and Administration for various Targa subsidiaries. Between October 2002 and October 2005, Mr. Whalen served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Parker Drilling Company. Between January 2002 and October 2002, he was the Chief Financial Officer of


115


Table of Contents

Diversified Diagnostic Products, Inc. He served as Chief Commercial Officer of Coral from February 1998 through January 2000. Previously, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Tejas from 1992 to 1998. Mr. Whalen is also a director of Equitable Resources, Inc.
 
Roy E. Johnson has served as Executive Vice President of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since April 2004 and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Johnson also served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2000 through 2003 providing advice to various energy companies and investors regarding their operations, acquisitions and dispositions. He served as Vice President, Business Development and President of the International Group, of Tejas from 1995 to 2000. In these positions, he was responsible for acquisitions, pipeline expansion and development projects in North and South America. Mr. Johnson served as President of Louisiana Resources Company, a company engaged in intrastate natural gas transmission, from 1992 to 1995. Prior to 1992, Mr. Johnson held various positions with a number of different companies in the upstream and downstream energy industry.
 
Michael A. Heim has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since April 2004 and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. Heim also served as a consultant in the energy industry from 2001 through 2003 providing advice to various energy companies and investors regarding their operations, acquisitions and dispositions. Mr. Heim served as Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President of Coastal Field Services, a subsidiary of The Coastal Corp., or Coastal, a diversified energy company, from 1997 to 2001 and President of Coastal States Gas Transmission Company from 1997 to 2001. In these positions, he was responsible for Coastal’s midstream gathering, processing, and marketing businesses. Prior to 1997, he served as an officer of several other Coastal exploration and production, marketing, and midstream subsidiaries.
 
Jeffrey J. McParland has served as a director and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since April 2004 and was a consultant for the Targa predecessor company during 2003. Mr. McParland served as Secretary of Targa since February 2004 until May 2004, at which time he was elected as Assistant Secretary. Mr. McParland served as Senior Vice President, Finance, Dynegy Inc., a company engaged in power generation, the midstream natural gas business and energy marketing, from 2000 to 2002. In this position, he was responsible for corporate finance and treasury operations activities. He served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of PG&E Gas Transmission, a midstream natural gas and regulated natural gas pipeline company, from 1999 to 2000. Prior to 1999, he worked in various engineering and finance positions with companies in the power generation and engineering and construction industries.
 
Paul W. Chung has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of our general partner since October 2006 and of Targa since May 2004. Mr. Chung served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Coral from 1999 to April 2004; Shell Trading North America Company, a subsidiary of Shell, from 2001 to April 2004; and Coral Energy, LLC from 1999 to 2001. In these positions, he was responsible for all legal and regulatory affairs. He served as Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of Tejas from 1996 to 1999. Prior to 1996, Mr. Chung held a number of legal positions with different companies, including the law firm of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
 
Peter R. Kagan will serve as a director of our general partner upon the closing of this offering and has served as a director of Targa since February 2004. Mr. Kagan is a Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC, where he has been employed since 1997, and became a partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. in 2002. He is also a director of Antero Resources Corporation, Broad Oak Energy, Inc., Fairfield Energy Limited, MEG Energy Corp. and Universal Space Network, Inc.
 
Chansoo Joung will serve as a director of our general partner upon the closing of the offering and has served as a Director of Targa since December 31, 2005. Mr. Joung is a Member and Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC, where he has been employed since 2005, and became a partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. in 2005. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus, Mr. Joung was head of the Americas Natural Resources Group in the investment banking division of Goldman Sachs. He joined Goldman Sachs in 1987 and served in the Corporate Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions departments and also founded and led the


116


Table of Contents

European Energy Group. He is a director of Broad Oak Energy and Floridian Natural Gas Storage Company.
 
Robert B. Evans will serve as a director of our general partner upon the closing of the offering. Mr. Evans was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Duke Energy Americas, a business unit of Duke Energy Corp., from January 2004 to March 2006, after which he retired. Mr. Evans served as the transition executive for Energy Services, a business unit of Duke Energy, during 2003. Mr. Evans also served as President of Duke Energy Gas Transmission beginning in 1998 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer in 2002. Prior to his employment at Duke Energy, Mr. Evans served as Vice President of marketing and regulatory affairs for Texas Eastern Transmission and Algonquin Gas Transmission from 1996 to 1998.
 
Barry R. Pearl will serve as a director of our general partner upon the closing of the offering. Mr. Pearl is a director of Seaspan Corporation and Kayne Anderson Energy Development Company. Mr. Pearl retired in 2005 as the President and Chief Executive Officer of TEPPCO Partners, L.P., one of the largest publicly traded pipeline limited partnerships in the United States. Mr. Pearl joined TEPPCO in 2001 as President and Chief Operating Officer and was promoted to his most recent position in 2002. Prior to joining TEPPCO, he served as Vice President of finance and Chief Financial Officer of Maverick Tube Corporation. Before joining Maverick, Mr. Pearl was Vice President of operations, senior Vice President of business development and planning, and senior vice president and Chief Financial Officer of Santa Fe Pacific Pipeline Partners, L.P. from 1984 to 1998.
 
William D. Sullivan will serve as a director of our general partner upon the closing of the offering. Mr. Sullivan served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Leor Energy LP from June 15, 2005 to August 5, 2005. Between 1981 and August 2003, Mr. Sullivan was employed in various capacities by Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, including serving as Executive Vice President, Exploration and Production between August 2001 and August 2003. Since Mr. Sullivan’s departure from Anadarko Petroleum Corporation in August 2003, he has served on various private energy company boards. Mr. Sullivan is a director of St. Mary Land & Exploration Company and Legacy Reserves GP, LLC.
 
Reimbursement of Expenses of our General Partner
 
Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership under the omnibus agreement with Targa or otherwise. Under the terms of the omnibus agreement, we will reimburse Targa up to $5 million annually for the provision of various general and administrative services for our benefit, subject to increases in the Consumer Price Index or as a result of an expansion of our operations. This limit on the amount of reimbursement will expire in 2010. Our obligation to reimburse Targa for operational expenses and certain direct expenses, including insurance coverage expense, is not subject to this cap. The partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Omnibus Agreement.”
 
Executive Compensation
 
Targa Resources GP LLC was formed on October 23, 2006. Accordingly, our general partner has not accrued any obligations with respect to management incentive or retirement benefits for its directors and officers for the 2004 or 2005 fiscal years. The compensation of the executive officers of Targa Resources GP LLC will be set by Targa. The officers of our general partner and employees of Targa providing services to us are participating in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by Targa. Targa Resources GP LLC has not entered into any employment agreements with any of its officers. We expect that the Compensation Committee of Targa Resources Investments Inc., or Targa Investments, will grant awards to Targa’s key employees and the board of directors of our general partner will grant awards to our outside directors pursuant to the long-term incentive plans described below prior to the closing of this offering.


117


Table of Contents

 
Director Compensation
 
The independent and non-management members of the board of directors of Targa Resources GP LLC will receive an annual cash retainer of $34,000, an additional $1,500 for each board meeting attended and an additional $1,500 for each committee meeting attended ($750 if not at a regularly scheduled committee meeting held by teleconference). The chairman of Targa Resources GP LLC’s audit committee will receive an additional cash retainer of $20,000. Payment of director fees will generally be made twice annually, at the second regularly scheduled meeting of the Board and the final meeting of the Board. Each member of the Board will be reimbursed by us for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
We do not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing our business and we do not have a compensation committee. Any compensation decisions that are required to be made by our general partner, Targa Resources GP LLC, will be made by its board of directors. All of our executive officers are employees of Targa Resources LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Targa Resources, Inc., or Targa. All of the outstanding equity of Targa is held indirectly by Targa Investments. Our reimbursement for the compensation of executive officers will be based on Targa’s methodology used for allocating general and administration expenses during a period pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the limitations contained in, the omnibus agreement.
 
During 2006, our executive officers were not specifically compensated for time expended with respect to our business or assets. Accordingly, we are not presenting any compensation for historical periods. Following the consummation of this offering, we currently expect our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer), our Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer) and three other persons (Messrs. Perkins, Whalen and Heim) constitute our most highly compensated executive officers for 2007 (collectively, the “named executive officers”) will have substantially less than a majority of their compensation allocated to us. Compensation paid or awarded by us in 2007 with respect to our named executive officers will reflect only the portion of compensation paid by Targa Resources LLC that is allocated to us pursuant to Targa’s allocation methodology and subject to the terms of the omnibus agreement. Targa Investments indirectly owns all of the outstanding equity of Targa and has ultimate decision making authority with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers. Under the terms of Targa Investments stockholders’ agreement, compensatory arrangements with our named executive officers are required to be submitted to a vote of Targa Investments’ stockholders unless such arrangements have been approved by the Compensation Committee of Targa Investments. The elements of compensation discussed below, and Targa Investments’ decisions with respect to determinations on payments, will not be subject to approvals by the board of directors of our general partner. Awards under our long term incentive plan will be made by the board of directors of our general partner with respect to grants to our independent and non-management directors and Targa’s independent directors. Awards of cash-settled performance units to our executive officers will be made by the Compensation Committee of Targa Investments pursuant to a separate plan adopted by Targa Investments, as described below.
 
With respect to compensation objectives and decisions regarding our named executive officers for 2007, the Compensation Committee of Targa Investments has approved the compensation of our named executive officers based on Targa Investments’ business priorities, which have been used to develop performance based criteria for both discretionary cash awards and long-term incentive compensation. Targa Investments’ senior management typically consults with compensation consultants and reviews market data for determining relevant compensation levels and compensation program elements through the review of and, in certain cases, participation in, various relevant compensation surveys. Senior management then submits a proposal to Peter F. Kagan, a director and chairman of the Compensation Committee of Targa Investments, for the compensation to be paid or awarded to executives and employees. Mr. Kagan considers management’s proposal (which he may request management to modify) and the resulting recommendation is then submitted to the Compensation Committee of Targa Investments for consideration. Targa Investments has consulted with compensation consultants with respect to determining 2007 compensation for the named


118


Table of Contents

executive officers and has established compensation criteria for the named executive officers as discussed above. All compensation determinations are discretionary and, as noted above, subject to Targa Investments’ decision-making authority.
 
The elements of Targa Investments’ compensation program discussed below are intended to provide a total incentive package designed to drive performance and reward contributions in support of the business strategies of Targa and its affiliates at the corporate, partnership and individual levels.
 
The primary elements of Targa Investments’ compensation program are a combination of annual cash and long-term equity-based compensation. For 2007, elements of compensation for our named executive officers are expected to be the following:
 
  •  annual base salary;
 
  •  discretionary annual cash awards;
 
  •  performance awards under Targa’s long-term incentive plan;
 
  •  Targa’s contributions under its 401(k) and profit sharing plan; and
 
  •  Targa’s other benefit plans on the same basis as all other Targa employees.
 
As discussed above, the portion of 2007 base salaries paid by Targa Resources LLC allocable to us and reported as compensation to our named executive officers by us after the consummation of this offering will be based on Targa’s methodology used for allocating general and administration expenses, subject to the limitations in the omnibus agreement. Targa Investments has established these salaries based on historical salaries paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to Targa, the extent of their equity ownership in Targa, market data and responsibilities of our named executive officers that may or may not be related to our business.
 
The discretionary cash awards for each of our named executive officers to be paid in 2007 for services to Targa and its affiliates during 2006, has also been determined by Targa Investments. The cash awards, in combination with base salaries and long-term incentive awards, are intended to yield competitive total cash compensation levels for the executive officers and drive performance in support of Targa’s business strategies as well as our own. The portion of any discretionary cash awards paid by Targa Resources LLC allocable to us will be based on Targa’s methodology used for allocating general and administrative expenses, subject to the limitations in the omnibus agreement. It is Targa Investments’ general policy to pay these awards during the first quarter.
 
In connection with our initial public offering, Targa Investments will issue to our executive officers cash-settled performance unit awards linked to the performance of our common units that will vest in August of 2010, with the amounts vesting under such awards dependent on our performance compared to a peer-group consisting of us and 12 other publicly traded partnerships. These performance unit awards will be made pursuant to a plan adopted by Targa Investments and administered by Targa Resources LLC. The cost of such awards will be allocated to us pursuant to Targa’s allocation methodology and subject to the terms of the omnibus agreement. Targa Investments’ Compensation Committee will have the ability to modify the peer-group in the event a peer company is no longer determined to be one of our peers. The cash settlement value of each performance unit award will be the value of an equivalent common unit at the time of vesting plus associated distributions over the vesting period, which may be higher or lower than our common unit price at the time of our initial public offering. If our performance equals or exceeds the performance for the median of the group, 100% of the award will vest. If we rank tenth in the group, 50% of the award will vest, between tenth and seventh, 50% to 100% will vest, and for a performance ranking lower than tenth, no amounts will vest. Our named executive officers will receive an initial award of performance units equal to approximately 70% to 100% of their base salary divided by the initial public offering price in this offering, or approximately 15,000 performance units to Mr. Joyce, 10,800 performance units to Mr. Perkins, 10,800 performance units to Mr. Whalen, 10,000 performance units to Mr. Heim and 8,200 performance units to Mr. McParland.


119


Table of Contents

 
The equity-based awards we will make in connection with our initial public offering to each of our non-management and independent directors under our long-term incentive plan has been determined by Targa Investments and are expected to be ratified by the board of directors of our general partner. Each of these directors will receive an initial award of 2,000 restricted units. The awards to our independent and non-management directors will consist of restricted units and will settle with the delivery of common units. We will make similar grants under our long-term incentive plan to the independent directors of Targa Resources, Inc. All of these awards will be subject to three year vesting, without a performance condition, and will vest ratably on each anniversary of the grant.
 
The equity-based awards to both our named executive officers and the directors of our general partner are intended to align their long-term interests with those of our unitholders. As discussed above, a portion of the equity-based awards to be granted to our named executive officers will be allocated to us upon completion of this offering, and a portion of any future awards under the Targa plan will be allocable to us in accordance with the allocation of general and administrative expenses pursuant to the omnibus agreement. Initially, officers and employees of Targa will participate in the Targa plan and the independent and non-management directors of our general partner and the independent directors of Targa Investments will participate in our plan. Over time, employees of Targa may begin to participate in our plan.
 
Our named executive officers are also owners of 12.9% of the fully diluted equity of Targa Investments. This equity was received through a combination of investment and equity grants. Targa Resources LLC generally does not pay for perquisites for any of our named executive officers, other than parking subsidies, and expects this policy to continue. Targa Resources LLC also makes contributions under its 401(k) plan for the benefit of our named executive officers in the same manner as for other Targa Resources LLC employees. It makes the following contributions to its plan for the benefit of employees: (i) 3% of the employee’s annual pay, (ii) an amount equal to the employee’s contributions to the plan up to 5% of the employee’s annual pay and (iii) a discretionary amount depending on Targa’s performance (2.25% of the employee’s pay for 2007).
 
Compensation Mix.  We believe that each of the base salary, cash awards, and equity awards fit the overall compensation objectives of us and of Targa, as stated above, i.e., to provide competitive compensation opportunities to align and drive employee performance in support of Targa’s business strategies as well as our own and to attract, motivate and retain high quality talent with the skills and competencies required by Targa and us.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
General.  Targa Resources GP LLC intends to adopt a long-term incentive plan, or the Plan, for employees, consultants and directors of Targa Resources GP LLC and its affiliates who perform services for us, including officers, directors and employees of Targa. The summary of the Plan contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan. The Plan provides for the grant of restricted units, phantom units, unit options and substitute awards and, with respect to unit options and phantom units, the grant of distribution equivalent rights, or DERs. Subject to adjustment for certain events, an aggregate of 1,680,000 common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the Plan. However, units that are cancelled, forfeited or are withheld to satisfy Targa Resources GP LLC’s tax withholding obligations or payment of an award’s exercise price are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The Plan will be administered by the board of director of Targa Resources GP LLC. Administration of the Plan may be delegated to the compensation committee of the board of directors if one is established.
 
Restricted Units and Performance Units.  A restricted unit is a common unit that is subject to forfeiture. Upon vesting, the grantee receives a common unit that is not subject to forfeiture. A performance unit is a notional unit that entitles the grantee to receive upon the vesting of the performance unit cash equal to the fair market value of a common unit or, in the discretion of the board of directors, a common unit. The board of directors may make grants of restricted units and performance units under the Plan to eligible individuals containing such terms, consistent with the Plan, as the board of directors may determine,


120


Table of Contents

including the period over which restricted units and performance units granted will vest. The board of directors may, in its discretion, base vesting on the grantee’s completion of a period of service or upon the achievement of specified financial objectives or other criteria. In addition, the restricted and performance units will vest automatically upon a change of control (as defined in the Plan) of us or our general partner, subject to any contrary provisions in the award agreement.
 
If a grantee’s employment, consulting or board membership terminates for any reason, the grantee’s restricted units and performance units will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the award agreement or the board of directors provides otherwise. Common units to be delivered with respect to these awards may be common units acquired by Targa Resources GP LLC in the open market, common units already owned by Targa Resources GP LLC, common units acquired by Targa Resources GP LLC directly from us or any other person, or any combination of the foregoing. Targa Resources GP LLC will be entitled to reimbursement by us for the cost incurred in acquiring common units. If we issue new common units with respect to these awards, the total number of common units outstanding will increase.
 
Distributions made by us with respect to awards of restricted units may, in the board of directors’s discretion, be subject to the same vesting requirements as the restricted units. The board of directors, in its discretion, may also grant tandem DERs with respect to performance units on such terms as it deems appropriate. DERs are rights that entitle the grantee to receive, with respect to a performance unit, cash equal to the cash distributions made by us on a common unit. However, DERs may be credited and paid in such other manner, including units, as the board of directors may provide.
 
We intend for the restricted units and performance units granted under the Plan to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of the common units. Therefore, participants will not pay any consideration for the common units they receive with respect to these types of awards, and neither we nor our general partner will receive remuneration for the units delivered with respect to these awards.
 
Unit Options.  The Plan also permits the grant of options covering common units. Unit options may be granted to such eligible individuals and with such terms as the board of directors may determine, consistent with the Plan; however, a unit option must have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common unit on the date of grant.
 
Upon exercise of a unit option, Targa Resources GP LLC will acquire common units in the open market at a price equal to the prevailing price on the principal national securities exchange upon which the common units are then traded, or directly from us or any other person, or use common units already owned by the general partner, or any combination of the foregoing. Targa Resources GP LLC will be entitled to reimbursement by us for the difference between the cost incurred by Targa Resources GP LLC in acquiring the common units and the proceeds received by Targa Resources GP LLC from an optionee at the time of exercise. Thus, we will bear the cost of the unit options. If we issue new common units upon exercise of the unit options, the total number of common units outstanding will increase, and Targa Resources GP LLC will remit the proceeds it received from the optionee upon exercise of the unit option to us.
 
Replacement Awards.  The board of directors, in its discretion, may grant replacement awards to eligible individuals who, in connection with an acquisition made by us, Targa Resources GP LLC or an affiliate, have forfeited an equity-based award in their former employer. A replacement award that is an option may have an exercise price less than the value of a common unit on the date of grant of the award.
 
Termination of Long-Term Incentive Plan.  Targa Resources GP LLC’s board of directors, in its discretion, may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to the common units for which a grant has not theretofore been made. The Plan will automatically terminate on the earlier of the 10th anniversary of the date it was initially approved by our unitholders or when common units are no longer available for delivery pursuant to awards under the Plan. Targa Resources GP LLC’s board of directors will also have the right to alter or amend the Plan or any part of it from time to time and the board of directors may amend any award; provided, however, that no change in any outstanding award may be made that would materially impair the rights of the participant without the consent of the affected participant. Subject to unitholder


121


Table of Contents

approval, if required by the rules of the principal national securities exchange upon which the common units are traded, the board of directors of Targa Resources GP LLC may increase the number of common units that may be delivered with respect to awards under the Plan.
 
Targa Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
As discussed above, Targa Investments has adopted a long term incentive plan for employees, consultants and directors of Targa Investments and its affiliates. The Targa plan provides for the grant of phantom units which are cash-settled performance unit awards linked to the performance of our common units.


122


Table of Contents

 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units that will be issued upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions and held by:
 
  •  each person who then will beneficially own 5% or more of the then outstanding units;
 
  •  all of the directors of Targa Resources GP LLC;
 
  •  each named executive officer of Targa Resources GP LLC; and
 
  •  all directors and officers of Targa Resources GP LLC as a group.
 
                                         
                            Percentage of
 
                            Total Common
 
          Percentage of
          Percentage of
    and
 
    Common Units
    Common Units
    Subordinated
    Subordinated
    Subordinated
 
    to be
    to be
    Units to be
    Units to be
    Units to be
 
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
 
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Owned(5)     Owned     Owned(6)     Owned     Owned  
 
Targa Resources Investments Inc.(2) 
                11,528,231       100 %     40.70 %
Rene R. Joyce
                199,438       1.73 %     *  
Joe Bob Perkins
                183,299       1.59 %     *  
Michael A. Heim
                157,937       1.37 %     *  
Jeffrey J. McParland
                141,797       1.23 %     *  
Roy E. Johnson
                146,409       1.27 %     *  
James W. Whalen
                138,339       1.20 %     *  
Paul W. Chung
                138,339       1.20 %     *  
Peter R. Kagan(3)
                      *       *  
Chansoo Joung(4)
                      *       *  
Robert B. Evans
                      *       *  
Barry R. Pearl
                      *       *  
William D. Sullivan
                      *       *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)
                1,105,558       9.59 %     3.90 %
 
 
* Less than 1%.
 
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners in this table is 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002. The nature of the beneficial ownership for all the shares is sole voting and investment power.
 
(2) The units attributed to Targa Resources Investments Inc. are held by two indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, Targa GP Inc. and Targa LP Inc.
 
(3) Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. (“WP VIII”) and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. (“WP IX”) in the aggregate beneficially own 73.6% of Targa Resources Investments Inc. The general partner of WP VIII is Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC (“WP Partners LLC”) and the general partner of WP IX is Warburg Pincus IX, LLC, of which WP Partners LLC is sole member. Warburg Pincus & Co. (“WP”) is the managing member of WP Partners LLC. WP VIII and WP IX are managed by Warburg Pincus LLC (“WP LLC”). The address of the Warburg Pincus entities is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Peter R. Kagan, one of our directors, is a general partner of WP and a Managing Director and member of WP LLC. Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are Managing General Partners of WP and Managing Members of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus entities. Messrs. Kagan, Kaye and Landy disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities.


123


Table of Contents

 
(4) Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. (“WP VIII”) and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. (“WP IX”) in the aggregate beneficially own 73.6% of Targa Resources Investments Inc. The general partner of WP VIII is Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC (“WP Partners LLC”) and the general partner of WP IX is Warburg Pincus IX, LLC, of which WP Partners LLC is sole member. Warburg Pincus & Co. (“WP”) is the managing member of WP Partners LLC. WP VIII and WP IX are managed by Warburg Pincus LLC (“WP LLC”). The address of the Warburg Pincus entities is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Chansoo Joung, one of our directors, is a general partner of WP. Mr. Juong disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities. Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are Managing General Partners of WP and Managing Members of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus entities. Messrs. Kagan, Kaye and Landy disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities.
 
(5) Does not include common units that may be purchased in the directed unit program.
 
(6) The subordinated units presented as being beneficially owned by the directors and executive officers of Targa Resources GP LLC represent the number of units held indirectly by Targa Resources Investments Inc. that are attributable to such directors and officers based on their ownership of equity interests in Targa Resources Investments Inc.


124


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
After this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own 11,528,231 subordinated units representing an aggregate 39.9% limited partner interest in us. In addition, our general partner will own a 2% general partner interest in us and the incentive distribution rights.
 
Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and its Affiliates
 
The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation of Targa Resources Partners LP. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations.
 
Formation Stage
 
The consideration received by Targa and its subsidiaries for the contribution of the assets and liabilities to us
• 11,528,231 subordinated units;
 
• 578,127 general partner units (629,555 general partner units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full);
 
• the incentive distribution rights;
 
• approximately $307.1 million payment from the proceeds of this offering to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness; and
 
• approximately $342.5 million payment from the proceeds of borrowings under our new credit facility to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness.
 
In connection with the DMS Acquisition on October 31, 2005, Targa allocated approximately $1.1 billion to the North Texas System.
 
Operational Stage
 
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its affiliates We will generally make cash distributions 98% to our limited partner unitholders pro rata, including our general partner and its affiliates, as the holders of 11,528,231 subordinated units, and 2% to our general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50% of the distributions above the highest target distribution level.
 
Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for four quarters, our general partner and its affiliates would receive an annual distribution of approximately $0.8 million on their general partner units and $15.6 million on their subordinated units.
 
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates We will reimburse Targa for the payment of certain operating expenses and for the provision of various general and administrative services for our benefit. Please see “— Omnibus


125


Table of Contents

Agreement — Reimbursement of Operating and General and Administrative Expense.”
 
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please see “The Partnership Agreement — Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”
 
Liquidation Stage
 
Liquidation Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their respective capital account balances.
 
Agreements Governing the Transactions
 
We and other parties have entered into or will enter into the various documents and agreements that will effect the offering transactions, including the vesting of assets in, and the assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries, and the application of the proceeds of this offering. These agreements will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as they could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions, including the expenses associated with transferring assets into our subsidiaries, will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.
 
Omnibus Agreement
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Targa, our general partner and others that will address the reimbursement of our general partner for costs incurred on our behalf, competition and indemnification matters. Any or all of the provisions of the omnibus agreement, other than the indemnification provisions described below, will be terminable by Targa at its option if our general partner is removed without cause and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal. The omnibus agreement will also terminate in the event of a change of control of us or our general partner.
 
Reimbursement of Operating and General and Administrative Expense
 
Under the omnibus agreement, we will reimburse Targa for the payment of certain operating expenses, including compensation and benefits of operating personnel, and for the provision of various general and administrative services for our benefit with respect to the assets contributed to us at the closing of this offering. Specifically, we will reimburse Targa for the following expenses:
 
  •  general and administrative expenses, which are capped at $5 million annually for three years, subject to increases based on increases in the Consumer Price Index and subject to further increases in connection with expansions of our operations through the acquisition or construction of new assets or businesses with the concurrence of our conflicts committee; thereafter, our general partner will determine the general and administrative expenses to be allocated to us in accordance with our partnership agreement; and
 
  •  operations and certain direct expenses, which are not subject to the $5 million cap for general and administrative expenses.
 
Pursuant to these arrangements, Targa will perform centralized corporate functions for us, such as legal, accounting, treasury, insurance, risk management, health, safety and environmental, information


126


Table of Contents

technology, human resources, credit, payroll, internal audit, taxes, engineering and marketing. We will reimburse Targa for the direct expenses to provide these services as well as other direct expenses it incurs on our behalf, such as compensation of operational personnel performing services for our benefit and the cost of their employee benefits, including 401(k), pension and health insurance benefits.
 
Competition
 
Targa will not be restricted, under either our partnership agreement or the omnibus agreement, from competing with us. Targa may acquire, construct or dispose of additional midstream energy or other assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase or construct those assets.
 
Indemnification
 
Under the omnibus agreement, Targa will indemnify us for three years after the closing of this offering against certain potential environmental claims, losses and expenses associated with the operation of the North Texas System and occurring before the closing date of this offering that are not reserved on the books of the Predecessor Business as of the closing date of this offering. Targa’s maximum liability for this indemnification obligation will not exceed $10.0 million and Targa will not have any obligation under this indemnification until our aggregate losses exceed $250,000. We have agreed to indemnify Targa against environmental liabilities related to the North Texas System arising or occurring after the closing date of this offering.
 
Additionally, Targa will indemnify us for losses attributable to rights-of-way, certain consents or governmental permits, preclosing litigation relating to the North Texas System and income taxes attributable to pre-closing operations that are not reserved on the books of the Predecessor Business as of the closing date of this offering. Targa will not have any obligation under these indemnifications until our aggregate losses exceed $250,000. We will indemnify Targa for all losses attributable to the postclosing operations of the North Texas System. Targa’s obligations under this additional indemnification will survive for three years after the closing of this offering, except that the indemnification for income tax liabilities will terminate upon the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.
 
Contracts with Affiliates
 
NGL and Condensate Purchase Agreement.  At or prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into an NGL and high pressure condensate purchase agreement pursuant to which (i) we will be obligated to sell all volumes of NGLs (other than high-pressure condensate) that we own or control to Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade and (ii) we will have the right to sell to Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade or third parties the volumes of high-pressure condensate that we own or control, in each case at a price based on the prevailing market price less transportation, fractionation and certain other fees. This agreement will have an initial term of 15 years and will automatically extend for a term of five years, unless the agreement is otherwise terminated by either party. Furthermore, either party may elect to terminate the agreement if either party ceases to be an affiliate of Targa.
 
Natural Gas Purchase Agreement.  At or prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a natural gas purchase agreement at a price based on TGM’s sale price for such natural gas, less TGM’s costs and expenses associated therewith. This agreement will have an initial term of 15 years and will automatically extend for a term of five years, unless the agreement is otherwise terminated by either party. Furthermore, either party may elect to terminate the agreement if either party ceases to be an affiliate of Targa.


127


Table of Contents

 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates (including Targa) on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of Targa Resources GP LLC have fiduciary duties to manage Targa and our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.
 
Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any other partner, on the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit our general partner’s fiduciary duties to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:
 
  •  approved by the conflicts committee, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;
 
  •  approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates;
 
  •  on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
 
  •  fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.
 
Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of its board of directors. If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third or fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts committee may consider any factors it determines in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. When our partnership agreement provides that someone act in good faith, it requires that person to believe he is acting in the best interests of the partnership.
 
Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.
 
Targa is not limited in its ability to compete with us, which could cause conflicts of interest and limit our ability to acquire additional assets or businesses which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.
 
Neither our partnership agreement nor the omnibus agreement between us and Targa will prohibit Targa from owning assets or engaging in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. In addition, Targa may acquire, construct or dispose of additional midstream or other assets in the future, without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase or construct any of those assets. Targa is a large, established participant in the midstream energy business, and has significantly greater resources and experience than we have, which factors may make it more difficult for us to compete with these entities with respect to commercial activities as well as for acquisitions candidates. As a result, competition from these entities could adversely impact our results of operations and cash available for distribution.


128


Table of Contents

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Targa to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets or dictates what markets to pursue or grow. Targa’s directors have a fiduciary duty to make these decisions in the best interests of the owners of Targa, which may be contrary to our interests.
 
Because certain of the directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of Targa, such directors have fiduciary duties to Targa that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit Targa or which otherwise are not in our best interests.
 
Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as Targa, in resolving conflicts of interest.
 
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner.
 
We will have no employees and will rely on the employees of Targa and its affiliates.
 
All of our executive management personnel will be employees of Targa and will devote a portion of their time to our business and affairs. We will also utilize a significant number of employees of Targa to operate our business and provide us with general and administrative services for which we will reimburse Targa for allocated expenses of operational personnel who perform services for our benefit and we will reimburse Targa for allocated general and administrative expenses. Affiliates of our general partner and Targa will also conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we will have no economic interest. If these separate activities are significantly greater than our activities, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to Targa.
 
Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
Although our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, Targa. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty laws. For example, our partnership agreement:
 
  •  permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include:
 
  —  the exercise of its right to reset the target distribution levels of its incentive distribution rights at higher levels and receive, in connection with this reset, a number of Class B units that are convertible at any time following the first anniversary of the issuance of these Class B units into common units;
 
  —  its limited call right;
 
  —  its rights to vote and transfer the units it owns;
 
  —  its registration rights; and
 
  —  its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement;


129


Table of Contents

 
  •  provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed the decision was in the best interests of our partnership;
 
  •  generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acting in good faith and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or must be “fair and reasonable” to us, as determined by our general partner in good faith and that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our general partner may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us;
 
  •  provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and
 
  •  provides that in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner or the conflicts committee acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
 
If you purchase any common units, you will agree to become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.
 
Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.
 
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
 
  •  the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;
 
  •  the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of our assets;
 
  •  the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments;
 
  •  the distribution of our cash;
 
  •  the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;
 
  •  the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of our partners;
 
  •  the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;


130


Table of Contents

 
  •  the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;
 
  •  the indemnification of any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
 
  •  the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets; and
 
  •  the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.
 
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must act in “good faith” when making decisions on our behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in order for a determination by our general partner to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must believe that the determination is in our best interests. Please see “The Partnership Agreement — Voting Rights” for information regarding matters that require unitholder approval.
 
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuance of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders.
 
The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:
 
  •  amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
 
  •  cash expenditures;
 
  •  borrowings;
 
  •  the issuance of additional units; and
 
  •  the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.
 
In addition, our general partner may use an amount equal to four times the amount needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our units, which would not otherwise constitute available cash from operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on its units and incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and the general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”
 
In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by the general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:
 
  •  enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or
 
  •  hastening the expiration of the subordination period.
 
For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”
 
Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates. Our general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from us, our operating partnership, or its operating subsidiaries.


131


Table of Contents

Our general partner determines which costs incurred by Targa are reimbursable by us.
 
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs incurred in rendering corporate staff and support services to us. The partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us in good faith.
 
Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.
 
Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts or arrangements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, that will be in effect as of the closing of this offering will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts or arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates that are entered into following the closing of this offering will not be required to be negotiated on an arm’s-length basis, although, in some circumstances, our general partner may determine that the conflicts committee of our general partner may make a determination on our behalf with respect to one or more of these types of situations.
 
Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of these transactions entered into after the sale of the common units offered in this offering.
 
Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general partner or its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with that use. There is no obligation of our general partner or its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.
 
Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.
 
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the other party has recourse only to our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. The partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.
 
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units.
 
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units as provided in the partnership agreement or assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner is not bound by fiduciary duty restrictions in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please see “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Call Right.”
 
Common unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.
 
Any agreements between us on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.


132


Table of Contents

Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.
 
The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have performed services for us regarding this offering have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.
 
Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue Class B units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of our general partner or our unitholders. This ability may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.
 
Our general partner has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general partner expects that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our Class B units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then current business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new Class B units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights. Please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions — General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.”
 
Fiduciary Duties
 
Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and the partnership agreement. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, modify, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.
 
Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because our general partner’s board of directors will have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner


133


Table of Contents

beneficial to its owners, as well as to you. Without these modifications, the general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards enable the general partner to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications also enable our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications are detrimental to our common unitholders because they restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:
 
State-law fiduciary duty standards Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is present.
 
The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.
 
Partnership agreement modified standards Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.
 
In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and the officers and directors of our general partner will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or the officers and directors of our general partner acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful


134


Table of Contents

misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the indemnitees’ conduct was unlawful.
 
Special provisions regarding affiliated transactions.  Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner must be:
 
• on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
 
• “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).
 
If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.
 
By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner or assignee to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.
 
We must indemnify our general partner and the officers, directors, managers of our general partner and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non- appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please see “The Partnership Agreement — Indemnification.”


135


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS
 
The Units
 
The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please see this section and “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please see “The Partnership Agreement.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Duties.  ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. will serve as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following that must be paid by unitholders:
 
  •  surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;
 
  •  special charges for services requested by a common unitholder; and
 
  •  other similar fees or charges.
 
There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
 
Resignation or Removal.  The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.
 
Transfer of Common Units
 
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:
 
  •  represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
 
  •  automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and
 
  •  gives the consents and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.
 
A transferee will become a substituted limited partner of our partnership for the transferred common units automatically upon the recording of the transfer on our books and records.
 
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.


136


Table of Contents

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfers of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.
 
Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.


137


Table of Contents

 
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.
 
We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:
 
  •  with regard to distributions of available cash, please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions”;
 
  •  with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;
 
  •  with regard to the transfer of common units, please see “Description of the Common Units — Transfer of Common Units”; and
 
  •  with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please see “Material Tax Consequences.”
 
Organization and Duration
 
Our partnership was organized on October 23, 2006 and will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.
 
Purpose
 
Our purpose under the partnership agreement is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner determines would cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.
 
Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of gathering, compressing, treating, processing, transporting and selling natural gas and the business of transporting and selling NGLs, our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.
 
Power of Attorney
 
Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a unitholder, by accepting the common unit, automatically grants to our general partner and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants our general partner the authority to amend, and to make consents and waivers under, our partnership agreement.
 
Cash Distributions
 
Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”


138


Table of Contents

 
Capital Contributions
 
Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “— Limited Liability.”
 
Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s 2% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its 2% general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units based on the current market value of the contributed common units.
 
Voting Rights
 
The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for the matters specified below. Matters requiring the approval of a “unit majority” require:
 
  •  during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and
 
  •  after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units and Class B units, if any, voting as a class.
 
In voting their common, Class B and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.
 
Issuance of additional units No approval right.
 
Amendment of the partnership agreement Certain amendments may be made by the general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please see “— Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”
 
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please see “— Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”
 
Dissolution of our partnership Unit majority. Please see “— Termination and Dissolution.”
 
Continuation of our business upon dissolution Unit majority. Please see “— Termination and Dissolution.”
 
Withdrawal of the general partner Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to December 31, 2016 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please see “— Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”
 
Removal of the general partner Not less than 662/3% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please see “— Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”
 
Transfer of the general partner interest Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to


139


Table of Contents

an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, to such person. The approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to December 31, 2016. See “— Transfer of General Partner Units.”
 
Transfer of incentive distribution rights Except for transfers to an affiliate or another person as part of our general partner’s merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the sale of all of the ownership interests in such holder, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, is required in most circumstances for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to December 31, 2016. Please see “— Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”
 
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner No approval required at any time. Please see “— Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”
 
Limited Liability
 
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:
 
  •  to remove or replace the general partner;
 
  •  to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement; or
 
  •  to take other action under the partnership agreement;
 
constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as the general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither the partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against the general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of the general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.
 
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to


140


Table of Contents

the partnership, except that such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.
 
Our subsidiaries conduct business in Texas, although we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as a limited partner of the operating partnership may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating partnership conducts business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.
 
Limitations on the liability of limited partners for the obligations of a limited partner have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our partnership interest in our operating partnership or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as the general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that the general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.
 
Issuance of Additional Securities
 
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.
 
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership securities may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.
 
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership securities that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit the issuance by our subsidiaries of equity securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.
 
Upon the issuance of additional partnership securities, our general partner will be entitled, but not required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2% general partner interest in us. Our general partner’s 2% interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase additional common units, the issuance of units issued in connection with a reset of the incentive distribution target levels relating to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights or the issuance of units upon conversion of outstanding partnership securities) and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership securities.


141


Table of Contents

 
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement
 
General.  Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.
 
Prohibited Amendments.  No amendment may be made that would:
 
  •  enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or
 
  •  enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
 
The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in any of the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own approximately 40.7% of the outstanding common and subordinated units.
 
No Unitholder Approval.  Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee to reflect:
 
  •  a change in our name, the location of our principal place of our business, our registered agent or our registered office;
 
  •  the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;
 
  •  a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor the operating partnership nor any of its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;
 
  •  a change in our fiscal year and related changes;
 
  •  an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or the directors, officers, agents or trustees of our general partner from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
 
  •  an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional partnership securities or rights to acquire partnership securities, including any amendment that our general partner determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:
 
  —  the adjustments of the minimum quarterly distribution, first target distribution, second target distribution and third target distribution in connection with the reset of our general partner’s incentive distribution rights as described under “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement


142


Table of Contents

  Relating to Cash Distributions — General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”;
 
  —  the implementation of the provisions relating to our general partner’s right to reset its incentive distribution rights in exchange for Class B units; or
 
  —  any modification of the incentive distribution rights made in connection with the issuance of additional partnership securities or rights to acquire partnership securities, provided that, any such modifications and related issuance of partnership securities have received approval by a majority of the members of the conflicts committee of our general partner;
 
  •  any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;
 
  •  an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;
 
  •  any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;
 
  •  conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or
 
  •  any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.
 
In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner if our general partner determines that those amendments:
 
  •  do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular class of limited partners) in any material respect;
 
  •  are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;
 
  •  are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;
 
  •  are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement; or
 
  •  are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.
 
Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval.  For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners or result in our being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No amendments to our partnership agreement other than those described above under “— No Unitholder Approval” will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting as a single class unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.
 
In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited


143


Table of Contents

partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.
 
Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
 
A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners. Please see “Management — Management of Targa Resources Partners LP.”
 
In addition, the partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement, each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction, and the partnership securities to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership securities immediately prior to the transaction.
 
If the conditions specified in the partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and the general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in the partnership agreement. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under the partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.
 
Termination and Dissolution
 
We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
 
  •  the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
 
  •  there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;
 
  •  the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or
 
  •  the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.
 
Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our


144


Table of Contents

partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:
 
  •  the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner; and
 
  •  neither our partnership, our operating partnership nor any of our other subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue.
 
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds
 
Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate to liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.
 
Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner
 
Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to December 31, 2016 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after December 31, 2016, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than the general partner and its affiliates. In addition, the partnership agreement permits our general partner in some instances to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please see “— Transfer of General Partner Units” and “— Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”
 
Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority, voting as separate classes, may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please see “— Termination and Dissolution.”
 
Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and Class B units, if any, voting as a separate class, and subordinated units, voting as a separate class. The ownership of more than 331/3% of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates would give them the practical ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own 40.7% of the outstanding common and subordinated units.
 
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
  •  the subordination period will end, and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;


145


Table of Contents

 
  •  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
 
  •  our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at that time.
 
In the event of removal of a general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of a general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where a general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest of the departing general partner and its incentive distribution rights for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.
 
If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.
 
In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.
 
Transfer of General Partner Units
 
Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner units to:
 
  •  an affiliate of our general partner (other than an individual); or
 
  •  another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity,
 
our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general partner units to another person prior to December 31, 2016 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume, among other things, the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement, and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
 
Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time, transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not transfer subordinated units to us.
 
Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner
 
At any time, Targa may sell or transfer all or part of their membership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders.


146


Table of Contents

 
Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights
 
Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into another entity, the sale of all of the ownership interest in the holder or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, that entity without the prior approval of the unitholders. Prior to December 31, 2016, other transfers of incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. On or after December 31, 2016, the incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.
 
Change of Management Provisions
 
Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove our general partner or otherwise change the management of our general partner. If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner.
 
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
  •  the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
  •  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
 
  •  our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner units and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at that time.
 
Limited Call Right
 
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:
 
  •  the highest price paid by either of our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and
 
  •  the current market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed.
 
As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please see “Material Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units.”


147


Table of Contents

 
Meetings; Voting
 
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.
 
Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called represented in person or by proxy will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.
 
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please see “— Issuance of Additional Securities.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units and Class B units as a single class.
 
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.
 
Status as Limited Partner
 
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “— Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.
 
Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption
 
If we are or become subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, we may redeem the units held by the limited partner at their current market price. In order to avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, our general partner may require each limited partner to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited partner fails to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the information or our general partner determines after receipt of the information that the limited partner is not an eligible citizen, the limited partner may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. A non-citizen assignee is entitled to an interest equivalent to that of a limited partner for the right to share in allocations and distributions from us, including liquidating distributions. A non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in-kind upon our liquidation.


148


Table of Contents

 
Indemnification
 
Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:
 
  •  our general partner;
 
  •  any departing general partner;
 
  •  any person who is or was an affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner;
 
  •  any person who is or was a director, officer, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of any entity set forth in the preceding three bullet points;
 
  •  any person who is or was serving as director, officer, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another person at the request of our general partner, any departing general partner, an affiliate of our general partner or an affiliate of any departing general partner; and
 
  •  any person designated by our general partner.
 
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, our general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.
 
Reimbursement of Expenses
 
Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. The general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.
 
Books and Reports
 
Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.
 
We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.
 
We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.


149


Table of Contents

 
Right to Inspect Our Books and Records
 
Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
 
  •  a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;
 
  •  a copy of our tax returns;
 
  •  information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each partner became a partner;
 
  •  copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;
 
  •  information regarding the status of our business and financial condition; and
 
  •  any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.
 
Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
 
Registration Rights
 
Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and a structuring fee. Please see “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”


150


Table of Contents

 
UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
After the sale of the common units offered hereby, Targa will hold an aggregate of 11,528,231 subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may convert earlier. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.
 
The common units sold in the offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units owned by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or
 
  •  the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least two years, would be entitled to sell common units under Rule 144 without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.
 
The partnership agreement does not restrict our ability to issue any partnership securities at any time. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please see “The Partnership Agreement — Issuance of Additional Securities.”
 
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and state securities laws the offer and sale of any common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units or other partnership securities to require registration of any of these units or other partnership securities and to include them in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts and a structuring fee. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their units or other partnership interests in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.
 
Targa, our partnership, our operating partnership, our general partner and the directors and executive officers of our general partner, have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. For a description of these lock-up provisions, please see “Underwriting.”


151


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
This section is a discussion of the material tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel to our general partner and us, as to all material tax matters and all legal conclusions insofar as it relates to matters of United States federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, existing and proposed regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to Targa Resources Partners LP and our operating partnership.
 
The following discussion does not comment on all federal income tax matters affecting us or the unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. Accordingly, we urge each prospective unitholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of common units.
 
All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us.
 
No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common units and the prices at which common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.
 
For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please see “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election”).
 
Partnership Status
 
A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable unless the amount of cash distributed is in excess of the partner’s adjusted basis in his partnership interest.
 
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the


152


Table of Contents

transportation, storage, processing and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 1% of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and the general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income.
 
No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status or the status of our operating partnership for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. on such matters. It is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below, we will be classified as a partnership and our operating partnership will be disregarded as an entity separate from us for federal income tax purposes.
 
In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied are:
 
(a) Neither we nor the operating partnership has elected or will elect to be treated as a corporation; and
 
(b) For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income will be income that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery, we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
 
If we were taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to the unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as either taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.
 
The discussion below is based on Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
Limited Partner Status
 
Unitholders who have become limited partners of Targa Resources Partners LP will be treated as partners of Targa Resources Partners LP for federal income tax purposes. Also, unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units will be treated as partners of Targa Resources Partners LP for federal income tax purposes.


153


Table of Contents

A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales.”
 
Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their tax consequences of holding common units in Targa Resources Partners LP.
 
The references to “unitholders” in the discussion that follows are to persons who are treated as partners in Targa Resources Partners LP for federal income tax purposes.
 
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
 
Flow-Through of Taxable Income.  We will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether corresponding cash distributions are received by him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.
 
Treatment of Distributions.  Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder for federal income tax purposes, except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the distribution. Our cash distributions in excess of a unitholder’s tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “— Disposition of Common Units.” Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as “nonrecourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a unitholder’s “at risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please see “— Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”
 
A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture, and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, he will be treated as having been distributed his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.
 
Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions.  We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering who owns those common units from the date of closing of this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2009, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be 20% or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital, and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual


154


Table of Contents

percentage of distributions that will constitute taxable income could be higher or lower than our estimate and any differences could be material and could materially affect the value of the common units. For example, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of common units in this offering will be greater, and perhaps substantially greater, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:
 
  •  gross income from operations exceeds the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units, yet we only distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on all units; or
 
  •  we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce substantial additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.
 
Basis of Common Units.  A unitholder’s initial tax basis for his common units will be the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder’s share of our losses, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to our general partner, but will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please see “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
 
Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.  The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an individual unitholder or a corporate unitholder, if more than 50% of the value of the corporate unitholder’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations, to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable to the extent that his tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any excess loss above that gain previously suspended by the at risk or basis limitations is no longer utilizable.
 
In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder’s at risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities.
 
The passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk rules and the basis limitation.


155


Table of Contents

A unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.
 
Limitations on Interest Deductions.  The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:
 
  •  interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;
 
  •  our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and
 
  •  the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.
 
The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. The IRS has indicated that net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.
 
Entity-Level Collections.  If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder or our general partner or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the partner on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual partner in which event the partner would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.
 
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.  In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated units, or incentive distributions are made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of these distributions. If we have a net loss for the entire year, that loss will be allocated first to the general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to the general partner.
 
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair market value of property contributed to us by the general partner and its affiliates, referred to in this discussion as “Contributed Property.” The effect of these allocations to a unitholder purchasing common units in this offering will be essentially the same as if the tax basis of our assets were equal to their fair market value at the time of this offering. In the event we issue additional common units or engage in certain other transactions in the future “reverse Section 704(c) allocations,” similar to the Section 704(c) allocations described above, will be made to all holders of partnership interests, including purchasers of common units in this offering, to account for the difference between the “book” basis for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market value of all property held by us at the time of the future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the partner who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if


156


Table of Contents

negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner as is needed to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.
 
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner’s “book” capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and “tax” capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the “Book-Tax Disparity,” will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect. In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:
 
  •  his relative contributions to us;
 
  •  the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;
 
  •  the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and
 
  •  the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.
 
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.
 
Treatment of Short Sales.  A unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:
 
  •  any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units would not be reportable by the unitholder;
 
  •  any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units would be fully taxable; and
 
  •  all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.
 
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder where common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their units. The IRS has announced that it is actively studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
 
Alternative Minimum Tax.  Each unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.
 
Tax Rates.  In general, the highest effective United States federal income tax rate for individuals is currently 35.0% and the maximum United States federal income tax rate for net capital gains of an individual is currently 15.0% if the asset disposed of was held for more than twelve months at the time of disposition.
 
Section 754 Election.  We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. This election does not apply to a person who purchases


157


Table of Contents

common units directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, a unitholder’s inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (1) his share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (2) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.
 
Where the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we will adopt as to property other than certain goodwill properties), the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment that is attributable to recovery property under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the Section 704(c) built-in gain. If we elect a method other than the remedial method with respect to a goodwill property, Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3) generally requires that the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to an amortizable Section 197 intangible, which includes goodwill property, should be treated as a newly-acquired asset placed in service in the month when the purchaser acquires the common unit. Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. If we elect a method other than the remedial method, the depreciation and amortization methods and useful lives associated with the Section 743(b) adjustment, therefore, may differ from the methods and useful lives generally used to depreciate the inside basis in such properties. Under our partnership agreement, the general partner is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with these and any other Treasury Regulations. If we elect a method other than the remedial method with respect to a goodwill property, the common basis of such property is not amortizable. Please see “— Uniformity of Units.”
 
Although Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to the validity of this approach because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue, we intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the common basis of the property, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with the methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please see “— Uniformity of Units.” A unitholder’s tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual’s income tax return) so that any position we take that understates deductions will overstate the common unitholder’s basis in his common units, which may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please see “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.” The IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.
 
A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is higher than the units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation and depletion deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is lower than those units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units


158


Table of Contents

may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built-in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally a built-in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.
 
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.
 
Tax Treatment of Operations
 
Accounting Method and Taxable Year.  We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please see “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”
 
Initial Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization.  The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to this offering will be borne by our general partner. Please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”
 
To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets are placed in service. Because our general partner may determine not to adopt the remedial method of allocation with respect to any difference between the tax basis and the fair market value of goodwill immediately prior to this or any future offering, we may not be entitled to any amortization deductions with respect to any goodwill conveyed to us on formation or held by us at the time of any future offering. Please see “— Uniformity of Units.” Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
 
The costs we incur in selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may


159


Table of Contents

not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.
 
Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties.  The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deductions previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.
 
Disposition of Common Units
 
Recognition of Gain or Loss.  Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.
 
Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit that decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.
 
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held more than twelve months will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. However, a portion of this gain or loss will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or to “inventory items” we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.
 
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in his entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the regulations, may designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the regulations.


160


Table of Contents

Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:
 
  •  a short sale;
 
  •  an offsetting notional principal contract; or
 
  •  a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.
 
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.
 
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.  In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Allocation Date.” However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.
 
The use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between unitholders, as well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.
 
A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.
 
Notification Requirements.  A unitholder who sells any of his units is generally required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of units who purchases units from another unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of substantial penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.
 
Constructive Termination.  We will be considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.


161


Table of Contents

 
Uniformity of Units
 
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.”
 
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the common basis of that property, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.” To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to a common basis or Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our property. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. The IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please see “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”
 
Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors
 
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them.
 
Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.
 
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of units. As a consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, we will withhold at the highest applicable effective tax rate from cash distributions made quarterly to foreign unitholders. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.


162


Table of Contents

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which are effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Under a ruling of the IRS, a foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized on the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent that this gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Because a foreign unitholder is considered to be engaged in business in the United States by virtue of the ownership of units, under this ruling a foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit generally will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized on the sale or disposition of units. Apart from the ruling, a foreign unitholder will not be taxed or subject to withholding upon the sale or disposition of a unit if he has owned less than 5% in value of the units during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and if the units are regularly traded on an established securities market at the time of the sale or disposition.
 
Administrative Matters
 
Information Returns and Audit Procedures.  We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will in all cases yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.
 
The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.
 
Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. Our partnership agreement names our general partner as our Tax Matters Partner.
 
The Tax Matters Partner will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.


163


Table of Contents

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
 
Nominee Reporting.  Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:
 
(a) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;
 
(b) whether the beneficial owner is:
 
1. a person that is not a United States person;
 
2. a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or
 
3. a tax-exempt entity;
 
(c) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and
 
(d) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.
 
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are United States persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.
 
Accuracy-Related Penalties.  An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.
 
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
 
(1) for which there is, or was, “substantial authority”; or
 
(2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of that position are disclosed on the return.
 
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we must disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to “tax shelters,” which we do not believe includes us.
 
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 200% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed on a return is 400% or more than the correct valuation, the penalty imposed increases to 40%.
 
Reportable Transactions.  If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain


164


Table of Contents

kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single year, or $4 million in any combination of tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please see “— Information Returns and Audit Procedures.”
 
Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to the following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:
 
  •  accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “— Accuracy-Related Penalties,”
 
  •  for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability and
 
  •  in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.
 
We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”
 
State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations
 
In addition to federal income taxes, you may be subject to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We will initially own property or do business in Texas. Currently, Texas does not impose a personal income tax on individuals. However, current law may change. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other jurisdictions in the future. Although you may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some jurisdictions because your income from that jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment requirement, you might be required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in other jurisdictions in which we do business or own property, now or in the future, and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please see “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Entity-Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, the general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.
 
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as United States federal tax returns, that may be required of him. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.


165


Table of Contents

 
INVESTMENT IN TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things, consideration should be given to:
 
  •  whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;
 
  •  whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and
 
  •  whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please see “Material Tax Consequences — Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors.”
 
The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.
 
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and also IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.
 
In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:
 
(a) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities — i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under some provisions of the federal securities laws;
 
(b) the entity is an “operating company,” — i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or
 
(c) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above, IRAs and other employee benefit plans not subject to ERISA, including governmental plans.
 
Our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) above.
 
Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.


166


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint bookrunning managers of the offering and representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriter
  Common Units  
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
             
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. 
       
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
       
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
Sanders Morris Harris Inc. 
       
         
Total
    16,800,000  
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the units included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the units (other than those covered by their option to purchase additional units described below) if they purchase any of the units.
 
The underwriters propose to offer some of the units directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of the prospectus and some of the units to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $      per unit. If all of the units are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of our units offered by them.
 
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,520,000 additional common units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional units approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.
 
We, our general partner, all of the officers and directors of our general partner and our principal beneficial unitholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., dispose of or hedge any of our common units or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.


167


Table of Contents

 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. The release of any lock-up is considered on a case by case basis. Factors in deciding whether to release common units may include the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of units involved, the reason for the requested release, market conditions, the trading price of our common units, historical trading volumes of our common units and whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or affiliate of us.
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common units for sale at the initial offering price to persons who are directors, officers and employees of our general partner, or who are otherwise associated with us through a directed unit program. The number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed units purchased by participants in the program. Any directed units not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other common units offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed units. Participants in the directed unit program who purchase more than $100,000 worth of directed units will be subject to a 180 day lock-up agreement following this offering.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units will be determined by negotiations between our general partner and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded partnerships considered comparable to our partnership. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the units will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common units will develop and continue after this offering.
 
Our common units have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NGLS”.
 
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
 
                 
    No Exercise     Full Exercise  
 
Per unit
  $                $             
Total
  $                $             
 
We will pay a structuring fee equal to an aggregate of 0.40% of the gross proceeds from this offering, or approximately $1.3 million, to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch & Co. for evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.
 
We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees, will be approximately $4.0 million.
 
In connection with the offering, the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell common units in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common units in excess of the number of units to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of units made in an amount up to the number of units represented by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. In determining the source of units to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through their option to purchase additional common units. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has


168


Table of Contents

been completed or the exercise of their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of units in excess of their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of units in the open market while the offering is in progress.
 
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when an underwriter repurchases units originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.
 
Any of these activities, as well as purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. They may also cause the price of the units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
 
The underwriters have performed from time to time and are performing investment banking and advisory services for Targa for which they have received and will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated own an approximate 6.6% fully diluted, indirect ownership interest in Targa. Affiliates of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are lenders under Targa’s credit facility, a portion of which will be repaid using the net proceeds from this offering that are paid to Targa. In addition, affiliates of some of the underwriters are lenders under our new credit facility.
 
We have entered into swap transactions with affiliates of Goldman, Sachs, & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. For a description of these transactions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk.” We have agreed to pay these counterparties a fee in an amount we believe to be customary in connection with these transactions.
 
In addition, the underwriters or their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in other transactions with and perform other services for Targa or us in the ordinary course of their business.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of units to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate units to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, units may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell units to online brokerage account holders.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as an underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
We, our general partner and Targa have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
 
Because the National Association of Securities Dealers views the units offered by this prospectus as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2810 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.


169


Table of Contents

 
VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS
 
The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P., Houston, Texas.
 
EXPERTS
 
The financial statements of Targa North Texas LP as of December 31, 2005 and for the two months then ended, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to significant transactions with related parties described in Note 9 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The financial statements of the North Texas System as of December 31, 2004 and for the ten months ended October 31, 2005, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to significant transactions with related parties described in Note 9 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The financial statements of Targa Resources Partners, LP as of October 23, 2006 and Targa Resources GP, LLC as of October 23, 2006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s web site.
 
We intend to furnish our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each of our fiscal years.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology including “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” or other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or state other “forward-looking” information. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. The risk factors and other factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.


170


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
     
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP AUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
  F-9
  F-11
  F-12
  F-13
  F-14
  F-15
     
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
  F-29
  F-30
  F-31
  F-32
  F-33
     
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP AUDITED BALANCE SHEET
   
  F-40
  F-41
  F-42
     
TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC AUDITED BALANCE SHEET
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-43
  F-44
  F-45


F-1


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Introduction
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information has been prepared by applying pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Formation Transactions described elsewhere in this prospectus to the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of Targa North Texas LP, which owns the North Texas System. We refer to the results of operation of the North Texas System as results of operation of the Predecessor Business. Targa Resources Partners LP (the “Partnership”) will own and operate the Predecessor Business effective with the closing of this initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements for the Partnership have been derived from the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor Business and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such historical combined financial statements and the related notes contained therein. The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2005 combines the results of operations reflected in the audited financial statements of the Predecessor Business for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 with the results of operations for the two months ended December 31, 2005. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes accompanying these pro forma combined financial statements and with the historical combined financial statements and related notes of Predecessor Business set forth elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement and comprehensive income were derived by adjusting the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor Business. The adjustments were based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had assumed the operations of the Predecessor Business on the dates indicated or which would be obtained in the future.


F-2


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
September 30, 2006
 
                         
    Predecessor
    Formation
       
    Business
    Transaction
    Partnership
 
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (in millions of dollars)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets
                       
Cash
  $     $ 336.0  (a)   $  
              (20.7 )(b)        
              (4.0 )(c)        
              342.5  (d)        
              (4.2 )(e)        
              (649.6 )(f)        
Trade receivables
    1.2               1.2  
Inventory
    0.6               0.6  
Assets from risk management activities
    15.1       (0.7 )(g)     14.4  
                         
Total current assets
  $ 16.9     $ (0.7 )   $ 16.2  
                         
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 1,073.0             $ 1,073.0  
Intangible assets, net and deferred charges
    18.9       4.2  (e)     4.2  
              (18.9 )(g)        
Long-term assets from risk management activities
    17.5             17.5  
                         
Total assets
  $ 1,126.3     $ (15.4 )   $ 1,110.9  
                         
 
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
Current liabilities
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 2.1     $       $ 2.1  
Accrued liabilities
    27.9               27.9  
Current maturities of long term debt
    4.9       (4.9 )(g)      
Liabilities from risk management activities
                   
                         
Total current liabilities
  $ 34.9     $ (4.9 )   $ 30.0  
                         
Long-term debt
  $ 860.3     $ (649.6 )(f)   $ 342.5  
              (210.7 )(g)        
            342.5  (d)        
Deferred income tax
    2.3               2.3  
Other long-term liabilities
    1.6               1.6  
                         
Total long term liabilities
  $ 864.2     $ (517.8 )   $ 346.4  
                         
Partners’ capital excluding accumulated other comprehensive income
    194.8       (194.8 )(g)        
Common unitholders
          336.0  (a)     311.3  
              (20.7 )(b)        
              (4.0 )(c)        
Subordinated unitholders
          372.8  (g)     372.8  
General partner interest
          18.7  (g)     18.7  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    32.4       (0.7 )(g)     31.7  
                         
Total liabilities and partners’ capital
  $ 1,126.3     $ (15.4 )   $ 1,110.9  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements


F-3


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT
Year ended December 31, 2005
 
                                                 
    Predecessor Business Historical                          
    Ten Months
    Two Months
                         
    Ended
    Ended
                Formation
       
    October 31,
    December 31,
    Basis
          Transaction
    Partnership
 
    2005     2005     Adjustment     Combined     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (in millions of dollars, except units and per unit data)  
 
Operating revenues:
  $ 293.3     $ 75.1     $     $ 368.4     $     $ 368.4  
                                                 
Costs and expenses:
                                               
Product purchases
    210.8       54.9             265.7             265.7  
Operating expenses
    18.0       3.5             21.5             21.5  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    11.3       9.2       34.3  (h)     54.8             54.8  
General and administrative expense
    7.3       1.1             8.4             8.4  
                                                 
Total costs and expenses
    247.4       68.7       34.3       350.4             350.4  
                                                 
Income from operations
    45.9       6.4       (34.3 )     18.0             18.0  
Other expense:
                                               
Interest expense allocated from parent
          11.5             11.5       (11.5 )(i)      
Other interest expense
                            24.8  (i)     24.8  
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 45.9     $ (5.1 )   $ (34.3 )   $ 6.5     $ (13.3 )   $ (6.8 )
                                                 
General partner’s interest in net income (loss)
                                          $ (0.1 )
                                                 
Limited partners’ interest in net income (loss)
                                          $ (6.7 )
                                                 
Net income (loss) per limited partner unit
                                          $ (0.24 )
                                                 
Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding
                                            28,328,231  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements


F-4


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENT
Nine months ended September 30, 2006
 
                         
    Predecessor
    Formation
       
    Business
    Transaction
    Partnership
 
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (in millions of dollars, except units and per unit data)  
 
Operating revenues
  $ 290.9             $ 290.9  
                         
Costs and expenses:
                       
Product purchases
    205.2               205.2  
Operating expense
    17.9               17.9  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    41.7               41.7  
General and administrative expense
    5.1               5.1  
                         
Total costs and expenses
    269.9             269.9  
                         
Income from operations
    21.0             21.0  
Other (income) expense
                       
Interest expense allocated from parent
    54.4       (54.4 )(i)      
Other interest expense
          18.6  (i)     18.6  
Deferred income tax expense
    2.0               2.0  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (35.4 )   $ 35.8     $ 0.4  
                         
General partner’s interest in net income
                  $  
                         
Limited partners’ interest in net income
                  $ 0.4  
                         
Net income per limited partner unit
                  $ 0.01  
                         
Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding
                    28,328,231  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements


F-5


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Basis of Presentation, the Offering and Formation Transactions
 
The historical financial information is derived from the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor Business. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information has been prepared by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical audited and unaudited financial statements of Targa North Texas LP. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions to be effected at the closing of this offering had taken place on September 30, 2006, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, or as of January 1, 2005, in the case of the pro forma income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
The pro forma financial statements reflect certain of the Formation Transactions that are discussed elsewhere in this prospectus as follows:
 
  •  Targa will contribute the North Texas System to us;
 
  •  we will issue to Targa 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing a 39.9% limited partner interest in us;
 
  •  we will issue to our general partner, Targa Resources GP LLC, 578,127 general partner units representing its initial 2% general partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which incentive distribution rights will entitle our general partner to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.3881 per unit per quarter;
 
  •  we will issue 16,800,000 common units to the public in this offering, representing a 58.1% limited partner interest in us, and will use the proceeds to pay expenses associated with this offering, the Formation Transactions, and our new credit facility and to pay $307.1 million to Targa to retire a portion of our affiliate indebtedness;
 
  •  we will borrow approximately $342.5 million under our new $500 million credit facility, the proceeds of which will be paid to Targa to retire an additional portion of our affiliate indebtedness; and
 
  •  the remaining affiliate indebtedness will be retired and treated as a capital contribution to us.
 
Our affiliate indebtedness consists of borrowings incurred by Targa and allocated to us for financial reporting purposes as well as intercompany indebtedness to be contributed to us together with the North Texas System.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we anticipate incurring incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.5 million per year. These estimated incremental expenses relate to being a publicly traded limited partnership and include compensation and benefit expenses of our executive management personnel, costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not reflect this anticipated incremental general and administrative expense.
 
2.   Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions
 
(a) Reflects the gross proceeds to us of $336.0 million from the issuance and sale of 16,800,000 common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per unit.
 
(b) Reflects payment of estimated underwriting discounts and structuring fees of $20.7 million, which will be allocated to the common units.
 
(c) Reflects payment of $4.0 million in estimated expenses associated with this offering and the other Formation Transactions, which will be allocated to the common units.
 
(d) Reflects approximately $342.5 million of borrowings by us under our new credit facility.
 
(e) Reflects estimated fees and expenses of $4.2 million associated with our new credit facility.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(f) Reflects the payment to Targa of the net proceeds from the offering and borrowings under our new credit facility to retire affiliate indebtedness as follows (in millions):
 
         
Gross proceeds from sale of common units
  $ 336.0  
Borrowings under our new credit facility
    342.5  
Discounts, fees and other offering expenses
    (24.7 )
Estimated fees and expenses of new credit facility
    4.2  
         
Total reduction in affiliate indebtedness
  $ 649.6  
         
 
(g) Reflects the retirement of the remaining affiliate indebtedness and the corresponding increase in Targa’s capital contribution to us. Also reflects the contribution to us by Targa of the Predecessor Business in exchange for our general partner units and subordinated limited partner units.
 
         
Calculation of Targa’s equity contribution (in millions):
       
Affiliate indebtedness
  $ 865.2  
Total reduction in affiliate indebtedness
    (649.6 )
Remaining affiliate indebtedness (including current portion) retired and contributed to us
    215.6  
Total partner capital excluding accumulated other comprehensive income
    194.8  
Unamortized allocated debt issue costs
    (18.9 )
         
Equity contribution of Targa
  $ 391.5  
         
     
Targa’s capital is allocated as follows (in millions):
       
$372.8 million for 11,528,231 subordinated units
       
$18.7 million for 578,127 general partner units
       
 
(h) Reflects on a net basis the depreciation expense adjustment to give effect as of January 1, 2005 to the increase in carrying value of our property, plant and equipment due to the purchase price allocation of the DMS Acquisition calculated as follows (in millions):
 
         
Depreciation on stepped-up basis
  $ 54.8  
Depreciation recorded
    (20.5 )
         
Pro forma adjustment for additional depreciation
  $ 34.3  
         
 
(i) Reflects the reversal of interest associated with allocated debt and interest expense under the new credit facility discussed in (d) as though the borrowing occurred effective January 1, 2005. Interest expense is calculated assuming an estimated annual interest rate of 7%. A one percentage point change in the interest rate would change pro forma interest expense by $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

3.   Pro Forma Net Income Per Unit
 
Pro forma net income per unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income that would have been allocated to the common and subordinated unitholders, which is 98% of the pro forma net income, by the number of common and subordinated units expected to be outstanding (28,328,231). All units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2005. Basic and diluted pro forma net income per unit are equivalent as there are no dilutive units at the date of closing of the offering. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, to the extent that the quarterly distributions exceed certain targets, the general partner is entitled to receive certain incentive distributions that will result in more net income proportionately being allocated to the general partner than to the holders of common and subordinated units. The pro forma net income per unit calculations assume that no incentive distributions were made to the general partner because no such distribution would have been paid based upon the pro forma available cash from operating surplus for the periods.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Partners of Targa North Texas LP:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheet and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of changes in partners’ capital/net parent equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Targa North Texas LP (the “Partnership”) at December 31, 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the two months ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
As discussed in Note 9 to the financial statements, the Partnership has engaged in significant transactions with other subsidiaries of its parent company, Targa Resources Inc., a related party.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Houston, Texas
November 13, 2006


F-9


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Partners of Targa North Texas LP:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of changes in partners’ capital/net parent equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the North Texas System (“TNT LP Predecessor”) at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the ten months ended October 31, 2005, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
As discussed in Note 9 to the financial statements, the North Texas System has engaged in significant transactions with other subsidiaries of its parent company, Dynegy Inc., a related party.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Houston, Texas
November 13, 2006


F-10


Table of Contents

TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                   
    December 31,  
    2005       2004  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
ASSETS (Collateral for Parent debt — See Note 6)
                 
Current assets:
                 
Trade receivables, net of allowances of $0 and $15
  $ 1,525       $ 1,185  
Inventory
    1,155         423  
Assets from risk management activities
    34          
Deposits
    630         691  
                   
Total current assets
    3,344         2,299  
                   
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost
    1,106,107         337,046  
Accumulated depreciation
    (9,126 )       (145,856 )
                   
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    1,096,981         191,190  
                   
Debt issue costs allocated from Parent
    22,494          
Long-term assets from risk management activities
    24          
                   
Total assets (collateral for Parent debt — See Note 6)
  $ 1,122,843       $ 193,489  
                   
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL/NET PARENT EQUITY
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable
  $ 2,145       $ 4,324  
Accrued liabilities
    30,595         18,458  
Current maturities of debt allocated from Parent
    4,932          
Liabilities from risk management activities
    53          
                   
Total current liabilities
    37,725         22,782  
                   
Long-term debt allocated from Parent
    863,960          
Long-term liabilities from risk management activities
    72            
Other long-term liabilities
    1,541         1,897  
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 7)
               
Partners’ capital/net parent equity:
                 
General partner
    109,772            
Limited partner
    109,773          
Net parent equity
            168,810  
                   
Total partners’ capital/net parent equity
    219,545         168,810  
                   
Total liabilities and partners’ capital/net parent equity
  $ 1,122,843       $ 193,489  
                   
 
See notes to combined financial statements


F-11


Table of Contents

TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                   
            TNT LP
 
    TNT LP       Predecessor  
            Ten
       
    Two Months
      Months
       
    Ended
      Ended
       
    December 31,       October 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2005       2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
Revenues from third parties
  $ 22,192       $ 8,732     $ 12,039     $ 10,736  
Revenues from affiliates
    52,952         284,603       246,516       186,025  
                                   
Total operating revenues
    75,144         293,335       258,555       196,761  
                                   
                   
Costs and expenses:
                                 
Product purchases from third parties
    54,981         209,835       182,234       147,074  
Product purchases from affiliates
    11         1,024       278       266  
Operating expense
    3,494         18,035       17,702       15,084  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    9,150         11,262       12,201       11,992  
General and administrative expense
    1,063         7,273       7,230       7,652  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
            (32 )     329       (5 )
                                   
      68,699         247,397       219,974       182,063  
                                   
Income from operations
    6,445         45,938       38,581       14,698  
Other expense:
                                 
Interest expense allocated from parent
    (11,542 )                    
                                   
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (5,097 )       45,938       38,581       14,698  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                        (567 )
                                   
Net income (loss)
    (5,097 )       45,938       38,581       14,131  
                   
Other comprehensive income:
                                 
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
    (99 )                    
Reclassification adjustment for settled periods
    32                      
                                   
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (5,164 )     $ 45,938     $ 38,581     $ 14,131  
                                   
 
See notes to combined financial statements


F-12


Table of Contents

TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL/NET PARENT EQUITY
 
                                 
                Targa North
       
    Targa North Texas LP     Texas LP
       
    General
    Limited
    Predecessor
       
    Partner     Partner     Equity     Total  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
  $  —     $  —     $ 167,345     $ 167,345  
Distributions
     —        —       (16,674 )     (16,674 )
Net income
     —        —       14,131       14,131  
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2003
     —        —     $ 164,802     $ 164,802  
Distributions
     —        —       (34,573 )     (34,573 )
Net income
     —        —       38,581       38,581  
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2004
     —        —       168,810       168,810  
Distributions
     —        —       (56,268 )     (56,268 )
Net income
     —        —       45,938       45,938  
                                 
Balance, October 31, 2005
     —        —       158,480       158,480  
                                 
Initial contribution
    109,939       109,940        —       219,879  
Other contributions
    2,415       2,415        —       4,830  
Other comprehensive loss
    (34 )     (33 )      —       (67 )
Net loss
    (2,548 )     (2,549 )      —       (5,097 )
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ 109,772     $ 109,773     $  —     $ 219,545  
                                 
 
See notes to combined financial statements


F-13


Table of Contents

TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    Two Months
      Ten Months
             
    Ended
      Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
      October 31,
    December 31,  
    2005       2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
Cash flows from operating activities
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (5,097 )     $ 45,938     $ 38,581     $ 14,131  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                 
Depreciation
    9,150         11,262       12,201       11,992  
Accretion
    35         187       204       197  
Noncash amortization of debt issue costs allocated from Parent
    848                      
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
            (32 )     329       (5 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                        567  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                 
Accounts receivable
    (60 )       (280 )     683       (688 )
Inventory
    (1,155 )       423       87       (331 )
Other assets
    10         51       (574 )     18  
Accounts payable
    (845 )       (1,334 )     2,658       963  
Other liabilities
    (4,357 )       16,490       3,850       4,504  
                                   
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (1,471 )       72,705       58,019       31,348  
                                   
Cash flows from investing activities
                                 
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment
    (2,134 )       (16,469 )     (23,664 )     (14,748 )
Proceeds from asset sales
    8         32       218       74  
                                   
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,126 )       (16,437 )     (23,446 )     (14,674 )
                                   
Cash flows from financing activities
                                 
Contributions (distributions)
    3,597         (56,268 )     (34,573 )     (16,674 )
                                   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    3,597         (56,268 )     (34,573 )     (16,674 )
                                   
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
                         
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $       $     $     $  
                                   
Supplemental cash flow information:
                                 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                                 
Property, plant, and equipment allocated from Parent
  $ 907,634       $     $     $  
Debt issue costs allocated from Parent
    23,342                      
Long-term debt allocated from Parent
    870,125                     —   
 
See notes to combined financial statements


F-14


Table of Contents

Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
 
Note 1 — Organization and Operations
 
Targa North Texas LP (“TNT LP”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on November 28, 2005 to control, manage and operate Targa Resources Inc. (“Targa Resources”)’s North Texas System. TNT LP is owned 50% by its general partner, Targa North Texas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and 50% by its sole limited partner, Targa LP Inc., a Delaware corporation. The partnership agreement requires all items of income and expense, and all distributions to be allocated among the partners in accordance with their ownership ratios. The general partner and limited partner are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Targa Resources.
 
Targa Resources acquired the North Texas System on October 31, 2005 as part of its acquisition of substantially all of Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”)’s midstream natural gas business (the “DMS acquisition”). On December 1, 2005, in a series of transactions, Targa Resources conveyed the North Texas System to TNT LP.
 
Prior to October 31, 2005, the North Texas System was owned by an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Dynegy, and is presented in these financial statements as “TNT LP Predecessor”.
 
The North Texas System consists of two wholly-owned natural gas processing plants and an extensive network of integrated gathering pipelines that serve a 14 county natural gas producing region in the Fort Worth Basin in North Central Texas. The natural gas processing facilities comprised the Chico processing and fractionation facilities and the Shackelford processing facility.
 
Note 2 — Basis of Presentation
 
Targa Resources’ conveyance of the North Texas System to TNT LP has been accounted for as a transfer of assets between entities under common control in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 141, “Business Combinations.” Therefore, Targa Resources’ results of the North Texas System from November 1, 2005 to December 1, 2005 have been combined with TNT LP’s results subsequent to December 1, 2005 as TNT LP’s combined results for the two months ended December 31, 2005. Additionally, TNT LP’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the two months ended December 31, 2005 reflect Targa Resources’ allocation of the fair value of the North Texas Assets and indebtedness related to the DMS acquisition (See Note 4 and Note 6).
 
The accompanying financial statements and related notes present TNT LP’s financial position as of December 31, 2005; TNT LP’s results of operations, cash flows and changes in partners’ capital for the two months ended December 31, 2005; the combined financial position of TNT LP Predecessor as of December 31, 2004; and the combined results of operations, cash flows and changes in net equity of parent of TNT LP Predecessor for the ten months ended October 31, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. TNT LP’s financial data has been separated from the TNT LP Predecessor financial data by a bold black line.
 
In the accompanying financial statements and related notes, references to the “Parent” are to Dynegy as of and prior to October 31, 2005, and to Targa Resources subsequent to October 31, 2005.
 
Throughout the periods covered by the combined financial statements, the Parent has provided cash management services to TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor through a centralized treasury system. As a result, all of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s charges and cost allocations covered by the centralized treasury system were deemed to have been paid to the Parent in cash, during the period in which the cost was recorded in the combined financial statements. In addition, cash receipts advanced by the Parent in excess/deficit of charges and cash allocations are reflected as contributions from/distributions to the Parent in the combined statements of partners’ capital/net parent equity. As a result of this accounting treatment, TNT LP’s working capital does not reflect any affiliate accounts receivable for intercompany commodity


F-15


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

sales or any affiliate accounts payable for personnel and services and for intercompany product purchases. Consequently, TNT LP had a negative working capital balance of $34.4 million at December 31, 2005. Despite the negative working capital balance, on a combined basis, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor generated operating cash flow of $71.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. Such cash flow was sufficient to fund investing cash flow of $18.6 million and distributions to the Parent of $52.7 million during the period.
 
TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor have been allocated general and administrative expenses incurred by the Parent in order to present financial statements on a stand-alone basis. See Note 9 for a discussion of the amounts and method of allocation. All of the allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted had TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor been operated as stand-alone entities.
 
Note 3 — Significant Accounting Policies
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents.   See centralized cash management in Note 9 — Related Party Transactions.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations.  TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor account for asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) using SFAS 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” as interpreted by FIN 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.” Asset retirement obligations are legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset that result from the asset’s acquisition, construction, development and/or normal operation. An ARO is initially measured at its estimated fair value. Upon initial recognition of an ARO, an entity records an increase to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and an offsetting ARO liability. The combined cost of the asset and the capitalized asset retirement obligation is depreciated using a systematic and rational allocation method over the period during which the long-lived asset is expected to provide benefits. After the initial period of ARO recognition, the ARO will change as a result of either the passage of time or revisions to the original estimates of either the amounts of estimated cash flows or their timing. Changes due to the passage of time increase the carrying amount of the liability because there are fewer periods remaining from the initial measurement date until the settlement date; therefore, the present value of the discounted future settlement amount increases. These changes are recorded as a period cost called accretion expense. Upon settlement, AROs will be extinguished by the entity at either the recorded amount or the entity will incur a gain or loss on the difference between the recorded amount and the actual settlement cost. TNT LP Predecessor adopted SFAS 143 on January 1, 2003. See Note 7 for information regarding TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s AROs.
 
Segment Information.  SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. TNT LP operates in one segment only, the natural gas gathering and processing segment, as did TNT LP Predecessor.
 
Comprehensive Income.  Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income, which includes unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments that are designated as hedges.
 
Debt Issue Costs.  Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt are capitalized and charged to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
 
Environmental Liabilities.  Liabilities for loss contingencies, including environmental remediation costs, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are charged to expense when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

Income Taxes.  TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor are not subject to federal income taxes. As a result, their earnings or losses for federal income tax purposes have been included in the tax returns of their individual partners or owners.
 
Natural Gas Imbalances.  Quantities of natural gas over-delivered or under-delivered related to operational balancing agreements are recorded monthly as inventory using weighted average prices at the time the imbalance was created. Monthly, gas imbalances receivable are valued at the lower of cost or market, gas imbalances payable are valued at replacement cost. These imbalances are typically settled in the following month with deliveries or receipts of natural gas. Certain contracts require cash settlement of imbalances on a current basis. Under these contracts, imbalance cash-outs are recorded as a sale or purchase of natural gas, as appropriate.
 
Price Risk Management (Hedging).  TNT LP accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended. Under SFAS 133, all derivative instruments not qualifying for the normal purchases and sales exception are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, or is not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings. If a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting and is designated as a hedge, the effective portion of the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”), a component of partners’ capital, and reclassified to earnings when the forecasted transaction occurs.
 
The relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item must be highly effective in achieving the offset of changes in cash flows attributable to the hedged risk both at the inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when a hedge instrument becomes ineffective. Gains and losses deferred in OCI related to cash flow hedges for which hedge accounting has been discontinued remain deferred until the forecasted transaction occurs. If it is probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, deferred gains or losses on the hedging instrument are reclassified to earnings immediately.
 
TNT LP’s policy is to formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and the manner in which the hedging instrument’s effectiveness will be assessed. At the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, TNT LP will assess whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is measured on a quarterly basis. Any ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is reclassified to earnings in the current period.
 
TNT LP Predecessor did not engage in hedging activities.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment.  Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated service lives of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s functional asset groups are as follows:
 
         
    Range of
 
Asset Group
  Years  
 
Natural gas gathering systems and processing facilities
    15 to 25  
Office and miscellaneous equipment
    3 to 7  
 
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenditures to refurbish assets that extend the useful lives or prevent environmental contamination are capitalized and depreciated over the


F-17


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

remaining useful life of the asset. Upon disposition or retirement of property, plant, and equipment, any gain or loss is charged to operations.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.  Management reviews property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The carrying amount is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted sum of the cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Estimates of expected future cash flows represent management’s best estimate based on reasonable and supportable assumptions. If the carrying amount is not recoverable, the impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Management assesses the fair value of long-lived assets using commonly accepted techniques, and may use more than one method, including, but not limited to, recent third party comparable sales, internally developed discounted cash flow analysis and analysis from outside advisors. There were no indicators of asset impairments as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
Revenue Recognition.  TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s primary types of sales and service activities reported as operating revenue include:
 
  •  sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate; and
 
  •  natural gas processing, from which we generate revenue through the compression, gathering, treating, and processing of natural gas.
 
TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor recognize revenue associated when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
For processing services, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor receive either fees or a percentage of commodities as payment for these services, depending on the type of contract. Under percent-of-proceeds contracts, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor are paid for their services by keeping a percentage of the NGLs extracted and the residue gas resulting from processing natural gas. In percent-of-proceeds arrangements, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor remit either a percentage of the proceeds received from the sales of residue gas and NGLs or a percentage of the residue gas or NGLs at the tailgate of the plant to the producer. Under the terms of percent-of-proceeds and similar contracts, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor may purchase the producer’s share of the processed commodities for resale or deliver the commodities to the producer at the tailgate of the plant. Percent-of-value and percent-of-liquids contracts are variations on this arrangement. Under keep-whole contracts, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor keep the NGLs extracted and return the processed natural gas or value of the natural gas to the producer. Natural gas or NGLs that TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor receive for services or purchase for resale are in turn sold and recognized in accordance with the criteria outlined above. Under fee based contracts, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor receive a fee-based on throughput volumes.
 
TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor generally report revenues gross in the combined statements of operations, in accordance with EITF Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Except for fee-based contracts, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor act as the principal in these transactions where we receive commodities, take title to the natural gas and NGLs, and incur the risks and rewards of ownership.
 
Use of Estimates.  TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect their reported financial position and results of operations. Management reviews significant estimates and judgments affecting the combined financial statements on a recurring basis and records the effect of any necessary adjustments prior to their publication. Estimates and judgments are based on information available at the time such estimates and


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (1) estimating unbilled revenues and operating and general and administrative costs (2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (4) estimating the useful lives of assets and (5) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ materially from estimated amounts.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,” which clarifies the types of costs that should be expensed rather than capitalized as inventory. SFAS 151 also clarifies the circumstances under which fixed overhead costs associated with operating facilities involved in inventory processing should be capitalized. The provisions of SFAS 151 are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. TNT LP’s adoption of SFAS 151 will have no effect on its financial statements.
 
In December 2004, the FASB released its final revised standard entitled SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which will significantly change accounting practice with respect to employee stock options and other stock based compensation. SFAS 123(R) requires companies to recognize, as an operating expense, the estimated fair value of share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options. Because TNT LP does not have any employees, its adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006 will only be affected by the allocation of stock-based compensation cost by the Parent. Such allocation is not expected to have a material effect on TNT LP’s financial statements.
 
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle by requiring voluntary changes in accounting principles to be reported using retrospective application, unless impracticable to do so. It also applies to changes required by an accounting pronouncement in the unusual instance that the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. Application is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Early adoption is permitted. TNT LP’s financial statements will not be impacted by SFAS 154.
 
In September 2005, the FASB ratified the consensus on Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 04-13, “Accounting for Purchases and Sale of Inventory With the Same Counterparty.” EITF 04-13 relates to an entity that may sell inventory to another entity in the same line of business from which it also purchases inventory. This guidance is effective for new (including renegotiated or modified) inventory arrangements entered into in the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after March 15, 2006. TNT LP’s adoption of EITF 04-13 on April 1, 2006 will have no effect on its financial statements.
 
In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS 157 “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the Board having previously concluded in these accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. TNT LP has not yet determined the impact this interpretation will have on its financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”). Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes


F-19


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006, and early application is encouraged. SAB 108 will have no effect on TNT LP’s results of operations or financial position.
 
Note 4 — Change of Control
 
On October 31, 2005, Targa Resources completed the DMS acquisition for $2,452 million in cash. Approximately $1,067 million of the total purchase price was allocated to the net assets of the North Texas System. Additionally, $870.1 million of Targa Resources’ acquisition-related long-term debt (see Note 6) and $23.3 million in associated debt issue costs were allocated to the North Texas System. The following presents the portion of the purchase price and related long-term debt and debt issue costs allocated to the North Texas System based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
 
         
Current assets
  $ 2,105  
Property, plant, and equipment
    1,104,000  
Debt issue costs
    23,342  
Current liabilities
    (37,937 )
Long-term debt
    (870,125 )
Asset retirement obligations
    (1,506 )
         
Initial contribution
  $ 219,879  
         
 
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations of the North Texas System as if the DMS acquisition had been completed on January 1 of the years presented, after including certain pro forma adjustments for interest expense on long-term debt allocated from the Parent, and depreciation and amortization. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2004 or the results of operations that may be obtained in the future.
 
                 
    Pro Forma
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenue
  $ 368,479     $ 258,555  
Product purchases
    (265,851 )     (182,512 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (54,876 )     (54,876 )
Gain (loss) on sale of assets
    32       (329 )
Other operating expense
    (29,865 )     (24,932 )
                 
Income (loss) from operations
    17,919       (4,094 )
Interest expense
    (69,252 )     (69,252 )
                 
Net loss
  $ (51,333 )   $ (73,346 )
                 


F-20


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 5 — Property, Plant, and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation were as follows at the dates indicated:
 
                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    December 31,
      December 31,
 
    2005       2004  
    (in thousands)  
Gathering and processing systems
  $ 1,078,402       $ 322,749  
Other property and equipment
    27,705         14,297  
                   
      1,106,107         337,046  
Accumulated depreciation
    (9,126 )       (145,856 )
                   
    $ 1,096,981       $ 191,190  
                   
 
Note 6 — Long-Term Debt
 
TNT LP’s long-term debt, all of which has been allocated from the Parent, consisted of the following at the dates indicated:
 
                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    December 31,
      December 31,
 
    2005       2004  
    (in thousands)  
Outstanding debt
  $ 868,892       $  
Current maturities of debt
    (4,932 )        
                   
Long-term debt
  $ 863,960       $ —   
                   
 
Allocation of Long-Term Debt from the Parent
 
The Parent debt was allocated to identifiable assets groups which collateralize the debt based on the value of the acquired assets. The collateralization base includes all the Parent’s assets and equity interests. The senior unsecured notes were allocated to identifiable tangible asset groups that are guarantors of the notes.
 
The following table presents the components of Parent’s acquisition-related debt that have been allocated to TNT LP, as of December 31, 2005 (in thousands).
 
         
    Allocated to
 
    TNT LP  
 
Senior secured term loan facility, variable rate, due October 2011
  $ 491,894  
Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, variable rate, due October 2007
    276,151  
Senior unsecured notes, 81/2% fixed rate, due November 2013
    100,847  
         
Total principal amount
    868,892  
Less current maturities of debt
    (4,932 )
         
Long-term debt
  $ 863,960  
         


F-21


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table presents information regarding variable interest rates paid on the Parent debt for the two months ended December 31, 2005.
 
         
    Range of
  Weighted average
    interest rates paid   interest rate paid
 
Senior secured term loan facility
  6.34% to 6.64%   6.49%
Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility
  6.34% to 6.83%   6.59%
 
Interest expense on long-term debt allocated to TNT LP is settled through an adjustment to partners’ capital (see Note 9 — Related Party Transactions).
 
Debt Maturity Table
 
The following table presents the scheduled maturities of principal amounts of the Parent’s long-term debt allocated to TNT LP (in thousands).
 
         
    Allocated to
 
    TNT LP  
 
2006
  $ 4,932  
2007
    281,083  
2008
    4,932  
2009
    4,932  
2010
    4,932  
Thereafter
    568,081  
         
    $ 868,892  
         
 
Critical Terms of Parent Debt Obligations
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility
 
On October 31, 2005, the Parent entered into a $2,500 million senior secured credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions and other institutional lenders. The credit agreement includes a $300 million senior secured letter of credit facility.
 
Borrowings under the senior secured credit agreement, other than the senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility, bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Parent’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (2) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) LIBOR as determined by reference to the costs of funds for dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain statutory reserves. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility is 1.25% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.25% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. Upon repayment of the senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, the margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility will be 1.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility may fluctuate based upon the Parent’s leverage ratio as defined in the credit agreement.
 
The Parent is required to pay a facility fee, quarterly in arrears, to the lenders under the senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility equal to (i) 2.25% of the amount on deposit in the designated deposit account plus (ii) the administrative cost incurred by the deposit account agent for such quarterly period.
 
In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, the Parent is required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% of the currently unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate may fluctuate based upon the Parent’s leverage ratios.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

All obligations under the Parent’s senior secured credit agreement and certain secured hedging arrangements are unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by each of its existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, including TNT LP.
 
All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities and certain secured hedging arrangements, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the following assets, subject to certain exceptions:
 
  •  a pledge of TNT LP’s general partner and limited partner interests; and
 
  •  a security interest in, and mortgages on, TNT LP’s tangible and intangible assets.
 
81/2% Senior Notes due 2013
 
On October 31, 2005 the Parent completed the private placement of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes (“the Notes”).
 
Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 81/2% per annum and is payable in arrears on May 1 and November 1. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprising twelve 30-day months. Additional interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to a registration rights agreement.
 
The Notes are the Parent’s unsecured senior obligations, and are guaranteed by TNT LP, subordinate to its guarantee of the Parent’s borrowings under its senior secured credit facility.
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
In connection with its Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Parent entered into interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $350 million. The interest rate swaps effectively fix the interest rate on $350 million in borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility to a rate of 4.8% plus the applicable LIBOR margin (2.25% at December 31, 2005) through November 2007.
 
The change in fair value of the interest rate swaps, together with the related accumulated other comprehensive income and interest expense has been allocated to TNT LP in the same proportion as the allocation of the Parent’s borrowings under its Senior Secured Credit Facility.
 
Note 7 — Asset Retirement Obligations
 
As part of adopting SFAS 143 on January 1, 2003, TNT LP Predecessor reversed its existing environmental liabilities in the amount of $1.5 million. Because these liabilities were originally recorded in connection with an asset purchase transaction, the reversal resulted in a corresponding reduction in property, plant, and equipment.
 
At January 1, 2003, TNT LP Predecessor’s future ARO for property, plant, and equipment was $1.6 million. Its adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in a cumulative effect charge of $0.6 million, reflecting a $0.3 million decrease in accumulated depreciation offset by $0.9 million in accretion expense. Net of the reduction related to its previously existing environmental liabilities, TNT LP Predecessor’s adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in a $0.8 million decrease in property, plant, and equipment. Adopting SFAS No. 143 did not impact TNT LP Predecessor’s cash flows.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table reflects the changes in TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s AROs during the periods shown.
 
                                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    Two Months Ended
      Ten Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
      October 31,
    December 31,  
    2005       2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands)  
 
                                 
Beginning of period
  $ 2,054       $ 1,897     $ 1,838     $ 1,641  
Liabilities incurred
                         
Change in estimate
    (548 )       (30 )     (145 )      
Accretion expense
    35         187       204       197  
                                   
End of period
  $ 1,541       $ 2,054     $ 1,897     $ 1,838  
                                   
 
In connection with the purchase price allocation for the DMS Acquisition, management revised the estimated remaining lives of TNT LP’s long-lived assets, which together with the revised discount rate as of the acquisition date, resulted in a $0.5 million downward revision in its ARO as of October 31, 2005.
 
Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
Contractual obligations pertain to a natural gas pipeline capacity agreement on certain interstate pipelines entered into during 2005 and AROs. Future non-cancelable commitments related to these obligations are presented below (in millions).
 
                                                 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011+  
 
Capacity payments
  $ 2.5     $ 1.5     $ 1.4     $ 1.4     $ 0.8     $  
AROs
                                  1.5  
                                                 
    $ 2.5     $ 1.5     $ 1.4     $ 1.4     $ 0.8     $ 1.5  
                                                 
 
Total expenses related to capacity payments were $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005 and the ten months ended October 31, 2005, respectively.
 
Environmental
 
For environmental matters, TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor record liabilities when remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 96-1, “Environmental Remediation Liabilities.” Environmental reserves do not reflect management’s assessment of the insurance coverage that may be applicable to the matters at issue. Management has assessed each of the matters based on current information and made a judgment concerning its potential outcome, considering the nature of the claim, the amount and nature of damages sought and the probability of success.
 
TNT LP’s environmental liability at December 31, 2005 was $0.1 million, primarily for ground water assessment and remediation.
 
Litigation Summary
 
TNT LP is not a party to any legal proceeding other than legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business. TNT LP is a party to various administrative and regulatory proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of its business.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 9 — Related-Party Transactions
 
Sales to and purchases from affiliates.  TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor routinely conduct business with other subsidiaries of the Parent. The related transactions result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. In addition, all of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s expenditures are paid through the Parent, resulting in inter-company transactions. Unlike sales transactions with third parties that settle in cash, settlement of these sales transactions occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital/net parent equity.
 
Allocation of costs.  The employees supporting TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s operations are employees of the Parent. TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s financial statements include costs allocated to them by the Parent for centralized general and administrative services performed by the Parent, as well as depreciation of assets utilized by the Parent’s centralized general and administrative functions. Costs were allocated to TNT LP Predecessor based on its proportionate share of the Parent’s assets, revenues and employees. Costs allocated to TNT LP were based on identification of the Parent’s resources which directly benefit TNT LP and its proportionate share of costs based on TNT LP’s estimated usage of shared resources and functions. All of the allocations are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted if TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor had been operated as stand-alone entities. These allocations are not settled in cash. Settlement of these allocations occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital/net parent equity.
 
Allocations of long-term debt, debt issue costs, interest rate swaps and interest expense.  TNT LP’s financial statements include long-term debt, debt issue costs, interest rate swaps and interest expense allocated from the Parent. The allocations were calculated in a manner similar to the acquisition purchase price allocation, and based on the fair value of acquired tangible assets plus related net working capital and unconsolidated equity interests. These allocations are not settled in cash. Settlement of these allocations occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the sales to and purchases from affiliates of the Parent, payments made or received by the Parent on behalf of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor, and allocations of costs from the Parent which are settled through adjustment to partners’ capital/net parent equity. Management believes these transactions are executed on terms that are fair and reasonable.
 
                                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    Two Months
      Ten Months
             
    Ended
      Ended
             
    December 31,
      October 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005       2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands)  
                           
Cash
                                 
Sales to affiliates
  $ (52,952 )     $ (284,603 )   $ (246,516 )   $ (186,025 )
Purchases from affiliates
    11         1,024       278       266  
Payments made/received by the Parent
    44,781         220,038       204,435       161,433  
Parent allocation of interest expense
    10,694                      
Parent allocation of general and administrative expense
    1,063         7,273       7,230       7,652  
                                   
      3,597         (56,268 )     (34,573 )     (16,674 )
                                   
Noncash
                                 
Initial contribution by Parent (see Note 4)
    219,879                      
Parent allocation of debt repayments
    1,233                      
                                   
      221,112                      
                                   
Transactions settled through adjustments to partners’ capital/net parent equity
  $ 224,709       $ (56,268 )   $ (34,573 )   $ (16,674 )
                                   
 
Centralized Cash Management.  The Parent operates a cash management system whereby excess cash from most of their various subsidiaries, held in separate bank accounts, is swept to a centralized account. Cash distributions are deemed to have occurred through partners’ capital/net parent equity, and are reflected as an adjustment to partners’ capital/net parent equity. Deemed net contributions of cash by TNT LP’s parent were $3.6 million for the two months ended December 31, 2005. Net cash distributions to TNT LP Predecessor’s parent were $56.3 million, $34.6 million and $16.7 million for the ten months ended October 31, 2005, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
 
Note 10 — Significant Risks and Uncertainties
 
Nature of Operations in Midstream Energy Industry
 
TNT LP operates in the midstream energy industry. Its business activities include gathering, transporting and processing of natural gas, NGL and crude oil. As such, its results of operations, cash flows and financial condition may be affected by (i) changes in the commodity prices of these hydrocarbon products and (ii) changes in the relative price levels among these hydrocarbon products. In general, the prices of natural gas, NGL, crude oil and other hydrocarbon products are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control.
 
TNT LP’s profitability could be impacted by a decline in the volume of natural gas, NGL and crude oil transported, gathered or processed at its facilities. A material decrease in natural gas or crude oil production or crude oil refining, as a result of depressed commodity prices, a decrease in exploration and


F-26


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

development activities or otherwise, could result in a decline in the volume of natural gas, NGL and crude oil handled by TNT LP’s facilities.
 
A reduction in demand for NGL products by the petrochemical, refining or heating industries, whether because of (i) general economic conditions, (ii) reduced demand by consumers for the end products made with NGL products, (iii) increased competition from petroleum-based products due to the pricing differences, (iv) adverse weather conditions, (v) government regulations affecting commodity prices and production levels of hydrocarbons or the content of motor gasoline or (vi) other reasons, could also adversely affect TNT LP’s results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
Counterparty Risk with Respect to Financial Instruments
 
Where TNT LP is exposed to credit risk in its financial instrument transactions, management analyzes the counterparty’s financial condition prior to entering into an agreement, establishes credit and/or margin limits and monitors the appropriateness of these limits on an ongoing basis. Generally, management does not require collateral and does not anticipate nonperformance by TNT LP’s counterparties.
 
Casualties or Other Risks
 
The Parent maintains coverage in various insurance programs on TNT LP’s behalf, which provides it with property damage, business interruption and other coverages which are customary for the nature and scope of its operations.
 
Management believes that the Parent has adequate insurance coverage, although insurance will not cover every type of interruption that might occur. As a result of insurance market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies have increased substantially, and in some instances, certain insurance may become unavailable, or available for only reduced amounts of coverage. As a result, the Parent may not be able to renew existing insurance policies or procure other desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
 
If TNT LP were to incur a significant liability for which it was not fully insured, it could have a material impact on its combined financial position and results of operations. In addition, the proceeds of any such insurance may not be paid in a timely manner and may be insufficient if such an event were to occur. Any event that interrupts the revenues generated by TNT LP’s combined operations, or which causes TNT LP to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce its ability to meet its financial obligations.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
Targa North Texas LP
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 11 — Subsequent Events
 
Hedging
 
During 2006, TNT LP entered into the following hedging arrangements for a portion of its production:
 
                                     
Period
  Commodity   Type   Daily Volume   Average Price   Index
 
Jul ’06 – Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     3,832     MMBtu   $ 8.27     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jan ’07 – Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     520     MMbtu     7.32     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jan ’07 – Dec ’09
  Natural gas   Swap     383     MMbtu     7.45     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jan ’07 – Dec ’09
  Natural gas   Floor     528     MMbtu     6.71     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jul ’06 – Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     5,711     MMBtu     8.23     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jan ’07 – Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     780     MMbtu     7.18     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jan ’07 – Dec ’09
  Natural gas   Swap     570     MMbtu     7.20     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jan ’07 – Dec ’09
  Natural gas   Floor     790     MMbtu     6.53     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jul ’06 – Dec ’10
  NGL   Swap     2,147     Bbls     0.95     per gallon   MB-OPIS
Jul ’06 – Dec ’10
  Condensate   Swap     255     Bbls     73.05     per barrel   NY-WTI
Jan ’07 – Dec ’10
  Condensate   Swap     120     Bbls     66.31     per Bbl   NY-WTI
Jan ’07 – Dec ’09
  Condensate   Swap     43     Bbls     59.94     per Bbl   NY-WTI
 
These contracts may expose TNT LP to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances. These hedging arrangements provide TNT LP with protection on the hedged volumes if prices decline below the prices at which these hedges were set but, if prices increased, the fixed price nature of the swap-related hedges will cause TNT LP to receive less revenue on the hedged volumes than it would receive in the absence of hedges.
 
Income Taxes
 
On May 18, 2006, the Governor of Texas signed into law House Bill 3 (“HB-3”) which modifies the existing Texas franchise tax law. The modified franchise tax will be computed by subtracting either costs of goods sold or compensation expense, as defined in HB-3, from gross revenue to arrive at a gross margin. The resulting gross margin will be taxed at a one percent tax rate. HB-3 has also expanded the definition of tax paying entities to include limited partnerships thereby now subjecting TNT LP to a new state tax expense. HB-3 becomes effective for activities occurring on or after January 1, 2007. TNT LP believes that this tax should still be accounted for as an income tax, following the provisions of SFAS 109, because it has the characteristics of an income tax.
 
During 2006, TNT LP will record a charge to deferred income tax expense equal to one percent of the difference between the book value and tax value of its property, plant, and equipment.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
 
ASSETS (collateral for Parent debt — See Note 4)
               
Current assets:
               
Trade receivables
  $ 1,156     $ 1,525  
Inventory
    571       1,155  
Assets from risk management activities
    15,144       34  
Deposits
          630  
                 
Total current assets
    16,871       3,344  
                 
Property, plant, and equipment
    1,123,862       1,106,107  
Accumulated depreciation
    (50,857 )     (9,126 )
                 
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    1,073,005       1,096,981  
Debt issue costs allocated from parent
    18,886       22,494  
Long-term assets from risk management activities
    17,558       24  
                 
Total assets (collateral for Parent debt — see Note 4)
  $ 1,126,320     $ 1,122,843  
                 
         
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
    2,135       2,145  
Accrued liabilities
    27,919       30,595  
Current maturities of debt allocated from parent
    4,932       4,932  
Liabilities from risk management activities
          53  
                 
Total current liabilities
    34,986       37,725  
                 
Long-term debt allocated from parent
    860,261       863,960  
Deferred income taxes
    2,262        
Long-term liabilities from risk management activities
          72  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,649       1,541  
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 6)
               
Partners’ capital:
               
General partner
    113,581       109,772  
Limited partner
    113,581       109,773  
                 
Total partners’ capital
    227,162       219,545  
                 
Total liabilities and partners’ capital
  $ 1,126,320     $ 1,122,843  
                 
 
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements


F-29


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    Nine Months
      Nine Months
 
    Ended
      Ended
 
    September 30,
      September 30,
 
    2006       2005  
    (Unaudited)  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
Revenues from third parties
  $ 8,233       $ 7,369  
Revenues from affiliates
    282,657         242,370  
                   
Total operating revenues
    290,890         249,739  
                   
Costs and expenses:
                 
Product purchases from third parties
    204,532         178,174  
Product purchases from affiliates
    670         909  
Operating expense
    17,905         15,823  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    41,713         10,059  
General and administrative expense
    5,137         6,723  
Gain on sale of assets
            (31 )
                   
      269,957         211,657  
                   
Income from operations
    20,933         38,082  
Other expense:
                 
Interest expense allocated from Parent
    (54,369 )        
                   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (33,436 )       38,082  
Deferred income tax expense
    (1,988 )        
                   
Net income (loss)
    (35,424 )       38,082  
Other comprehensive income:
                 
Change in fair value of commodity hedges
    32,370          
Reclassification adjustment for settled periods
    (343 )        
Related income taxes
    (274 )        
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
    921          
Reclassification adjustment for settled periods
    (179 )        
                   
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (2,929 )     $ 38,082  
                   
 
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements


F-30


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
STATEMENT OF PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
 
                         
    General Partner     Limited Partner     Total  
    (Unaudited)  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ 109,772     $ 109,773     $ 219,545  
Contributions
    5,273       5,272       10,545  
Other comprehensive income
    16,248       16,248       32,496  
Net loss
    (17,712 )     (17,712 )     (35,424 )
                         
Balance, September 30, 2006
  $ 113,581     $ 113,581     $ 227,162  
                         
 
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements


F-31


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                   
            TNT LP
 
    TNT LP       Predecessor  
    Nine Months
      Nine Months
 
    Ended
      Ended
 
    September 30,
      September 30,
 
    2006       2005  
    (Unaudited)  
    (in thousands of dollars)  
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (35,424 )     $ 38,082  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash flows provided by operating activities:
                 
Depreciation
    41,713         10,059  
Accretion
    108         168  
Deferred income taxes
    1,988          
Amortization of debt issue costs allocated from Parent
    3,864          
Gain on sale of assets
            (31 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                 
Accounts receivable
    369         (461 )
Inventory
    584         423  
Other assets
    630         46  
Accounts payable
    (10 )       (1,075 )
Other liabilities
    (2,675 )       11,972  
                   
Net cash provided by operating activities
    11,147         59,183  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities
                 
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment
    (17,769 )       (14,252 )
Proceeds from asset sales
    32         31  
                   
Net cash used in investing activities
    (17,737 )       (14,221 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Contributions (distributions)
    6,590         (44,962 )
                   
Net cash provided (used) in financing activities
    6,590         (44,962 )
                   
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
             
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
             
                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $       $  
                   
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
                 
Debt issue cost allocated from Parent
  $ 256       $  
Repayment of long-term debt allocated from Parent
    3,699            
 
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements


F-32


Table of Contents

TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
 
Note 1 — Organization and Basis of Presentation
 
Targa North Texas LP (“TNT LP”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on November 28, 2005 to control, manage and operate Targa Resources Inc. (“Targa Resources”)’s North Texas System. TNT LP is owned 50% by its general partner, Targa North Texas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and 50% by its sole limited partner, Targa LP Inc., a Delaware corporation. The partnership agreement requires all items of income and expense, and all distributions to be allocated among the partners in accordance with their ownership ratios. The general partner and limited partner are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Targa Resources.
 
Targa Resources acquired the North Texas System on October 31, 2005 as part of its acquisition of substantially all of the midstream natural gas business of Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”). On December 1, 2005, in a series of transactions, Targa Resources conveyed the North Texas System to TNT LP.
 
Prior to October 31, 2005, the North Texas System was owned by an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Dynegy, and is presented in these financial statements as “TNT LP Predecessor”.
 
The North Texas System consists of two wholly-owned natural gas processing plants and an extensive network of integrated gathering pipelines that serve a 14 county natural gas producing region in the Fort Worth Basin in North Central Texas. The natural gas processing facilities comprised the Chico processing and fractionation facilities and the Shackelford processing facility.
 
The accompanying unaudited combined financial statements include the results of operations and cash flows of Targa North Texas LP for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and the results of operations and cash flows of the North Texas System derived from the accounts of the TNT LP Predecessor for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.
 
The accompanying unaudited interim combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim combined financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete combined financial statements. In the opinion of management, they contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary to present fairly the financial position as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005; and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 should not be taken as indicative of the results to be expected for the full year due to seasonality of portions of TNT LP’s business and maintenance activities. The interim combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with TNT LP’s combined financial statements and notes for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
In the accompanying financial statements and related notes, references to “Parent” are to Dynegy as of and prior to October 31, 2005, and to Targa Resources subsequent to October 31, 2005.
 
Throughout the periods covered by the combined financial statements, the Parent has provided cash management services to TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor through a centralized treasury system. As a result, all of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s charges and cost allocations covered by the centralized treasury system were deemed to have been paid to the Parent in cash, during the period in which the cost was recorded in the combined financial statements. In addition, cash receipts advanced by the Parent in excess/deficit of charges and cash allocations are reflected as contributions from/distributions to the Parent in the combined statements of partners’ capital/net parent equity. As a result of this accounting treatment, TNT LP’s working capital does not reflect any affiliate accounts receivable for intercompany commodity sales or any affiliate accounts payable for personnel and services and for intercompany product purchases.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Consequently, TNT LP had a negative working capital balance of $18.1 million at September 30, 2006. Despite the negative working capital balance, TNT LP generated sufficient operating cash flow to fund its working capital and allocated debt service requirements.
 
TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor have been allocated general and administrative expenses incurred by the Parent in order to present financial statements on a stand-alone basis. See Note 7 for a discussion of the amounts and method of allocation. All of the allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted had TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor been operated as stand-alone entities.
 
Note 2 — Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
TNT LP adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” on January 1, 2006. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. TNT LP’s adoption of SFAS 154 had no effect on its financial statements.
 
On April 1, 2006 TNT LP adopted the consensus on Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 04-13, “Accounting for Purchases and Sale of Inventory With the Same Counterparty.” EITF 04-13 requires that two or more inventory transactions with the same counterparty should be viewed as a single non-monetary transaction, if the transactions were entered into in contemplation of one another. Exchanges of inventory between entities in the same line of business should be accounted for at fair value or recorded at carrying amounts, depending on the classification of such inventory. TNT LP’s adoption of EITF 04-13 had no effect on its financial statements.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”)” which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax positions, as defined. FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. This interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. TNT LP has not yet determined the impact this interpretation will have on its financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157 “Fair Value Measurements”. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in these accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. TNT LP has not yet determined the impact this interpretation will have on its financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 108 (“SAB 108”). Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006, and early application is encouraged. SAB 108 will have no effect on TNT LP’s financial statements.
 
Note 3 — Change of Control
 
On October 31, 2005, Targa Resources completed the DMS acquisition for $2,452 million in cash. Approximately $1,067 million of the total purchase price was allocated to the net assets of the North Texas


F-34


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

System. Additionally, $870.1 million of Targa Resources’ acquisition-related long-term debt (see Note 4) and $23.3 million in associated debt issue costs were allocated to the North Texas System. The following presents the portion of the purchase price and related long-term debt and debt issue costs allocated to the North Texas System based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
 
         
Current assets
  $ 2,105  
Property, plant, and equipment
    1,104,000  
Debt issue costs
    23,342  
Current liabilities
    (37,937 )
Long-term debt
    (870,125 )
Asset retirement obligations
    (1,506 )
         
Initial contribution
  $ 219,879  
         
 
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations of the North Texas System for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, as if the acquisition from Dynegy had occurred on January 1, 2005, after including certain pro forma adjustments for interest expense on long-term debt allocated from Targa Resources and depreciation and amortization. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2005 or the results of operations that may be obtained in the future.
 
         
    Pro Forma
 
    Nine Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30,
 
    2005  
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenue
  $ 249,739  
Product purchases
    (179,083 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (41,157 )
Gain (loss) on sale of assets
    31  
Other operating expense
    (22,198 )
         
Income from operations
    7,332  
Interest expense
    (51,939 )
         
Net income (loss)
  $ (44,607 )
         


F-35


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 4 — Long-Term Debt
 
The following table presents the components of Targa Resources’ long-term debt that have been allocated to TNT LP at the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Allocated
    Allocated
 
    to TNT LP     to TNT LP  
 
Senior secured term loan facility, variable rate
  $ 488,195     $ 491,894  
Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility, variable rate
    276,151       276,151  
Senior unsecured notes, 81/2% fixed rate
    100,847       100,847  
                 
Subtotal debt
    865,193       868,892  
Current maturities of debt
    (4,932 )     (4,932 )
                 
Long-term debt
  $ 860,261     $ 863,960  
                 
 
The following table presents information regarding variable interest rates paid on the Parent debt for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
         
    Range of
  Weighted average
    interest rates paid   interest rate paid
 
Senior secured term loan facility
  6.6% — 7.7%   7.0%
Senior secured asset sale bridge loan facility
  6.8% — 7.6%   7.1%
 
Note 5 — Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
At September 30, 2006, TNT LP’s accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”) included unrealized gains of $32.7 million ($32.4 million, net of tax) on its open commodity hedges. OCI also included unrealized gains of $0.7 million on interest rate swaps allocated from Targa Resources.
 
At December 31, 2005, TNT LP’s OCI included unrealized losses of $0.1 million on interest rate swaps allocated from Targa Resources.
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, deferred gains of $0.5 million on commodity hedges and $0.2 million on interest rate swaps were reclassified from OCI and credited to income.
 
Based on quoted market prices and rates for future periods as of September 30, 2006, during the next twelve months TNT LP expects to reclassify to earnings deferred net gains of $15.0 million associated with commodity derivatives and $0.6 million associated with interest rate swaps. The amounts ultimately reclassified to earnings will vary depending on the actual realized value upon settlement.
 
TNT LP had the following open derivatives at September 30, 2006:
 
                                   
Period
  Commodity   Type   Notional Amount   Average Price   Index   Fair Value  
                            (in thousands)  
 
Oct ’06—Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     5,871,551   MMBtu   $8.37 per MMBtu   IF-WAHA   $ 7,561  
Oct ’06—Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     8,756,711   MMBtu   8.35 per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC     12,031  
Oct ’06—Dec ’10
  NGL   Swap     3,278,547   Bbls   0.95 per gallon   MB-OPIS     10,404  
Oct ’06—Dec ’10
  Condensate   Swap     386,526   Bbls   73.04 per barrel   NY-WTI     2,032  
                                   
                                32,028  
Oct-06—Nov-07
  Interest rates   Swap   $ 138 million           3m USD LIBOR     674  
                                   
                              $ 32,702  
                                   


F-36


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the balance sheet classification of the fair value of TNT LP’s open commodity derivatives and allocated interest rate swaps at September 30, 2006.
 
         
    (in thousands)  
 
Current assets
  $ 15,144  
Noncurrent assets
    17,558  
Current liabilities
     
Noncurrent liabilities
     
         
    $ 32,702  
         
 
Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
Environmental
 
TNT LP’s environmental liability at September 30, 2006 was $0.1 million, primarily for ground water assessment and remediation.
 
Litigation Summary
 
TNT LP is a party to various legal proceedings and/or regulatory proceedings, and certain claims, suits and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against it. Management believes, all such matters are without merit or involve amounts, which, if resolved unfavorably, would not have a material effect on TNT LP’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
Note 7 — Related-Party Transactions
 
Sales to and purchases from Parent.  TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor routinely conduct business with other subsidiaries of the Parent. Transactions with such subsidiaries result primarily from purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids. In addition, all expenditures of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor were paid through the Parent, resulting in inter-company transactions. Unlike purchase and sales transactions with third parties that settle in cash, settlement of these sales and purchases occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital (net parent equity of TNT LP Predecessor for the nine months ended September 30, 2005).
 
Allocation of Parent long-term debt, debt issue costs, interest rate swaps and interest expense.  TNT LP’s financial statements include long-term debt, debt issue costs, interest rate swaps and interest expense allocated from the Parent. These allocations are not settled in cash. Settlement of these allocations occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital (net parent equity of TNT LP Predecessor for the nine months ended September 30, 2005). See Note 4 and Note 6 to our combined financial statements and notes for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Allocation of Parent costs.  The employees supporting TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s operations are employees of the Parent. TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor’s financial statements include costs allocated to them by the Parent for centralized general and administrative services performed by the Parent, as well as depreciation of assets utilized by the Parent’s centralized general and administrative functions. Costs were allocated to TNT LP Predecessor based on its proportionate share of the Parent’s assets, revenues and employees. Costs allocated to TNT LP were based on identification of the Parent’s resources which directly benefit TNT LP and its proportionate share of costs based on TNT LP’s estimated usage of shared resources and functions. All of the allocations are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted if TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor had been operated as stand-alone entities. These


F-37


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

allocations are not settled in cash. Settlement of these allocations occurs through adjustment to partners’ capital (net parent equity of TNT LP Predecessor for the nine months ended September 30, 2005).
 
The following table summarizes the sales to the Parent, payments made or received by the Parent on behalf of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor, and allocations of costs from the Parent, settled through adjustment to partners’ capital/parent company investment and not included in operating cash flows of TNT LP and TNT LP Predecessor. Management believes these transactions are executed on terms that are fair and reasonable.
 
                   
    TNT LP       TNT LP Predecessor  
    Nine Months
      Nine Months
 
    Ended
      Ended
 
    September 30,
      September 30,
 
    2006       2005  
    (in thousands)  
Deemed cash
                 
Sales to affiliates
  $ (282,657 )     $ (242,370 )
Purchases from affiliates
    670         909  
Payments made/received by Parent
    232,936         189,776  
Parent allocation of general and administrative expense
    5,137         6,723  
Parent allocation of interest expense
    50,504          
                   
      6,590         (44,962 )
Noncash
                 
Parent allocation of long-term debt and debt issue costs
    3,955          
                   
Transactions settled through adjustments to partners’ capital/net parent equity
  $ 10,545       $ (44,962 )
                   
 
Centralized Cash Management.  The Parent operates a cash management system whereby excess cash from most of its various subsidiaries, held in separate bank accounts, is swept to a centralized account managed by the Parent. Cash contributions and distributions are deemed to have occurred through the Parent, and are reflected as an adjustment to partners’ capital/net parent equity. Deemed net contributions of cash by the Parent were $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Deemed net distributions of cash to the Parent were $45.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.
 
Hedging Arrangements.  An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch” is an equity investor in the holding company that owns Targa Resources. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, TNT LP entered into commodity derivative transactions with Merrill Lynch Commodities Inc., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch. The transactions are shown in the following table.
 
                                     
Period
  Underlying   Type   Daily Volume   Average Price   Index
 
Sales
                                   
Jul ’06 — Dec ’10
  Natural gas   Swap     3,832     MMBtu   $ 8.27     per MMBtu   IF-WA
Jul ’06 — Dec ’10
  Condensate   Swap     255     barrels     73.04     per barrel   NY-WTI
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, Merrill Lynch paid TNT LP $0.6 million to settle certain of these hedge transactions.
 
Note 8 — Income Taxes
 
On May 18, 2006, the Governor of Texas signed into law House Bill 3 (“HB-3”) which modifies the existing Texas franchise tax law. The modified franchise tax will be computed by subtracting either costs of


F-38


Table of Contents

 
TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

goods sold or compensation expense, as defined in HB-3, from gross revenue to arrive at a gross margin. The resulting gross margin will be taxed at a one percent tax rate. HB-3 has also expanded the definition of tax paying entities to include limited partnerships thereby now subjecting TNT LP to a new state tax expense. HB-3 becomes effective for activities occurring on or after January 1, 2007. Management believes that this tax should still be accounted for as an income tax, following the provisions of SFAS 109, because it has the characteristics of an income tax.
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, TNT LP recorded a deferred income tax liability of $2.3 million related to the new tax, consisting of deferred income tax expense of $2.0 million related to the difference between the book basis and tax basis of its property, plant, and equipment, and a $0.3 million reduction to OCI.
 
Note 9 — Subsequent Event
 
During November 2006, management entered into the following hedging arrangements for a portion of TNT LP’s production:
 
                                 
Period
  Commodity   Type   Daily Volume   Average Price   Index
 
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘10
  Natural gas   Swap   520   MMbtu   $ 7.32     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘09
  Natural gas   Swap   383   MMbtu     7.45     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘09
  Natural gas   Floor   528   MMbtu     6.71     per MMBtu   IF-WAHA
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘10
  Natural gas   Swap   780   MMbtu     7.18     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘09
  Natural gas   Swap   570   MMbtu     7.20     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘09
  Natural gas   Floor   790   MMbtu     6.53     per MMBtu   IF-NGPL MC
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘10
  Condensate   Swap   120   Bbls     66.31     per Bbl   NY-WTI
Jan. ‘07 — Dec. ‘09
  Condensate   Swap   43   Bbls     59.94     per Bbl   NY-WTI
 
These contracts may expose TNT LP to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances. These hedging arrangements provide TNT LP with protection on the hedged volumes if prices decline below the prices at which these hedges were set but, if prices increased, the fixed price nature of the swap-related hedges will cause TNT LP to receive less revenue on the hedged volumes than it would receive in the absence of hedges.


F-39


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Partners of Targa Resources Partners LP:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Targa Resources Partners LP (the “Partnership”) at October 23, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Houston, Texas
November 13, 2006


F-40


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
BALANCE SHEET
October 23, 2006
 
         
ASSETS
Current assets
       
Cash
  $ 1,000  
         
Total assets
  $ 1,000  
         
PARTNERS’ EQUITY
       
Limited partners’ equity
  $ 980  
General partner equity
    20  
         
Total partners’ equity
  $ 1,000  
         
 
See accompanying note to balance sheet


F-41


Table of Contents

TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET
 
1.   Nature of Operations
 
Targa Resources Partners LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed in October 2006, to acquire the assets of Targa Resources Partners Predecessor.
 
The Partnership intends to offer 16,800,000 common units, representing limited partner interests, pursuant to a public offering and to concurrently issue 11,528,231 subordinated units, representing additional limited partner interests, to subsidiaries of Targa Resources, Inc. and 528,127 units representing a 2% general partner interest to Targa Resources GP LLC.
 
Targa Resources GP LLC, as general partner, contributed $20 and Targa Resources, Inc., on behalf of Targa GP Inc. and Targa LP Inc. for their limited partner shares, contributed $980 to the Partnership on October 23, 2006. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of November 13, 2006.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Member of Targa Resources GP LLC:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Targa Resources GP LLC (the “Company”) at October 23, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Houston, Texas
November 13, 2006


F-43


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC
 
BALANCE SHEET
October 23, 2006
 
         
ASSETS
Current assets
       
Cash
  $ 980  
Investment in Targa Resources Partners LP
    20  
         
Total assets
  $ 1,000  
         
 
MEMBER’S EQUITY
Member’s equity
  $ 1,000  
         
Total member’s equity
  $ 1,000  
         
 
See accompanying note to balance sheet


F-44


Table of Contents

 
TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC
NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET
 
1.   Nature of Operations
 
Targa Resources GP LLC (“General Partner”) is a Delaware company, and a single member limited liability company, formed in October 2006, to become the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP (“Partnership”). The General Partner is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Targa Resources, Inc. The General Partner owns a 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.
 
On October 23, 2006, Targa Resources, Inc. and its subsidiaries contributed $1,000 to the General Partner in exchange for a 100% ownership interest.
 
The General Partner has invested $20 in the Partnership. There have been no other transactions involving the General Partner as of November 13, 2006.


F-45


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A
 
 
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
OF
 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 


A-1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1   Definitions   1
Section 1.2   Construction   15
         
 
ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1   Formation   16
Section 2.2   Name   16
Section 2.3   Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices   16
Section 2.4   Purpose and Business   16
Section 2.5   Powers   17
Section 2.6   Power of Attorney   17
Section 2.7   Term   18
Section 2.8   Title to Partnership Assets   18
         
 
ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1   Limitation of Liability   18
Section 3.2   Management of Business   18
Section 3.3   Outside Activities of the Limited Partners   19
Section 3.4   Rights of Limited Partners   19
         
 
ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1   Certificates   20
Section 4.2   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates   20
Section 4.3   Record Holders   21
Section 4.4   Transfer Generally   21
Section 4.5   Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests   21
Section 4.6   Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest   22
Section 4.7   Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights   22
Section 4.8   Restrictions on Transfers   23
Section 4.9   Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees   24
Section 4.10   Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees   24
         


i


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1   Organizational Contributions   25
Section 5.2   Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates   26
Section 5.3   Contributions by Initial Limited Partners   26
Section 5.4   Interest and Withdrawal   27
Section 5.5   Capital Accounts   27
Section 5.6   Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities   29
Section 5.7   Conversion of Subordinated Units   30
Section 5.8   Limited Preemptive Right   30
Section 5.9   Splits and Combinations   30
Section 5.10   Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests   31
Section 5.11   Issuance of Class B Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights   31
         
 
ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1   Allocations for Capital Account Purposes   32
Section 6.2   Allocations for Tax Purposes   39
Section 6.3   Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders   40
Section 6.4   Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus   41
Section 6.5   Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus   42
Section 6.6   Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels   43
Section 6.7   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units and Class B Units   43
Section 6.8   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights   44
Section 6.9   Entity-Level Taxation   44
         
 
ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1   Management   45
Section 7.2   Certificate of Limited Partnership   46
Section 7.3   Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority   47
Section 7.4   Reimbursement of the General Partner   47
Section 7.5   Outside Activities   48
Section 7.6   Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members   48
Section 7.7   Indemnification   49
Section 7.8   Liability of Indemnitees   50
Section 7.9   Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties   51
Section 7.10   Other Matters Concerning the General Partner   52
Section 7.11   Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities   52
Section 7.12   Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates   53
Section 7.13   Reliance by Third Parties   55
         


ii


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1   Records and Accounting   56
Section 8.2   Fiscal Year   56
Section 8.3   Reports   56
         
 
ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1   Tax Returns and Information   56
Section 9.2   Tax Elections   57
Section 9.3   Tax Controversies   57
Section 9.4   Withholding   57
         
 
ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1   Admission of Limited Partners   57
Section 10.2   Admission of Successor General Partner   58
Section 10.3   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership   58
         
 
ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1   Withdrawal of the General Partner   58
Section 11.2   Removal of the General Partner   60
Section 11.3   Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner   60
Section 11.4   Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages   61
Section 11.5   Withdrawal of Limited Partners   62
         
 
ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1   Dissolution   62
Section 12.2   Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution   62
Section 12.3   Liquidator   63
Section 12.4   Liquidation   63
Section 12.5   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership   64
Section 12.6   Return of Contributions   64
Section 12.7   Waiver of Partition   64
Section 12.8   Capital Account Restoration   64
         


iii


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1
  Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner   64
Section 13.2
  Amendment Procedures   65
Section 13.3
  Amendment Requirements   66
Section 13.4
  Special Meetings   66
Section 13.5
  Notice of a Meeting   67
Section 13.6
  Record Date   67
Section 13.7
  Adjournment   67
Section 13.8
  Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting   67
Section 13.9
  Quorum and Voting   67
Section 13.10
  Conduct of a Meeting   68
Section 13.11
  Action Without a Meeting   68
Section 13.12
  Right to Vote and Related Matters   69
         
 
ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
Section 14.1
  Authority   69
Section 14.2
  Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   69
Section 14.3
  Approval by Limited Partners   70
Section 14.4
  Certificate of Merger   71
Section 14.5
  Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   71
         
 
ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1
  Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests   72
         
 
ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 16.1
  Addresses and Notices; Written Communications   74
Section 16.2
  Further Action   74
Section 16.3
  Binding Effect   74
Section 16.4
  Integration   74
Section 16.5
  Creditors   75
Section 16.6
  Waiver   75
Section 16.7
  Third-Party Beneficiaries   75
Section 16.8
  Counterparts   75
Section 16.9
  Applicable Law   75
Section 16.10
  Invalidity of Provisions   75
Section 16.11
  Consent of Partners   75
Section 16.12
  Facsimile Signatures   75


iv


Table of Contents

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP dated as of February [  ], 2007, is entered into by and between Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and Targa GP Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Targa GP”), and Targa LP Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Targa LP,” and together with Targa GP, the “Organizational Limited Partners”), together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1  Definitions.
 
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
 
“Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the long-term operating capacity or earnings of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction.
 
“Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:
 
(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.
 
(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).
 
“Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period.
 
“Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the


Table of Contents

amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Unit, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit, a Class B Unit or an Incentive Distribution Right or any other Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, Class B Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Class B Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest was first issued.
 
“Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (a) less any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and (b) plus (i) any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) any net increase in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.
 
“Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii).
 
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
“Aggregate Quantity of Class B Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.
 
“Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.
 
“Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).
 
“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.
 
“Agreement” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such


2


Table of Contents

Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.
 
“Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:
 
(a) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter, less
 
(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however, that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
 
“Board of Directors” means the board of directors or managers of a corporation or limited liability company or the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of a limited partnership, as applicable.
 
“Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss included in the determination of Net Income or Net Loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).
 
“Book-Down Event” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
“Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.
 
“Book-Up Event” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
 
“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Unit, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit, a Class B Unit, an Incentive Distribution Right or any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, Class B Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership


3


Table of Contents

held by such Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Class B Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest was first issued.
 
“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership.
 
“Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, gathering lines, treating facilities, processing plants, fractionation facilities, pipelines, terminals, docks, truck racks, tankage and other storage, distribution or transportation facilities and related or similar midstream assets or other assets that produce “qualifying income” as defined by Section 7704 of the Code) or (c) capital contributions by a Group Member to a Person in which a Group Member has an equity interest to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, gathering lines, treating facilities, processing plants, fractionation facilities, pipelines, terminals, docks, truck racks, tankage and other storage, distribution or transportation facilities and related or similar midstream assets or other assets that produce “qualifying income” as defined by Section 7704 of the Code) by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the long-term operating capacity or earnings of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction.
 
“Capital Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(a).
 
“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Sections 5.5(d)(i) and 5.5(d)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.
 
“Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.
 
“Certificate” means (a) a certificate (i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (ii) issued in global form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or (b) a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Securities.
 
“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Citizenship Certification” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Citizen.
 
“claim” (as used in Section 7.12(d)) has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(d).
 
“Class B Units” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Class B Units in this Agreement.


4


Table of Contents

 
“Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.
 
“Closing Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.
 
“Combined Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a).
 
“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Commodity Hedge Contract” means any commodity exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of hedging the Partnership Group’s exposure to fluctuations in the price of hydrocarbons.
 
“Common Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit or Class B Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.
 
“Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).
 
“Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not a security holder, officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer, director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner, (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the Partnership Group other than Common Units and (d) meets the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.
 
“Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.
 
“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Partnership and certain other parties, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Converted Common Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(d)(x)(B).
 
“Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit Arrearage as to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).
 
“Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).
 
“Current Market Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).


5


Table of Contents

 
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
 
“Departing General Partner” means a former general partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former general partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.
 
“Depositary” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
“Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).
 
“Eligible Citizen” means a Person qualified to own interests in real property in jurisdictions in which any Group Member does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Limited Partner the General Partner determines does not or would not subject such Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or any interest therein.
 
“Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.9.
 
“Event of Withdrawal” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a).
 
“Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements, and shall not include Maintenance Capital Expenditures.
 
“Final Subordinated Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(d)(x).
 
“First Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).
 
“First Target Distribution” means $0.3881 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 2007, it means the product of $0.3881 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is 90), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.
 
“Fully Diluted Basis” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes, in addition to the Outstanding Units, all Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (a) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (b) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (c) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (d) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Securities, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided, further, that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (i) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (ii) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.
 
“General Partner” means Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).
 
“General Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is


6


Table of Contents

evidenced by General Partner Units, and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
“General Partner Unit” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit is not a Unit.
 
“Group” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.
 
“Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.
 
“Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Holder” as used in Section 7.12, has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(a).
 
“IDR Reset Election” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.
 
“Incentive Distribution Right” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest issued to the General Partner, which Limited Partner Interest will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
“Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii) and 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v).
 
“Incremental Income Taxes” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.9.
 
“Indemnified Persons” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(d).
 
“Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.
 
“Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.
 
“Initial Limited Partner” means the Organizational Limited Partners and the General Partner (with respect to the Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights received by them pursuant to


7


Table of Contents

Section 5.2) and the Underwriters upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units as described in Section 5.3 in connection with the Initial Offering.
 
“Initial Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.
 
“Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.
 
“Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; (d) capital contributions received; or (e) corporate reorganizations or restructurings.
 
“Issue Price” means the price at which a Unit is purchased from the Partnership, net of any sales commission or underwriting discount charged to the Partnership.
 
“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Organizational Limited Partners prior to their withdrawal from the Partnership, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
“Limited Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Class B Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner Interest” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
“Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.
 
“Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
 
“Maintenance Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the


8


Table of Contents

construction of new, capital assets) if such expenditures are made to maintain, including over the long term, the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group.
 
“Merger Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.
 
“Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.3375 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 2007, it means the product of $0.3375 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 90), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.
 
“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.
 
“Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner or Assignee upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code, and (c) in the case of a contribution of Common Units by the General Partner to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 5.2(b), an amount per Common Unit contributed equal to the Current Market Price per Common Unit as of the date of the contribution.
 
“Net Income” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement.
 
“Net Loss” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement.
 
“Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.
 
“Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
 
“Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).


9


Table of Contents

 
“Non-citizen Assignee” means a Person whom the General Partner has determined does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the substituted limited partner, pursuant to Section 4.9.
 
“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections 6.2(b)(i)(A), 6.2(b)(ii)(A) and 6.2(b)(iii) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.
 
“Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.
 
“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
“Notice of Election to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b).
 
“Omnibus Agreement” means that certain Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources, LLC, the General Partner and the Partnership, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of the General Partner in accordance with this Agreement, interest payments, Maintenance Capital Expenditures, non-Pro Rata repurchases of Units (other than those made with the proceeds of an Interim Capital Transaction), subject to the following:
 
(a) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and
 
(b) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions to Partners. Where capital expenditures consist of both Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures, the General Partner, with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee, shall determine the allocation between the portion consisting of Maintenance Capital Expenditures and the portion consisting of Expansion Capital Expenditures and, with respect to the part of such capital expenditures consisting of Maintenance Capital Expenditures.
 
“Operating Partnership” means Targa Resources Operating LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.
 
“Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,
 
(a) the sum of (i) an amount equal to four times the amount needed for any one Quarter for the Partnership to pay a distribution on all Units, the General Partner Units and the Incentive Distribution Rights at the same per Unit amount as was distributed immediately preceding the date of determination (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 2007, it means the product of (x) $1.35 multiplied by (y) a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is 90 multiplied by (z) the number of Units and General Partner Units Outstanding on the Record Date with respect to such period), and (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (except to the extent specified in Section 6.5 and provided that cash receipts from the termination of a Commodity Hedge Contract or interest rate swap prior to its specified termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Commodity Hedge Contract or interest rate swap), less


10


Table of Contents

 
(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period and (ii) the amount of cash reserves established by the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures; provided, however, that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.
 
“Option Closing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
 
“Organizational Limited Partners” means Targa GP Inc. and Targa LP Inc. in their capacities as the organizational limited partners of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
 
“Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Securities, all Partnership Securities that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Securities owned by such Person or Group shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Units so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Units shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Securities for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates, (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership with the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the General Partner.
 
“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
 
“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
 
“Partnership” means Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
“Partnership Group” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.
 
“Partnership Interest” means an interest in the Partnership, which shall include the General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests.


11


Table of Contents

 
“Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).
 
“Partnership Security” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including Common Units, Class B Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
“Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.
 
“Percentage Interest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner or the number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.
 
“Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
 
“Pro Rata” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners and Assignees or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners and Assignees or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.
 
“Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.
 
“Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter of the Partnership after the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.
 
“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.
 
“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.
 
“Record Holder” means the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, or with respect to other Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such Business Day.


12


Table of Contents

 
“Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.
 
“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.
 
“Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Class B Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units, Class B Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Units for each prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.
 
“Required Allocations” means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of Net Losses or Net Termination Losses under Section 6.1(b) or Section 6.1(c)(ii) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).
 
“Residual Gain” or “Residual Loss” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i)(A) or Section 6.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.
 
“Reset MQD” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.
 
“Reset Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.
 
“Retained Converted Subordinated Unit” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.5(c)(ii).
 
“Second Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(F).
 
“Second Target Distribution” means $0.4219 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 2007, it means the product of $0.4129 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 90), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
 
“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
 
“Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Class B Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive


13


Table of Contents

Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.
 
“Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee acting in good faith.
 
“Subordinated Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not include a Common Unit or Class B Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.
 
“Subordination Period” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of:
 
(a) the first day of any Quarter beginning after December 31, 2009 in respect of which (i)(A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units during such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Basis and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages;
 
(b) the first date on which there are no longer outstanding any Subordinated Units due to the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7 or otherwise; and
 
(c) the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
 
“Surviving Business Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b).
 
“Target Distribution” means, collectively, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.
 
“Third Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(G).
 
“Third Target Distribution” means $0.50625 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 2007, it means the product of $0.50625


14


Table of Contents

multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 90), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.
 
“Trading Day” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
“transfer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).
 
“Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units; provided, that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any other Partnership Securities, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.
 
“Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.
 
“Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement dated as of February, 2007 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Partnership and other parties thereto, providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.
 
“Unit” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Class B Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
“Unit Majority” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Class B Units, if any, voting as a single class.
 
“Unitholders” means the holders of Units.
 
“Unpaid MQD” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).
 
“Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).
 
“Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).
 
“Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.
 
“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
 
“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b).
 
Section 1.2  Construction.
 
Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include”, “includes”, “including” or words of like import shall be deemed


15


Table of Contents

to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
 
ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.1  Formation.
 
The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partners have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes.
 
Section 2.2  Name.
 
The name of the Partnership shall be “Targa Resources Partners LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
 
Section 2.3  Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices
 
Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner shall determine necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.
 
Section 2.4  Purpose and Business.
 
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the


16


Table of Contents

fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
 
Section 2.5  Powers.
 
The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.
 
Section 2.6  Power of Attorney.
 
(a) Each Limited Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:
 
(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article IV, Article X, Article XI or Article XII; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and
 
(ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to (A) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (B) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 13.3 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required to take any action, the General Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.6(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.
 
Nothing contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.


17


Table of Contents

 
(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by, the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator may request in order to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.
 
Section 2.7  Term.
 
The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.
 
Section 2.8  Title to Partnership Assets.
 
Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.
 
ARTICLE III
 
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
Section 3.1  Limitation of Liability.
 
The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.
 
Section 3.2  Management of Business.
 
No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the


18


Table of Contents

Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.
 
Section 3.3  Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.
 
Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.
 
Section 3.4  Rights of Limited Partners.
 
(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand, and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:
 
(i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership;
 
(ii) promptly after its becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;
 
(iii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;
 
(iv) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;
 
(v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and that each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and
 
(vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.
 
(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).


19


Table of Contents

 
ARTICLE IV
 
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1  Certificates.
 
Upon the Partnership’s issuance of Common Units, Subordinated Units or Class B Units to any Person, the Partnership shall issue, upon the request of such Person, one or more Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued. In addition, (a) upon the General Partner’s request, the Partnership shall issue to it one or more Certificates in the name of the General Partner evidencing its General Partner Units and (b) upon the request of any Person owning Incentive Distribution Rights or any other Partnership Securities other than Common Units, Subordinated Units or Class B Units, the Partnership shall issue to such Person one or more certificates evidencing such Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Securities other than Common Units, Subordinated Units or Class B Units. Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, President or any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Common Unit Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however, that if the General Partner elects to issue Common Units in global form, the Common Unit Certificates shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Common Units have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(c) and Section 6.7(e), the Partners holding Certificates evidencing Subordinated Units may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the date on which such Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(e), the Partners holding Certificates evidencing Class B Units may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the period set forth in Section 5.11(f) pursuant to the terms of Section 5.11.
 
Section 4.2  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.
 
(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the General Partner (for Partnership Securities other than Common Units), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the General Partner (for Partnership Securities other than Common Units) shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Securities as the Certificate so surrendered.
 
(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:
 
(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;
 
(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
 
(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and
 
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner.


20


Table of Contents

 
If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.
 
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
 
Section 4.3  Record Holders.
 
The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest.
 
Section 4.4  Transfer Generally.
 
(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Units to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.
 
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.
 
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner.
 
Section 4.5  Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
 
(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the


21


Table of Contents

designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.
 
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.9, the General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.
 
(c) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests (other than the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall be freely transferable.
 
(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units, Class B Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.
 
Section 4.6  Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.
 
(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to December 31, 2016, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.
 
(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after December 31, 2016, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.
 
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.
 
Section 4.7  Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
Prior to December 31, 2016, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder without any consent of the Unitholders to (a) an Affiliate of such holder (other than an individual) or (b) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person, (ii) the transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person or


22


Table of Contents

(iii) the sale of all the ownership interests in such holder. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to December 31, 2016 shall require the prior approval of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). On or after December 31, 2016, the General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the transfer of Class B Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11, or the transfer of Common Units issued upon conversion of the Class B Units, shall not be treated as a transfer of all or any part of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (ii) no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.
 
Section 4.8  Restrictions on Transfers.
 
(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(d) below, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).
 
(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.
 
(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(c).
 
(d) The transfer of a Class B Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(e).
 
(e) Nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
 
(f) Each certificate evidencing Partnership Interests shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:
 
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL


23


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.
 
Section 4.9  Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees.
 
(a) If any Group Member is or becomes subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that the General Partner determines would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner, the General Partner may request any Limited Partner to furnish to the General Partner, within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the Limited Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner may request. If a Limited Partner fails to furnish to the General Partner within the aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested information or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10. In addition, the General Partner may require that the status of any such Limited Partner be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the General Partner shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.
 
(b) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including the General Partner) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.
 
(c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Non-citizen Assignee of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind).
 
(d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Non-citizen Assignee be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Non-citizen Assignee shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute a Non-citizen Assignee and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.
 
Section 4.10  Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees.
 
(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 4.9(a), or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is an Eligible Citizen or has transferred his Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and who furnishes a Citizenship


24


Table of Contents

Certification to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:
 
(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.
 
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.
 
(iii) Upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank, the Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment therefor.
 
(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.
 
(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.
 
(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.
 
ARTICLE V
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 5.1  Organizational Contributions.
 
In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $20.00, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and each of the Organizational Limited Partners made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $490.00 for a 49% Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership and have been admitted as Limited Partners of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, the interest of the Organizational Limited Partners shall be redeemed as provided in the Contribution Agreement; and the initial Capital Contribution of the Organizational Limited Partners shall thereupon be refunded. Ninety-eight percent of any interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partners, and the balance thereof shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner.


25


Table of Contents

 
Section 5.2  Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates.
 
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement: (i) the General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, [a [     ]% interest in Targa North Texas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“North Texas GP”)], in exchange for (A) [578,127] General Partner Units representing a continuation of its 2% General Partner Interest, subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and (B) the Incentive Distribution Rights; (ii) Targa GP Inc. shall contribute to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, [a     % interest in North Texas GP, in exchange for      Subordinated Units, and (iii) Targa LP Inc. shall contribute to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, all of its interest in Targa North Texas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in exchange for      Subordinated Units.
 
(b) Upon the issuance of additional Common Units pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to 2/98ths of the number of Common Units so issued pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance.
 
(c) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than the Common Units issued in the Initial Offering, the Common Units issued pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option, the Subordinated Units issued pursuant to Section 5.2(a), any Class B Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 and any Common Units issued upon conversion of Class B Units), the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (B) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set forth in Article XII, the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.
 
Section 5.3  Contributions by Initial Limited Partners.
 
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contribution to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.
 
(b) Upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Option Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contributions to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.
 
(c) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units issuable pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof in aggregate number equal to 16,800,000, (ii) the “Option Units” as such term is used in the Underwriting Agreement in an aggregate number up to 2,520,000 issuable upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option pursuant to subparagraph (b) hereof, (iii) the 11,528,231 Subordinated Units issuable to Targa GP Inc. and Targa LP Inc. pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof and (iv) the Incentive Distribution Rights.


26


Table of Contents

 
Section 5.4  Interest and Withdrawal.
 
No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 5.5  Capital Accounts.
 
(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:
 
(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement or governing, organizational or similar documents) of all property owned by any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner.
 
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.


27


Table of Contents

 
(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.
 
(v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.
 
(vi) If the Partnership’s adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is placed in service and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section 48(q)(2) of the Code shall, to the extent possible, be allocated in the same manner to the Partners to whom such deemed deduction was allocated.
 
(c) (i) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.
 
(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(c), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units (“Retained Converted Subordinated Units”). Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.
 
(d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital Account of all Partners and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the General Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate


28


Table of Contents

value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.
 
(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
 
Section 5.6  Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities.
 
(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.
 
(b) Each additional Partnership Security authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may redeem the Partnership Security; (v) whether such Partnership Security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Security; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Security.
 
(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Class B Units pursuant to Section 5.11 and the conversion of Class B Units into Common Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Securities. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Securities being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Securities or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal,


29


Table of Contents

state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Securities are listed or admitted to trading.
 
(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
 
Section 5.7  Conversion of Subordinated Units.
 
(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.
 
(b) Notwithstanding Section 5.7(a) above, the Subordination Period shall terminate and all Outstanding Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter ending on or after March 31, 2008 in respect of which:
 
(i) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus under Section 6.4 in respect of all Outstanding Common Units. Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Third Target Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units during such period;
 
(ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Third Target Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Basis; and
 
(iii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all the then Outstanding Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4.
 
(d) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).
 
Section 5.8  Limited Preemptive Right.
 
Except as provided in this Section 5.8 and in Section 5.2, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Security, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Securities from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Securities to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Securities.
 
Section 5.9  Splits and Combinations.
 
(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit


30


Table of Contents

Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units (including the number of Subordinated Units that may convert prior to the end of the Subordination Period) are proportionately adjusted.
 
(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Securities to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
 
(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Securities held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Securities Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.
 
(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of this Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).
 
Section 5.10  Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests.
 
All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 5.11  Issuance of Class B Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Class B Units derived by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Class B Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “Aggregate Quantity of Class B Units”). The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.11(b) shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive Class B Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).
 
(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in


31


Table of Contents

interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “Reset Notice”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, as the case may be, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Class B Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.
 
(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of Class B Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice, and the Partnership shall issue Certificates for the Class B Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights; provided, however, that the issuance of Class B Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units into which the Class B Units are convertible pursuant to Section 5.11(f) by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.
 
(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded have not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units into which the Class B Units are convertible pursuant to Section 5.11(f) on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Securities having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of Class B Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of such Partnership Securities into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).
 
(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal to the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal to 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.
 
(f) Any holder of Class B Units shall have the right to elect, by giving written notice to the General Partner, to convert all or a portion of the Class B Units held by such holder, at any time following the first anniversary of the issuance of such Class B Units, into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, such conversion to be effective on the second Business Day following the General Partner’s receipt of such written notice.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 6.1  Allocations for Capital Account Purposes.
 
For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with


32


Table of Contents

Section 5.5(b)) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.
 
(a) Net Income.  After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable year and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable year shall be allocated as follows:
 
(i) First, 100% to the General Partner, in an amount equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable years until the aggregate Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable years;
 
(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(ii) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to such Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; and
 
(iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(b) Net Losses.  After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
 
(i) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(iii) for all previous taxable years, provided that the Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account);
 
(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(ii) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and
 
(iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
 
(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses.  After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated in the same manner as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated hereunder. All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.
 
(i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the amount so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):
 
(A) First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners, until


33


Table of Contents

each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Capital Account;
 
(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (B), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter defined as the “Unpaid MQD”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;
 
(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Class B Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (C), until the Capital Account in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Class B Unit for such Quarter;
 
(D) Fourth, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (D), until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable year (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;
 
(E) Fifth, 100% to the General Partner and all Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter defined as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);
 
(F) Sixth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (x) and (y) of this clause (F), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter defined as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount”);
 
(G) Seventh, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (x) and (y) of this clause (G), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over


34


Table of Contents

(bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter defined as the “Third Liquidation Target Amount”); and
 
(H) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (x) and (y) of this clause (H).
 
(ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner:
 
(A) First, if such Net Termination Loss is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (A), until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
 
(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Class B Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (B) until the Capital Account in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
 
(C) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (B) until the Capital Account in respect of each Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
 
(D) Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
 
(d) Special Allocations.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:
 
(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This


35


Table of Contents

Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iii) Priority Allocations.
 
(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) to any Unitholder with respect to its Units for a taxable year is greater (on a per Unit basis) than the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed to the other Unitholders with respect to their Units (on a per Unit basis), then (1) there shall be allocated income and gain to each Unitholder receiving such greater cash or property distribution until the aggregate amount of such items allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the product of (aa) the amount by which the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to such Unitholder exceeds the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to the Unitholders receiving the smallest distribution and (bb) the number of Units owned by the Unitholder receiving the greater distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated income and gain in an aggregate amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time in which the greater cash or property distribution occurs by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time in which the greater cash or property distribution occurs times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.
 
(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable year; and (2) to the General Partner an amount equal to the product of (aa) an amount equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.
 
(iv) Qualified Income Offset.  In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or Section 6.1(d)(ii).
 
(v) Gross Income Allocations.  In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Partnership taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.
 
(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions.  Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of


36


Table of Contents

the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
 
(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions.  Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
 
(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities.  For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments.  To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(x) Economic Uniformity.
 
(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“Final Subordinated Units”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount equal to the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.
 
(B) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the conversion of the Class B Units pursuant to Section 5.11(f), all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii) and Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), shall be allocated 100% to the holder or holders of the Common Units resulting from the conversion pursuant to Section 5.11(f) (“Converted Common Units”) in the proportion of the number of the Converted Common Units held by such holder or holders to the total number of Converted Common Units then Outstanding, until each such holder has been allocated an amount of income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Converted Common Units to an amount equal to the product of (A) the number of Converted Common Units held by such holder and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts


37


Table of Contents

underlying Converted Common Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the receipt of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(f).
 
(xi) Curative Allocation.
 
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.
 
(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.
 
(xii) Corrective Allocations.  In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:
 
(A) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate additional items of income and gain away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the Unitholders and the General Partner, or additional items of deduction and loss away from the Unitholders and the General Partner to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders or the General Partner exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items. For this purpose, the Unitholders and the General Partner shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders or the General Partner under the Partnership Agreement (e.g., Additional Book Basis Derivative Items taken into account in computing cost of goods sold would reduce the amount of book income otherwise available for allocation among the Partners). Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(A) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.
 
(B) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balance of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of


38


Table of Contents

the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.
 
(C) In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).
 
Section 6.2  Allocations for Tax Purposes.
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:
 
(i)(A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(ii)(A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or Section 5.5(d)(ii), and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 6.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities, except with respect to goodwill contributed to the Partnership upon formation.
 
(c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including gross income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.2(c) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.
 
(d) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the Partnership’s common basis of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers


39


Table of Contents

acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.
 
(e) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1245-1(e), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.
 
(f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
 
(g) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction, for federal income tax purposes, shall be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
 
(h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.
 
Section 6.3  Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.
 
(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on March 31, 2007, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “Capital Surplus.” All


40


Table of Contents

distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.
 
(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.
 
(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.
 
(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.
 
Section 6.4  Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.
 
(a) During Subordination Period.  Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6 in respect of other Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:
 
(i) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders holding Common Units, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(ii) Second, to the General Partner and the Unitholders holding Common Units, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;
 
(iii) Third, to the General Partner and the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(v) Fifth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v) until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(vi) Sixth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this subclause (vi), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
 
(vii) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a


41


Table of Contents

percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);
 
provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).
 
(b) After Subordination Period.  Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:
 
(i) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(iv) Fourth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (A) and (B) of this clause (iv), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
 
(v) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);
 
provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).
 
Section 6.5  Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus.
 
Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until a hypothetical holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Closing Date has received with respect to such Common Unit, during the period since the Closing Date through such date, distributions of Available Cash that are deemed to be Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed to the General Partner and all Unitholders holding Common Units, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the


42


Table of Contents

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.
 
Section 6.6  Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.
 
(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction of which the numerator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.
 
(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.9.
 
Section 6.7  Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units and Class B Units.
 
(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x)(A), 6.7(b) and 6.7(c).
 
(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).
 
(c) The Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Units to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units represented by Common Unit Certificates.
 
(d) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holders of Class B Units shall have all the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units; provided,


43


Table of Contents

however, that immediately upon the conversion of Class B Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, the Unitholders holding a Class B Unit shall possess all the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Class B Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and 6.7(e).
 
(e) The holder or holders of Common Units resulting from the conversion pursuant to Section 5.11(f) of any Class B Units pursuant to Section 5.11 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Units until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(d), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units, including the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(B); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units represented by Common Unit Certificates.
 
Section 6.8  Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall (i) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii), Section 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v), and Section 12.4 or (iii) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI.
 
Section 6.9  Entity-Level Taxation.
 
If legislation is enacted or the interpretation of existing language is modified by a governmental taxing authority so that a Group Member is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to an entity-level tax for federal, state or local income tax purposes, then the General Partner may reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution by the amount of income taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “Incremental Income Taxes”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual tax liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.


44


Table of Contents

 
ARTICLE VII
 
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
Section 7.1  Management.
 
(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:
 
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into Partnership Securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
 
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
 
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 and Article XIV);
 
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;
 
(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);
 
(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;
 
(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;
 
(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;
 
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;


45


Table of Contents

 
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;
 
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
 
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);
 
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Securities, or the issuance of options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights and tracking and phantom interests relating to Partnership Securities;
 
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in any Group Member; and
 
(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and the Assignees and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement and the Group Member Agreement of each other Group Member, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Natural Gas Purchase Agreement, the NGL and Products Purchase Agreement, any Group Member Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or through any officer of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the Assignees or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.
 
Section 7.2  Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall


46


Table of Contents

not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.
 
Section 7.3  Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority.
 
Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, other combination or sale of ownership interests of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. Without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority, the General Partner shall not, on behalf of the Partnership, except as permitted under Section 4.6, 11.1 and Section 11.2, elect or cause the Partnership to elect a successor general partner of the Partnership.
 
Section 7.4   Reimbursement of the General Partner.
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.
 
(b) Subject to the limitations contained in the Omnibus Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.
 
(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Securities or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Securities), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Securities in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner, Group Member or any Affiliates in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Securities that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Securities purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6.


47


Table of Contents

 
Section 7.5   Outside Activities.
 
(a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member or (C) the guarantee of, and mortgage, pledge, or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in connection with, any indebtedness of Targa Resources, Inc., any of its successors or permitted assigns or any other Affiliate of the General Partner.
 
(b) Each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty expressed or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner or Assignee. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Indemnitee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any fiduciary duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of any Indemnitee for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the Indemnitees shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty expressed or implied by law to present business opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Indemnitee (including the General Partner). No Indemnitee (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided such Indemnitee does not engage in such business or activity as a result of or using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Indemnitee.
 
(c) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Securities in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Securities acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.
 
Section 7.6   Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.
 
(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the


48


Table of Contents

borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.
 
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).
 
(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.
 
Section 7.7   Indemnification.
 
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
 
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.
 
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.


49


Table of Contents

 
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.
 
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
 
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
 
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
Section 7.8   Liability of Indemnitees.
 
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Securities, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.
 
(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.
 
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this


50


Table of Contents

Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
Section 7.9   Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.
 
(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if Special Approval is not sought and the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith, and in either case, in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
 
(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership.
 
(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some


51


Table of Contents

variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity. The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a partnership.
 
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.
 
(e) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.
 
(f) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.
 
Section 7.10   Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.
 
(a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
 
(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership or any Group Member.
 
Section 7.11   Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities.
 
The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Securities; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. Such Partnership Securities shall be held by the Partnership as treasury securities unless they are expressly cancelled by action of an appropriate officer of the General Partner. As long as Partnership Securities are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Securities shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase


52


Table of Contents

or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Securities for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.
 
Section 7.12   Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.
 
(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Securities that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Securities (the “Holder”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Securities specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to this Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12(b); and provided further, however, that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that the requested registration would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone such requested registration for a period of not more than six  months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to this Section 7.12(a) or Section 7.12(b) not to be utilized more than once in any twelve-month period. In connection with any registration pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 7.12(a), the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(d), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
 
(b) If any Holder holds Partnership Securities that it desires to sell and Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such Holder to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such shelf registration statement have been sold, a “shelf” registration statement covering the Partnership Securities specified by the Holder on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to Section 7.12(a) and this Section 7.12(b); and provided further, however, that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that any offering under, or the use of any prospectus forming a part of, the shelf registration statement would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such


53


Table of Contents

offering or use would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to suspend such offering or use for a period of not more than six months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to Section 7.12(a) or this Section 7.12(b) not to be utilized more than once in any twelve-month period. In connection with any shelf registration pursuant to this Section 7.12(b), the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such shelf registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such shelf registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities subject to such shelf registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(d), all costs and expenses of any such shelf registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
 
(c) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity securities of the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall notify all Holders of such proposal and use all reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of securities held by the Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided, that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the securities of the Holder once the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission or otherwise becomes effective, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of securities pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(c) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Securities would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of securities held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(d), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
 
(d) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(d) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Securities were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or any free writing prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the


54


Table of Contents

registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or any free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
 
(e) The provisions of Section 7.12(a), Section 7.12(b) and Section 7.12(c) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Securities with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Securities for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.12(d) shall continue in effect thereafter.
 
(f) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Securities, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.
 
(g) Any request to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Securities intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Securities for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Securities, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Securities.
 
Section 7.13   Reliance by Third Parties.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.


55


Table of Contents

 
ARTICLE VIII
 
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
 
Section 8.1   Records and Accounting.
 
The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Section 8.2   Fiscal Year.
 
The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Section 8.3   Reports.
 
(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the SEC’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.
 
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the SEC’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
TAX MATTERS
 
Section 9.1   Tax Returns and Information.
 
The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable year or years that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable year other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable year of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable year ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.


56


Table of Contents

 
Section 9.2   Tax Elections.
 
(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(g) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.
 
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.
 
Section 9.3   Tax Controversies.
 
Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.
 
Section 9.4   Withholding.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner or Assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.
 
ARTICLE X
 
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
Section 10.1   Admission of Limited Partners.
 
(a) Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, Targa GP Inc., Targa LP Inc. and the Underwriters as described in Article V in connection with the Initial Offering, the General Partner shall admit such parties to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.
 
(b) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer, issuance or admission is reflected in the books and records of the


57


Table of Contents

Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, (iv) grants the powers of attorney set forth in this Agreement and (v) makes the consents and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is a Non-citizen Assignee shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof.
 
(c) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.
 
(d) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.2(a).
 
Section 10.2   Admission of Successor General Partner.
 
A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6, provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.
 
Section 10.3   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the General Partner may for this purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.6.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
Section 11.1   Withdrawal of the General Partner.
 
(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);


58


Table of Contents

 
(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;
 
(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6;
 
(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;
 
(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;
 
(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or
 
(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.
 
If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.
 
(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on December 31, 2016, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any Group Member or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on December 31, 2016, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable,


59


Table of Contents

of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.
 
Section 11.2   Removal of the General Partner.
 
The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 662/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units and Class B Units, if any, voting as a single class and a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units (if any Subordinated Units are then Outstanding) voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.
 
Section 11.3   Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.
 
(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the


60


Table of Contents

Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.
 
For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Departing General Partner’s Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.
 
(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.
 
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of the Percentage Interest of the Departing General Partner and the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.
 
Section 11.4   Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.
 
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and (iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest (represented by


61


Table of Contents

General Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor in accordance with Section 11.3.
 
Section 11.5   Withdrawal of Limited Partners.
 
No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
Section 12.1   Dissolution.
 
The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
 
(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3;
 
(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;
 
(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or
 
(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.
 
Section 12.2   Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution.
 
Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:
 
(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;
 
(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and
 
(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and


62


Table of Contents

to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).
 
Section 12.3  Liquidator.
 
Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, Class B Units (if any), and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, Class B Units (if any), and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
 
Section 12.4  Liquidation.
 
The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:
 
(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.
 
(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.
 
(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive


63


Table of Contents

balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).
 
Section 12.5  Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
 
Section 12.6  Return of Contributions.
 
The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.
 
Section 12.7  Waiver of Partition.
 
To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
 
Section 12.8  Capital Account Restoration.
 
No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
 
Section 13.1  Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.
 
Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
 
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;
 
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;
 
(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;
 
(d) a change that the General Partner determines, (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or


64


Table of Contents

guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;
 
(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;
 
(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
 
(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6, including any amendment that the General Partner determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) the adjustments of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.11, (ii) the implementation of the provisions of Section 5.11 or (iii) any modifications to the Incentive Distribution Rights made in connection with the issuance of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6, provided that, with respect to this clause (iii), the modifications to the Incentive Distribution Rights and the related issuance of Partnership Securities have received Special Approval;
 
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;
 
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;
 
(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;
 
(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or
 
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
 
Section 13.2  Amendment Procedures.
 
Except as provided in Section 13.1 and Section 13.3, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the requirements contained in this Section 13.2. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner; provided, however, that the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to propose an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A


65


Table of Contents

proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.
 
Section 13.3  Amendment Requirements.
 
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
 
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners or Assignees as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.
 
(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.
 
Section 13.4  Special Meetings.
 
All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the


66


Table of Contents

Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.
 
Section 13.5  Notice of a Meeting.
 
Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.
 
Section 13.6  Record Date.
 
For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.
 
Section 13.7  Adjournment.
 
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.
 
Section 13.8  Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting.
 
The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.
 
Section 13.9  Quorum and Voting.
 
The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and


67


Table of Contents

be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.
 
Section 13.10  Conduct of a Meeting.
 
The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.
 
Section 13.11  Action Without a Meeting.
 
If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.


68


Table of Contents

Section 13.12  Right to Vote and Related Matters.
 
(a) Only those Record Holders of the Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.
 
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.
 
ARTICLE XIV
 
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
 
Section 14.1  Authority.
 
The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) or a written plan of conversion (“Plan of Conversion”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.
 
Section 14.2  Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
 
(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
 
(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
 
(i) name and state of domicile of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
 
(ii) the name and state of domicile of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);
 
(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
 
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the


69


Table of Contents

Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;
 
(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;
 
(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and
 
(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
(c) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:
 
(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;
 
(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;
 
(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;
 
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity;
 
(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership; and
 
(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;
 
(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion (provided, that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such articles of conversion and stated therein); and
 
(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
Section 14.3  Approval by Limited Partners.
 
(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.


70


Table of Contents

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority.
 
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or articles of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.
 
(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.
 
(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to the Partnership Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Securities to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation do not exceed 20% of the Partnership Securities Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.
 
(f) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.
 
Section 14.4  Certificate of Merger.
 
Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or articles of conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 14.5  Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
 
(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:
 
(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be


71


Table of Contents

vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;
 
(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;
 
(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and
 
(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.
 
(b) At the effective time of the articles of conversion:
 
(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;
 
(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall continue to be owned by the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;
 
(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;
 
(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and may be pursued by such creditors and obligees as if the conversion did not occur;
 
(v) a proceeding pending by or against the Partnership or by or against any of Partners in their capacities as such may be continued by or against the converted entity in its new organizational form and by or against the prior partners without any need for substitution of parties; and
 
(vi) the Partnership Units that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other securities in the converted entity as provided in the plan of conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.
 
ARTICLE XV
 
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
 
Section 15.1  Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.
 
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. As used in this Agreement, (i) “Current Market Price” as of any date of any class of Limited Partner Interests means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined) per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; (ii) “Closing Price” for any day means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale


72


Table of Contents

takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market) on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market), the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner; and (iii) “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests of any class are listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted for trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.
 
(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI, and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).


73


Table of Contents

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.
 
ARTICLE XVI
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 16.1  Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.
 
(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Securities at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Securities by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.
 
(b) The terms “in writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.
 
Section 16.2  Further Action.
 
The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
Section 16.3  Binding Effect.
 
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
 
Section 16.4  Integration.
 
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.


74


Table of Contents

Section 16.5  Creditors.
 
None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
 
Section 16.6  Waiver.
 
No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
Section 16.7  Third-Party Beneficiaries.
 
Each Partner agrees that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.
 
Section 16.8  Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution hereto.
 
Section 16.9  Applicable Law.
 
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
 
Section 16.10  Invalidity of Provisions.
 
If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
 
Section 16.11  Consent of Partners.
 
Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.
 
Section 16.12  Facsimile Signatures.
 
The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.
 
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


75


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
GENERAL PARTNER:
 
TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC
 
  By: 
    
Name: 
Title: 
 
ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
TARGA GP INC.
 
  By 
    
Name: 
Title: 
 
TARGA LP INC.
 
  By: 
    
Name: 
Title: 
 
Signature Page — First Amended and Restated Agreement
of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners, LP


76


Table of Contents

LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
All Limited Partners now and hereafter admitted as Limited Partners of the Partnership, pursuant to powers of attorney now and hereafter executed in favor of, and granted and delivered to the General Partner or without execution hereof pursuant to Section 10.2(a) hereof.
 
[     ]
 
  By: 
    
Name: 
Title: 
 
Signature Page — First Amended and Restated Agreement
of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners, LP


77


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A
to the First Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of
Targa Resources Partners LP
 
Certificate Evidencing Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests in
Targa Resources Partners LP
 
No. _ _ _ _Common Units
 
In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”), Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at 1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300, Houston, Texas 77002. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.
 
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.
 
The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.


Exhibit A-1


Table of Contents

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
 
     
Dated: _ _
  Targa Resources Partners LP
     
    By:  Targa Resources GP LLC
     
Countersigned and Registered by:
   
 
         
[                    ]
  By:  
         
as Transfer Agent and Registrar
  Name:  
         
By:  _ _
  By:  
Authorized Signature
      Secretary
 
[Reverse of Certificate]
 
ABBREVIATIONS
 
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:
 
                 
TEN COM -
  as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
TEN ENT -
  as tenants by the entireties  
  Custodian  
        (Cust)       (Minor)
JT TEN -
  as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
  under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)
 
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.


Exhibit A-2


Table of Contents

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED,            hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto
 
     
 
(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)   (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)
 
           Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint            as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Targa Resources Partners LP.
 
         
Date:  _ _   NOTE:   The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change
         
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17d-15
     
(Signature)                          

(Signature)                          
 
No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.


Exhibit A-3


Table of Contents

 
APPENDIX B
 
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS
 
The following are abbreviations and definitions of terms commonly used in the oil and natural gas industry and this prospectus.
 
Adjusted operating surplus.  For any period, operating surplus generated during that period is adjusted to:
 
  (a)  increase operating surplus by any net decreases made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b) below;
 
  (b)  decrease operating surplus by any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures during that period not relating to an operating expenditure made during that period; and
 
  (c)  increase operating surplus by any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures during that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
 
Adjusted operating surplus does not include the portion of operating surplus described in subpart (a)(2) of the definition of “operating surplus” in this Appendix B.
 
Available cash.  For any quarter ending prior to liquidation:
 
  (a)  all cash and cash equivalents of Targa Resources Partners LP and its subsidiaries on hand on the date of determination of available cash for that quarter;
 
  (b)  less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:
 
  (1)  provide for the proper conduct of the business of Targa Resources Partners LP its subsidiaries (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for future credit needs of Targa Resource Partners LP and its subsidiaries) after that quarter;
 
  (2)  comply with applicable law or any debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which Targa Resources Partners LP or any of its subsidiaries is a party or its assets are subject; and
 
  (3)  provide funds for minimum quarterly distributions and cumulative common unit arrearages for any one or more of the next four quarters;
 
provided, however, that our general partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to clause (b)(3) immediately above unless our general partner has determined that the establishment of reserves will not prevent us from distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and any cumulative common unit arrearages thereon for that quarter; and provided, further, that disbursements made by us or any of our subsidiaries or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of that quarter but on or before the date of determination of available cash for that quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining available cash, within that quarter if our general partner so determines.
 
Bbl or barrel.  One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, used in reference to oil as NGLs or other liquid hydrocarbons.
 
BBtu.  One billion Btus.
 
Bcf.  One billion cubic feet of natural gas.
 
Btu.  British thermal unit, which is the heat required to raise the temperature of a one-pound mass of water from 58.5 to 59.5 degrees Fahrenheit.
 
Capital account.  The capital account maintained for a partner under the partnership agreement. The capital account of a partner for a common unit, a Class B unit, a subordinated unit, an incentive distribution


B-1


Table of Contents

right or any other partnership interest will be the amount which that capital account would be if that common unit, a Class B unit, subordinated unit, incentive distribution right or other partnership interest were the only interest in Targa Resources Partners LP held by a partner.
 
Capital surplus.  All available cash distributed by us on any date from any source will be treated as distributed from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of the initial public offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of the initial public offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Any excess available cash distributed by us on that date will be deemed to be capital surplus.
 
Closing price.  The last sale price on a day, regular way, or in case no sale takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day, regular way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal national securities exchange on which the units of that class are listed or admitted to trading. If the units of that class are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price on that day. If no quoted price exists, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on that day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or any other system then in use. If on any day the units of that class are not quoted by any organization of that type, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the units of the class selected by the our board of directors. If on that day no market maker is making a market in the units of that class, the fair value of the units on that day as determined reasonably and in good faith by our board of directors.
 
Condensate.  A natural gas liquid with a low vapor pressure, mainly composed of propane, butane, pentane and heavier hydrocarbon fractions.
 
Cumulative common unit arrearage.  The amount by which the minimum quarterly distribution for a quarter during the subordination period exceeds the distribution of available cash from operating surplus actually made for that quarter on a common unit, cumulative for that quarter and all prior quarters during the subordination period.
 
Current market price.  For any class of units listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange as of any date, the average of the daily closing prices for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to that date.
 
Interim capital transactions.  The following transactions if they occur prior to liquidation:
 
  (a)  borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by Targa Resources Partners LP or any of its subsidiaries;
 
  (b)  sales of equity interests by Targa Resources Partners LP or any of its subsidiaries;
 
  (c)  sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of Targa Resources Partners LP or any of its subsidiaries (other than sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and sales or other dispositions of assets as a part of normal retirements or replacements);
 
  (d)  capital contributions received; and
 
  (e)  corporate reorganizations or restructurings.
 
Dehydration.  The process of removing liquids and moisture content from gas or other matter.
 
DOT.  Department of Transportation.
 
EIA.  Energy Information Administration.
 
EPA.  Environmental Protection Agency.


B-2


Table of Contents

Equity volumes.  The portion of natural gas and/or NGLs we receive as payment for services in our gathering and processing business under percent-of-proceeds, percent-of-value or percent-of-liquids arrangements.
 
FERC.  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
 
Field.  The general area encompassed by one or more oil or gas reservoirs or pools that are located on a single geologic feature, that are otherwise closely related to the same geologic feature (either structural or stratigraphic).
 
Formation.  A subsurface rock formation containing one or more individual and separate natural accumulations of moveable petroleum that is confined by impermeable rock and is characterized by a single-pressure system.
 
Fractionation.  The process by which a mixed stream of natural gas liquids is separated into its constituent products.
 
Henry Hub.  A pipeline interchange near Erath, Louisiana, where a number of interstate and intrastate pipelines interconnect through a header system operated by Sabine Pipe Line. It is the standard delivery point for the NYMEX natural gas futures contract in the U.S.
 
Hydrocarbon.  An organic compound containing only carbon and hydrogen.
 
Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG).  Natural gas that has been cooled to −259 degrees Fahrenheit (−161 degrees Celsius) and at which point it is condensed into a liquid which is colorless, odorless, non-corrosive and non-toxic.
 
MBbl.  One thousand stock tank barrels.
 
Mcf.  One thousand cubic feet of natural gas.
 
MMBbl.  One million stock tank barrels.
 
MMBtu.  One million Btu.
 
MMcf.  One million cubic feet of natural gas.
 
MMS.  U.S. Minerals Management Service.
 
Natural gas.  Hydrocarbon gas found in the earth, composed of methane, ethane, butane, propane and other gases.
 
NGA.  Natural Gas Act of 1938.
 
NGLs.  Natural gas liquids. The combination of ethane, propane, butane and natural gasolines that when removed from natural gas become liquid under various levels of higher pressure and lower temperature.
 
NGPA.  Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978.
 
NGPSA.  Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline Siting Act.
 
NYMEX.  New York Mercantile Exchange.
 
OCS.  Outer Continental Shelf.
 
Operating expenditures.  All of our expenditures and expenditures of our subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of our general partner, non-pro rata repurchase of units (other than those made with the proceeds of an Interim Capital Transaction), interest payments and maintenance capital expenditures, subject to the following:
 
  (a)  Payments (including prepayments) of principal of and premium on indebtedness will not constitute operating expenditures.


B-3


Table of Contents

 
(b) Operating expenditures will not include:
 
  (1)  expansion capital expenditures;
 
  (2)  payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions; or
 
  (3)  distributions to unitholders.
 
Where capital expenditures consist of both maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures, the general partner, with the concurrence of the conflicts committee, shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.
 
Operating surplus.  For any period prior to liquidation, on a cumulative basis and without duplication:
 
  (a)  the sum of:
 
  (1)  all cash receipts of Targa Resource Partners LP and our subsidiaries for the period beginning on the closing date of our initial public offering and ending with the last day of that period, other than cash receipts from interim capital transactions (provided that cash receipts from the termination of a commodity hedge or interest rate swap prior to its specified termination date shall be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the scheduled life of such commodity hedge or interest rate swap); and
 
  (2)  an amount equal to four times the amount needed for any one quarter for us to pay a distribution on all units (including general partner units) and incentive distribution rights at the same per-unit amount as was distributed in the immediately preceding quarter; less
 
  (b)  the sum of:
 
  (1)  operating expenditures for the period beginning on the closing date of our initial public offering and ending with the last day of that period; and
 
  (2)  the amount of cash reserves that is established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; provided however, that disbursements made (including contributions to Targa Resource Partners LP or our subsidiaries or disbursements on behalf of Targa Resource Partners LP or our subsidiaries) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of that period but on or before the date of determination of available cash for that period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced for purposes of determining operating surplus, within that period if our general partner so determines.
 
Petrochemicals.  Chemicals derived from petroleum; feedstocks for the manufacture of plastics and synthetic rubber. Petrochemicals include benzene, toluene, xylene, styrene, and methanol.
 
Raw NGL mix.  Mixed stream of NGLs, including ethane, propane, butane and natural gasolines, prior to separation in a fractionator.
 
Residue gas.  The pipeline quality natural gas remaining after natural gas is processed.
 
Subordination period.  The subordination period will extend from the closing of the initial public offering until the first to occur of:
 
  (a)  the first day of any quarter beginning after December 31, 2009 for which:
 
  (1)  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date, provided, however, subordinated units may additionally convert into common units as described in “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period — Early Conversion of Subordinated Units”.


B-4


Table of Contents

 
  (2)  the adjusted operating surplus generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods, immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the common units and subordinated units that were outstanding during those periods on a fully diluted basis; and
 
  (3)  there are no outstanding cumulative common units arrearages.
 
  (b)  the date on which the general partner is removed as our general partner upon the requisite vote by the limited partners under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of the removal.
 
Tcf.  One trillion cubic feet of natural gas.
 
Throughput.  The volume of product transported or passing through a pipeline, plant, terminal or other facility.
 
Wellhead.  The equipment at the surface of a well used to control the pressure; the point at which the hydrocarbons and water exit the ground.
 
Workover.  Operations on a completed production well to clean, repair and maintain the well for the purposes of increasing or restoring production.


B-5


Table of Contents

(MAP)


Table of Contents

 
 
16,800,000 Common Units
 
Representing Limited Partner Interests
 
Targa Resources Partners LP
 
(TARGA LOGO)
 
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
          , 2007
 
 
 
Citigroup
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
UBS Investment Bank
Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
A.G. Edwards
Credit Suisse
Lehman Brothers
Wachovia Securities
Raymond James
RBC Capital Markets
Sanders Morris Harris
 
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:
 
         
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 43,412  
NASD filing fee
    41,072  
NASDAQ Global Market listing fee
    100,000  
Printing and engraving expenses
    500,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    2,000,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    750,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    5,000  
Miscellaneous
    560,516  
         
TOTAL
  $ 4,000,000  
         
 
ITEM 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
The partnership agreement of Targa Resources Partners L.P. provides that the partnership will, to the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided therein, indemnify and hold harmless its general partner, any Departing Partner (as defined therein), any person who is or was an affiliate of the general partner, including the Guarantor and any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Departing Partner, any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, fiduciary or trustee of the general partner, any Departing Partner, any Group Member (as defined therein) or any affiliate of the general partner, any Departing Partner or any Group Member, or any person who is or was serving at the request of the general partner, including the Guarantor and any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any affiliate of the general partner, or any Departing Partner or any affiliate of any Departing Partner as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another person, or any person that the general partner designates as a Partnership Indemnitee for purposes of the partnership agreement (each, a “Partnership Indemnitee”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Partnership Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as a Partnership Indemnitee, provided that the Partnership Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Partnership Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, the Partnership Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Partnership Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. This indemnification would under certain circumstances include indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act. To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by a Partnership Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to the partnership agreement in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the partnership prior to a determination that the Partnership Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Partnership Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Partnership Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under the partnership agreement. Any indemnification under these provisions will be only out of the assets of the partnership.


II-1


Table of Contents

Targa Resources Partners L.P. is authorized to purchase (or to reimburse their respective general partners for the costs of) insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by their respective general partners, their affiliates and such other persons as the respective general partners may determine and described in the paragraph above in connection with their activities, whether or not they would have the power to indemnify such person against such liabilities under the provisions described in the paragraphs above. Each general partner has purchased insurance covering its officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of the general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.
 
Any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration statement will provide for indemnification of officers and directors of the applicable general partner, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
On October 23, 2006, in connection with the formation of Targa Resources Partners LP, or the Partnership, the Partnership issued to (i) Targa Resources GP LLC the 2% general partner interest in the Partnership for $20 and (ii) to each of Targa GP Inc. and Targa LP Inc. a 49% limited partner interest in the Partnership for $490 in an offering exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.
 
ITEM 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
a. Exhibits:
 
             
  1 .1**     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1*     Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP (filed herewith as Appendix A)
  3 .2**     Certificate of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP
  3 .3**     Certificate of Formation of Targa Resources GP LLC
  3 .4**     Limited Liability Company Agreement of Targa Resources GP LLC
  4 .1*     Specimen Unit Certificate representing common units
  5 .1**     Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP relating to the legality of the securities being registered
  8 .1**     Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP relating to tax matters
  10 .1*     Form of Indemnification Agreement
  10 .2*     Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .3*     Form of Credit Agreement
  10 .4**     Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10 .5**     Gas Gathering and Purchase Agreement by and between Burlington Resources Oil & Gas Company LP, Burlington Resources Trading Inc. and Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership (portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment)
  10 .6**     Form of Natural Gas Purchase Agreement with Targa Gas Marketing LLC
  10 .7**     Form of NGL and Condensate Purchase Agreement with Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade
  10 .8*     Form of Contribution Agreement
  10 .9*     Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan
  21 .1*     Subsidiaries of Targa Resources Partners LP
  23 .1*     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .2**     Consent of Vinson & Elkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .3**     Consent of Peter R. Kagan to be named as Director


II-2


Table of Contents

             
  23 .4*     Consent of Robert B. Evans to be named as Director
  23 .5*     Consent of Chansoo Joung to be named as Director
  23 .6*     Consent of Barry R. Pearl to be named as Director
  23 .7*     Consent of William D. Sullivan to be named as Director
  24 .1**     Power of Attorney
 
 
* Filed herewith
 
** Previously filed
 
b. Financial Statement Schedules
 
ITEM 17.   Undertakings
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(b) To provide to the underwriter(s) at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter(s) to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(c) For purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(d) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, in the State of Texas on February 1, 2007.
 
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
 
  By:  TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC,
Its general partner
 
  By: 
/s/  Jeffrey J. McParland
Name: Jeffrey J. McParland
  Title:  Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Director (Principal Financial Officer)
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
*

Rene R. Joyce
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 1, 2007
         
/s/  Jeffrey J. McParland

Jeffrey J. McParland
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)   February 1, 2007
         
*

John R. Sparger
  Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 1, 2007
             
             
             
*By:  
/s/  Jeffrey J. McParland

Jeffrey J. McParland
Attorney-in-Fact
       


II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
             
  1 .1**     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1*     Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP (filed herewith as Appendix A)
  3 .2**     Certificate of Limited Partnership of Targa Resources Partners LP
  3 .3**     Certificate of Formation of Targa Resources GP LLC
  3 .4**     Limited Liability Company Agreement of Targa Resources GP LLC
  4 .1*     Specimen Unit Certificate representing common units
  5 .1**     Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP relating to the legality of the securities being registered
  8 .1**     Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP relating to tax matters
  10 .1*     Form of Indemnification Agreement
  10 .2*     Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .3*     Form of Credit Agreement
  10 .4**     Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10 .5**     Gas Gathering and Purchase Agreement by and between Burlington Resources Oil & Gas Company LP, Burlington Resources Trading Inc. and Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership (portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment)
  10 .6**     Form of Natural Gas Purchase Agreement with Targa Gas Marketing LLC
  10 .7**     Form of NGL and Condensate Purchase Agreement with Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade
  10 .8*     Form of Contribution Agreement
  10 .9*     Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan
  21 .1*     Subsidiaries of Targa Resources Partners LP
  23 .1*     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .2**     Consent of Vinson & Elkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .3**     Consent of Peter R. Kagan to be named as Director
  23 .4*     Consent of Robert B. Evans to be named as Director
  23 .5*     Consent of Chansoo Joung to be named as Director
  23 .6*     Consent of Barry R. Pearl to be named as Director
  23 .7*     Consent of William D. Sullivan to be named as Director
  24 .1**     Power of Attorney
 
 
* Filed herewith
 
** Previously filed

exv4w1
 

Exhibit 4.1
(Certificate-Front)

 


 

(Certificate-Back)

 

exv10w1
 

Exhibit 10.1
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective February ___, 2007, between Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “MLP”), Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and the undersigned director or officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”).
     WHEREAS, the MLP Partnership Agreement (as defined below) provides for indemnification of each director and officer of the Company and the MLP, as well as persons serving in various other capacities, to the maximum extent permitted by law;
     WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the MLP Partnership Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Company LLC Agreement (as defined below) provides indemnification of each director and officer of the Company, as well as persons serving in other capacities, to the maximum extent authorized by law;
WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement;
     WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee’s continued service to the MLP and the Company in an effective manner, the MLP and the Company wish to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law (whether partial or complete) and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the MLP’s and/or the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies;
     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the MLP and/or the Company on condition that the Indemnitee be so indemnified;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the MLP, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:
     (a) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, inquiry or proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the MLP or the Company or any predecessor, subsidiary or affiliated company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee is or will be involved as a party, as a witness or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the MLP or the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as a director or officer or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the MLP or the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or other

1


 

enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or reimbursement can be provided under this Agreement; provided that any such action, suit or proceeding which is brought by Indemnitee against the MLP or the Company or any predecessor, subsidiary or affiliated company or directors or officers of the MLP or the Company or any predecessor, subsidiary or affiliated company, other than an action brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement, shall not be deemed a Proceeding without prior approval by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (b) The term “Expenses” shall include, without limitation, any judgments, fines and penalties against Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding; amounts paid by Indemnitee in settlement of a Proceeding; and all attorneys’ fees and disbursements, accountants’ fees, private investigation fees and disbursements, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, fees and expenses of witnesses, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, or expenses, reasonably incurred by or for Indemnitee in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding or establishing Indemnitee’s right of entitlement to indemnification for any of the foregoing.
     (c) References to Indemnitee’s being or acting as “a director or officer of the MLP or the Company” or “serving at the request of the MLP or the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or other enterprise” shall include in each case service to or actions taken while and as a result of being a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of any predecessor, subsidiary or affiliated company of the MLP or the Company.
     (d) References to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the MLP or the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the MLP or the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, trustee, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.
     (e) The term “substantiating documentation” shall mean copies of bills or invoices for costs incurred by or for Indemnitee, or copies of court or agency orders or decrees or settlement agreements, as the case may be, accompanied by a sworn statement from Indemnitee that such bills, invoices, court or agency orders or decrees or settlement agreements, represent costs or liabilities meeting the definition of “Expenses” herein.
     (f) The terms “he” and “his” have been used for convenience and mean “she” and “her” if Indemnitee is a female.
     (g) The term “MLP Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the MLP, dated as of February ___, 2007, as amended or restated from time to time.

2


 

     (h) The term “Company LLC Agreement” means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of October 23, 2006, as amended or restated from time to time.
     (i) The term “LLC Statute” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.
     (j) The term “Partnership Statute” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
     (k) The term “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2. Indemnity of Indemnitee. Each of the MLP and the Company hereby agrees (subject to the provisions of Section 5 below) to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law (including the applicable provisions of the Partnership Statute and the LLC Statute). The phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to (a) to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the Partnership Statute and the LLC Statute that authorizes or permits additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the Partnership Statute and the LLC Statute and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the Partnership Statute and the LLC Statute adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which an entity may indemnify its officers and directors. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of the Partnership Statute and the LLC Statute that adversely affects any right of Indemnitee shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.
     3. Additional Indemnity. Each of the MLP and the Company hereby further agrees (subject to the provisions of Section 5 below) to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses incurred by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the MLP or the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the MLP or the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or other enterprise, including, without limitation, any predecessor, subsidiary or affiliated entity of the MLP or the Company, provided that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order of the court, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
     4. Contribution. If the indemnification provided under Section 2 is unavailable by reason of a court decision, based on grounds other than any of those set forth in Section 5 below,

3


 

then, in respect of any Proceeding in which the MLP or the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the MLP and the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the MLP or the Company on one hand and Indemnitee on the other from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose and (b) the relative fault of the MLP or the Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the MLP or the Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses. Each of the MLP and the Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take into account of the foregoing equitable considerations.
     5. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the MLP and the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
     (a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement;
     (b) Insured Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such expenses or liabilities have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance;
     (c) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute;
     (d) Unlawful Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee to the extent such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law; or
     (e) Unauthorized Settlement. To indemnify Indemnitee with regard to any judicial award if the MLP or the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, to participate in the defense of such action or to indemnify Indemnitee for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the MLP’s or the Company’s prior written consent.
     6. Choice of Counsel. If Indemnitee is a director but not an officer of the MLP or the Company, he, together with the other directors who are not officers of the MLP or the Company and are seeking indemnification (the “Outside Directors”), shall be entitled to employ, and be reimbursed for the fees and disbursements of, a single counsel separate from that chosen

4


 

by Indemnitees who are officers of the MLP or the Company. The principal counsel for Outside Directors (“Principal Counsel”) shall be determined by majority vote of the Outside Directors who are seeking indemnification, and the Principal Counsel for the Indemnitees who are not Outside Directors (“Separate Counsel”) shall be determined by majority vote of such Indemnitees, in each case subject to the consent of the MLP or the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The obligation of the MLP and the Company to reimburse Indemnitee for the fees and disbursements of counsel hereunder shall not extend to the fees and disbursements of any counsel employed by Indemnitee other than Principal Counsel or Separate Counsel, as the case may be, unless Indemnitee has interests that are different from those of the other Indemnitees or defenses available to him that are in addition to or different from those of the other Indemnitees such that Principal Counsel or Separate Counsel, as the case may be, would have an actual or potential conflict of interest in representing Indemnitee.
     7. Advances of Expenses.
     (a) Expenses (other than judgments, penalties, fines and settlements) incurred by Indemnitee shall be paid by the MLP and the Company, in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding, within three business days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request accompanied by substantiating documentation and Indemnitee’s written affirmation as described in subsection (c) below. No objections based on or involving the question whether such charges meet the definition of “Expenses,” including any question regarding the reasonableness of such Expenses, shall be grounds for failure to advance to such Indemnitee, or to reimburse such Indemnitee for, the amount claimed within such three business day period, and the undertaking of Indemnitee set forth in this Section 7 to repay any such amount to the extent it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to include an undertaking to repay any such amounts determined not to have met such definition.
     (b) Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay to the MLP and the Company (i) any advances or payment of Expenses made pursuant to this Section 7 and (ii) any judgments, penalties, fines and settlements paid to or on behalf of Indemnitee hereunder, in each case to the extent that it is ultimately determined in a final judgment or other final adjudication of a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.
     (c) As a condition to the advancement of such Expenses or the payment of such judgments, penalties, fines and settlements, Indemnitee shall execute an acknowledgment wherein Indemnitee affirms that such Expenses or such judgments, penalties, fines and settlements, as the case may be, are delivered pursuant and are subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
     8. Right of Indemnitee to Indemnification Upon Application; Procedure Upon Application. Any indemnification payment under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 7 hereof, shall be made no later than 30 days after receipt by the MLP and the Company of the written request of Indemnitee, accompanied by substantiating documentation, unless a determination is made within said 30-day period that Indemnitee has not met the relevant standards for indemnification set forth in Section 3 hereof by (a) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not or were not parties to such Proceeding, (b) a committee of the Board of Directors designated by majority vote of the Board

5


 

of Directors, even though less than a quorum, (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (d) the equity owners.
     The right to indemnification or advances as provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that indemnification is not appropriate shall be on the MLP and the Company. Neither the failure of the MLP or the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its equity owners) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standards of conduct, nor an actual determination by the MLP and the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its equity owners) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
     9. Indemnification Hereunder Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the MLP Partnership Agreement, the Company LLC Agreement, the Partnership Statute, the LLC Statute, any directors and officers insurance maintained by or on behalf of the MLP or the Company, any agreement, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; provided, however, that this Agreement supersedes all prior written indemnification agreements between the MLP or the Company (or any predecessor thereof) and Indemnitee with respect to the subject matter hereof. However, Indemnitee shall reimburse the MLP and the Company for amounts paid to Indemnitee pursuant to such other rights to the extent such payments duplicate any payments received pursuant to this Agreement.
     10. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the MLP and the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director or officer of the MLP or the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the MLP or the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (notwithstanding the fact that Indemnitee has ceased to serve the MLP or the Company).
     11. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the MLP and the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the MLP and the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6


 

     12. Acknowledgements. Each of the MLP and the Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as a director or officer of the MLP and/or the Company, and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in agreeing to serve or in continuing to serve as a director or officer of the MLP and/or the Company.
     13. Enforcement. In the event Indemnitee is required to bring any action or other proceeding to enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful in such action, the MLP and the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all of Indemnitee’s expenses in bringing and pursuing such action.
     14. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be in any way affected or impaired thereby, and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. Each section of this Agreement is a separate and independent portion of this Agreement. If the indemnification to which Indemnitee is entitled with respect to any aspect of any claim varies between two or more sections of this Agreement, that section providing the most comprehensive indemnification shall apply.
     15. Liability Insurance. To the extent the MLP or the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available and maintained by the MLP or the Company for any director or officer of the MLP or the Company or any applicable subsidiary or affiliated company.
     16. Miscellaneous.
     (a) Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of law.
     (b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by any party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
     (c) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

7


 

     (d) Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one business day after the date when sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (iii) five business days after the date when mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the parties at the addresses indicated on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as any party hereto may, from time to time, designate in writing delivered pursuant to the terms of this Section 16(d).
     (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
     (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the MLP and the Company and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, legal representatives and assigns.
     (g) Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the MLP and the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the MLP and the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
         
  TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP


By Targa Resources GP LLC, 
       its general partner

 
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
       
    Address:  1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300
Houston, Texas 77002
         
  TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC
 
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
       
    Address:  1000 Louisiana, Suite 4300
Houston, Texas 77002
     
 
  INDEMNITEE:
  
   
       
 
   
 
  [Name]
         
       Address:      
        
          
          
 

9

exv10w2
 

Exhibit 10.2
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan.
     The Targa Resources Partners Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted by Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates incentive compensation awards for superior performance that are based on Units. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates.
     SECTION 2. Definitions.
     As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Award” means an Option, Restricted Unit, Performance Unit, Other Unit-Based Award, or Replacement Award, and shall also include any tandem DERs granted with respect to a Performance Unit.
     “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.
     “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “Change of Control” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
     (i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than an Affiliate of the Company or the Partnership, shall become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the equity interests in the Company or the Partnership;

 


 

     (ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership;
     (iii) the sale or other disposition by either the Company or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; or
     (iv) a transaction resulting in a Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company being the general partner of the Partnership.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and with respect to which a Change of Control will accelerate payment, “Change of Control” shall mean a “change of control event” as defined in the regulations and guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if none, the Board or such committee of the Board, if any, as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
     “Consultant” means an independent contractor, other than a Director, who performs services for the benefit of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either.
     “DER” or “Distribution Equivalent Right” means a contingent right, granted in tandem with a specific Performance Unit, to receive an amount in cash equal to the cash distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such DER is outstanding.
     “Director” means a member of the Board or a board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an Employee.
     “Employee” means any employee of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either who performs services for the benefit of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of a Unit on the principal national securities exchange or other market in which trading in Units occurs on the applicable date (or if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event Units are not traded on a national securities exchange or other market at the time a determination of fair market value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of fair market value shall be made in good faith by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award granted on the effective date of the initial public offering of Units, Fair Market Value on such date shall mean the initial offering price per Unit as stated on the cover page of the S-1 for such offering.
     “Option” means an option to purchase Units granted under the Plan.

-2-


 

     “Other Unit-Based Award” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Plan.
     “Participant” means any Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.
     “Performance Unit” means a phantom (notional) unit granted under the Plan which entitles the Participant to receive an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit upon vesting of the Performance Unit; however, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to pay such vested Performance Unit with a Unit in lieu of cash.
     “Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
     “Replacement Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Plan.
     “Restricted Period” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.
     “Restricted Unit” means a Unit granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.
     “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.
     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.
     “Unit” means a common unit of the Partnership.
     “UDR” or “Unit Distribution Right” means a right to receive distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Restricted Unit.
     SECTION 3. Administration.
     (a) Governance. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.
     (b) Delegation. Subject to the following and applicable law, the Committee, in it sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee”, other than in Section 7, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to, a person who is an officer subject to Rule 16b-3 or a member of the Board.

-3-


 

     (c) Authority and Powers. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, the Partnership, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Participant.
     SECTION 4. Units.
     (a) Limits on Units Deliverable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan may not exceed 1,680,000 Units; provided, however, if any Award (including Restricted Units) is terminated, forfeited or expires for any reason without the delivery of Units covered by such Award or Units are withheld from an Award to satisfy the exercise price or the employer’s tax withholding obligation with respect to such Award, such Units shall again be available for delivery pursuant to other Awards granted under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) there shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be granted under the Plan and paid in cash, and (ii) any Units allocated to an Award shall, to the extent such Award is paid in cash, be again available for delivery under the Plan with respect to other Awards.
     (b) Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards. Any Units delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of Units acquired in the open market or from any Affiliate, the Partnership or any other Person, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
     (c) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, Change of Control, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Units or other securities of the Partnership, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Units or other securities of the Partnership, or other similar transaction or event affects the Units such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award, or (iv) if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the

-4-


 

holder of an outstanding Award; provided, that the number of Units subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in a FAS 123R accounting charge if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.
     SECTION 5. Eligibility.
     Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.
     SECTION 6. Awards.
     (a) Options. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each Option, and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.
     (i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Unit under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted and, except with respect to a Replacement Award, may not be less than its Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
     (ii) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine (a) the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, which may include, without limitation, accelerated exercisability upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and, (b) in its discretion, the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, a “cashless-broker” exercise through a program approved by the Company, with the consent of the Company, the withholding of Units that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.
     (iii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all Options shall be forfeited by the Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Options.
     (b) Performance Units. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants, and Directors to whom Performance Units shall be granted, the number of Performance Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the time or conditions under which the Performance Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may

-5-


 

    establish with respect to such Awards, including whether DERs are granted with respect to such Performance Units.
     (i) DERs. Unless and to the extent provided otherwise by the Committee in its discretion, a grant of Performance Units shall include a tandem DER grant, which provides that such DERs shall be credited to a bookkeeping account (without interest) and shall be paid to the Participant in cash upon the vesting of the tandem Performance Unit. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide such other terms, including different vesting and payment forms and mediums and the “investment” of such DERs in additional Performance Units, as it may choose with respect to DERs and may also provide that a grant of Performance Units does not include tandem DERs.
     (ii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting arrangement with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Performance Units awarded the Participant, and any outstanding tandem DERs credited to such Participant, shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Performance Units and DERs.
     (iii) Lapse of Restrictions. Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Performance Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit as of the vesting date; however, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to pay such vested Performance Unit in the form of one Unit in lieu of cash.
     (c) Restricted Units. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Restricted Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.
     (i) UDRs. To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Restricted Units may provide that distributions made by the Partnership with respect to the Restricted Units shall be subject to such forfeiture and other restrictions as the Committee may choose and, if so restricted, such distributions shall be held, without interest, until the UDR vests or is forfeited. In addition, the Committee may provide that such distributions be used to acquire additional Restricted Units for the Participant. Such additional Restricted Units may be subject to such vesting and other terms as the Committee may proscribe. Absent such a restriction on the UDRs in the Award Agreement, distributions with respect to a Restricted Unit shall be paid to the holder of the Restricted Unit without restriction.

-6-


 

     (ii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Restricted Units awarded the Participant, and any unpaid UDRs credited to the Participant, shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeitures with respect to a Participant’s Restricted Units and UDRs.
     (iii) Lapse of Restrictions. Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Unit certificate so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.
     (d) Other Unit-Based Awards. Other Unit-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan to such Employees, Consultants and Directors as the Committee, in its discretion, may select. An Other Unit-Based Award shall be an award denominated or payable in, valued in or otherwise based on or related to Units, in whole or in part and shall include unrestricted Units paid in lieu of any bonus or incentive compensation otherwise payable in cash. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions, if any, of any such Other Unit-Based Award. An Other Unit-Based Award may be paid in cash, Common Units (including Restricted Units) or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
     (e) Replacement Awards. Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution or replacement for similar equity awards cancelled or forfeited by Employees, Consultants and Directors as a result of a merger or acquisition by the Partnership or an Affiliate of an entity or the assets of an entity. Such Replacement Awards may have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine and the exercise price of an Option may be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date of such substitution or replacement.
     (f) General.
     (i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together. Except as provided below, Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.
     (ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards.
     (A) Except as provided in paragraph (C) below, each Award shall be exercisable or payable only by or to the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

-7-


 

     (B) Except as provided in paragraphs (A) and (C), no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate.
     (C) To the extent specifically provided or approved by the Committee with respect to an Award, an Award may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.
     (iii) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.
     (iv) Unit Certificates. All certificates for Units or other securities of the Partnership delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
     (v) Consideration for Grants. Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee determines.
     (vi) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is not reasonably able to obtain Units to deliver pursuant to such Award without violating the rules or regulations of any applicable law or securities exchange, no delivery shall occur until such time as the Committee, in good faith, determines that the delivery of Units may be made without violating the rules or regulations of any applicable law or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the Company.
     (vii) Change in Control, Similar Events. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any change in applicable law or regulation affecting the Plan or Awards thereunder, or any change in accounting principles affecting the financial statements of the Partnership, the Committee, in its sole discretion, without the consent of any Participant or holder of the Award, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, may take any one or more of the following actions in order to either prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or an outstanding Award or mitigate any unfavorable accounting consequences:

-8-


 

     (A) provide for either (i) the termination of any Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of such transaction or event the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (ii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;
     (B) provide that such award be assumed by the successor or survivor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be exchanged for similar options, rights or awards covering the equity of the successor or survivor, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of equity interests and prices;
     (C) make adjustments in the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Awards or in the terms and conditions of (including the exercise price), and the vesting and performance criteria included in, outstanding Awards, or both;
     (D) provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and
     (E) provide that the Award cannot be exercised or become payable after such event, i.e., shall terminate upon such event.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to an above event that is an “equity restructuring” event that would be subject to a compensation expense pursuant FAS 123R if a discretionary change is made, the provisions in Section 4(c) shall control to the extent they are in conflict with the discretionary provisions of this Section 6 and (ii) upon a Change of Control all Awards shall become vested and exercisable or payable, as the case may be, unless, and to the extent, the Committee specifically provides to the contrary in the Award Agreement with respect to a Change of Control.
     SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:
     (a) Amendments to the Plan. Except as required by the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, without the consent of any member, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person.
     (b) Amendments to Awards. Subject to Section 7(a), the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided

-9-


 

no change, other than pursuant to Section 6(f)(vii) or, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as being necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, in any Award shall materially reduce the benefit of a Participant without the consent of such Participant.
     SECTION 8. General Provisions.
     (a) No Rights to Award. No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
     (b) Tax Withholding. The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Units, other securities or property, or Units that would otherwise be issued or delivered pursuant to such Award) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.
     (c) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate or to remain on the Board or a Consultant, as applicable. Further, the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.
     (d) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware law without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
     (e) Section 409A. This Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and may be administered in a manner that is intended to meet those requirements and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. All Awards granted and payments hereunder will either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or will be subject to Section 409A of the Code and will be structured in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including regulations or other guidance issued with respect thereto. Any provision of this Plan that would cause an Award or payment to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code will be amended (in a manner that as closely as practicable achieves the original intent of the Award) to comply with Section 409A of the Code on a timely basis, which may be made on a retroactive basis, in accordance with regulations and other guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (f) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it

-10-


 

cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
     (g) Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or result in recoverable short-swing profits under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.
     (h) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.
     (i) No Fractional Units. No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
     (j) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
     (k) Facility Payment. Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and the Company shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.
     (l) Gender and Number. Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
     SECTION 9. Term of the Plan.
     The Plan shall become effective on the later of the date of its approval by the Board or the initial public offering of Units and, except as provided below with respect to Performance Units, shall terminate on, and no Awards may be granted after, the earliest of the date established by the Board or the Committee, the 10th anniversary of the date the Plan was adopted by the Company (or such earlier anniversary, if any, required by the rules of the exchange on which Units are traded) or the date Units are no longer available for delivery pursuant to Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may provide that the Plan

-11-


 

shall continue without regard to such termination with respect to the grant of Performance Units, provided such Performance Units shall be payable only in cash. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted prior to any Plan termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

-12-

exv10w3
 

Exhibit 10.3
 
 
 
[Published CUSIP Number: ________________]
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of February ___, 2007
Among
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP,
as the Borrower,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender
and
L/C Issuer,
WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
as the Syndication Agent,
MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL,
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
and
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,
as the Co-Documentation Agents,
and
The Other Lenders Party Hereto
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC and WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
as
Joint Lead Arrangers
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as
Sole Book Manager
$500,000,000 Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Section   Page  
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    1  
1.01 Defined Terms
    1  
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions
    27  
1.03 Accounting Terms
    27  
1.04 Rounding
    28  
1.05 Times of Day
    28  
1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    28  
2.01 Committed Loans
    28  
2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans
    29  
2.03 Letters of Credit
    30  
2.04 Swing Line Loans
    39  
2.05 Prepayments
    42  
2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    44  
2.07 Repayment of Loans
    44  
2.08 Interest
    44  
2.09 Fees
    45  
2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees
    46  
2.11 Evidence of Debt
    46  
2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback
    47  
2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders
    49  
2.14 Increase in Commitments
    49  
 
       
ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    51  
3.01 Taxes
    51  
3.02 Illegality
    53  
3.03 Inability to Determine Rates
    53  
3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans
    54  
3.05 Compensation for Losses
    55  
3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
    56  
3.07 Survival
    56  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    56  
4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
    56  
4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions
    60  
 
       
ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    60  
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
    60  
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention
    61  
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
    61  
5.04 Binding Effect
    61  
5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    62  
5.06 Litigation
    62  
5.07 No Default
    62  
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens
    62  
5.09 Environmental Compliance
    63  
5.10 Insurance
    63  

i


 

         
Section   Page  
5.11 Taxes
    63  
5.12 ERISA Compliance
    64  
5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Taxpayer Identification Number
    64  
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    65  
5.15 Disclosure
    65  
5.16 Compliance with Laws
    65  
5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
    65  
5.18 Labor Disputes and Acts of God
    66  
5.19 Solvency
    66  
5.20 Credit Arrangements
    66  
5.21 Real Property
    66  
5.22 Labor Matters
    66  
5.23 Security Documents
    66  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    67  
6.01 Financial Statements
    67  
6.02 Certificates; Other Information
    67  
6.03 Notices
    70  
6.04 Payment of Obligations
    71  
6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.
    71  
6.06 Maintenance of Properties
    71  
6.07 Maintenance of Insurance
    71  
6.08 Compliance with Laws
    72  
6.09 Books and Records
    72  
6.10 Inspection Rights
    72  
6.11 Use of Proceeds
    72  
6.12 Additional Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Pledgors
    73  
6.13 Agreement to Deliver Security Documents
    73  
6.14 Perfection and Protection of Security Interests and Liens
    74  
6.15 Performance on the Borrower’s Behalf
    74  
6.16 Environmental Matters; Environmental Reviews
    74  
6.17 Compliance with Agreements
    75  
6.18 Designation and Conversion of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    75  
6.19 Maintenance of Corporate Separateness
    76  
 
       
ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    76  
7.01 Liens
    76  
7.02 Investments
    78  
7.03 Indebtedness
    79  
7.04 Subordinated Indebtedness
    81  
7.05 Fundamental Changes
    81  
7.06 Dispositions
    82  
7.07 Restricted Payments
    84  
7.08 Change in Nature of Business
    84  
7.09 Transactions with Affiliates
    84  
7.10 Burdensome Agreements
    85  
7.11 Prohibited Contracts
    85  
7.12 Limitation on Credit Extensions
    85  
7.13 Use of Proceeds
    85  
7.14 Interest Coverage Ratio
    86  
7.15 Leverage Ratios
    86  
7.16 Negative Pledge
    87  

ii


 

         
Section   Page  
ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    87  
8.01 Events of Default
    87  
8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default
    89  
8.03 Application of Funds
    90  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
    91  
9.01 Appointment and Authority
    91  
9.02 Rights as a Lender
    91  
9.03 Exculpatory Provisions
    92  
9.04 Reliance by Agent
    92  
9.05 Delegation of Duties
    93  
9.06 Resignation of Agent
    93  
9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders
    94  
9.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
    94  
9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    94  
9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    95  
9.11 Indemnification of Agents
    96  
9.12 Intercreditor Agreement
    96  
 
       
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS
    97  
10.01 Amendments, Etc
    97  
10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication
    98  
10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    100  
10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
    100  
10.05 Payments Set Aside
    102  
10.06 Successors and Assigns
    103  
10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
    107  
10.08 Deposit Accounts; Right of Setoff
    108  
10.09 Interest Rate Limitation
    108  
10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
    109  
10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    109  
10.12 Severability
    109  
10.13 Replacement of Lenders
    109  
10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
    110  
10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial and Special Damages
    111  
10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    112  
10.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
    113  
10.18 No General Partner’s Liability
    113  
10.19 Time of the Essence
    113  
10.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
    113  
SIGNATURES
    S-1  

iii


 

SCHEDULES
       
 
1.01
  Certain Permitted Hedging Parties
 
2.01
  Commitments and Applicable Percentages
 
4.01
  Security Documents
 
5.13
  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Taxpayer Identification Number
 
5.21
  Material Real Property
 
6.07
  Insurance Summary – Property and Casualty
 
7.01
  Existing Liens
 
7.09
  Affiliate Transactions
 
10.02
  Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices
 
10.06
  Processing and Recordation Fees
EXHIBITS
       
 
 
  Form of
 
 
A
  Committed Loan Notice
 
B
  Swing Line Loan Notice
 
C
  Note
 
D
  Compliance Certificate
 
E
  Assignment and Assumption
 
F
  Guaranty
 
G
  Opinion Matters
 
H
  Pledge and Security Agreement
 
I
  Deed of Trust
 
J
  Intercreditor Agreement

iv


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of February ___, 2007, among Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.
     The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
     1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “Acquired Entity or Business” means any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (but not any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.
     “Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Borrower from Targa of all the outstanding partnership interests of Targa North Texas.
     “Additional Debt” means Indebtedness for borrowed money other than Indebtedness described in Section 7.03.
     “Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
     “Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
     “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

1


 

     “Agent-Related Persons” means, with respect to any Agent, such Agent, together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Agent and its Affiliates.
     “Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Syndication Agent.
     “Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
     “Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.
     “Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
     “Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Compliance Certificate has been received by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) or (c):
                             
    Consolidated                
    Funded                
    Indebtedness to           Revolver    
    Consolidated   Commitment   Eurodollar   Revolver
Pricing Level   Adjusted EBITDA   Fee   Rate   Base Rate
1
  Greater than or equal to 5.25 to 1.0     0.35 %     2.25 %     1.25 %
2
  Less than 5.25 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 4.75 to 1.0     0.35 %     2.00 %     1.00 %
3
  Less than 4.75 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 4.25 to 1.0     0.30 %     1.75 %     0.75 %
4
  Less than 4.25 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.75 to 1.0     0.30 %     1.50 %     0.50 %
5
  Less than 3.75 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.25 to 1.0     0.25 %     1.25 %     0.25 %
6
  Less than 3.25 to 1.00     0.20 %     1.00 %     0.00 %

2


 

     Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the ratio of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) or (c); provided, however, that at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the highest Pricing Level (i.e., the Pricing Level that produces the highest Applicable Rate) shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply). The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date following the Closing Date on which a Compliance Certificate is delivered or to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) or (c) shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 4.
     “Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
     “Arranger” means each of Banc of America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, in its capacity as a joint lead arranger.
     “Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
     “Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease.
     “Audited Financial Statements” means the audited Consolidated financial statements of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the ten month period ended October 31, 2005 and the two month period ended December 31, 2005, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such periods of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

3


 

     “Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
     “Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
     “Base Rate means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
     “Base Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.
     “Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
     “Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
     “Borrower’s Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Borrower dated [___], as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.
     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
     “Capital Lease” means any lease that has been or should be, in accordance with GAAP recorded as a capital lease.
     “Capital Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Person and a Capital Lease, the amount of the obligation of such Person as the lessee under such Capital Lease which would, in accordance with GAAP, appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person as of the date of any determination thereof.
     “Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

4


 

     “Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.
     “Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.
     “Change of Control” means the earlier to occur of:
     (a) Targa shall cease to Control General Partner, or any Person, other than Targa or a Person Controlled by Targa, shall Control General Partner; or
     (b) General Partner shall cease for any reason to be the sole General Partner of the Borrower; or
     (c) Any change of control or similar event occurs under the terms of any indenture, note agreement or other agreement governing any outstanding Unsecured Note Indebtedness that result in such Unsecured Note Indebtedness becoming due and payable before its maturity or being subject to a repurchase, retirement or redemption right or option; or
     (d) Less than 50% of Targa’s Consolidated assets, after deducting therefrom the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, are in the Present Line of Business.
     “Chico Plant” means the cryogenic natural gas processing plant located in Wise County, Texas, including the real property owned by Targa North Texas on which the Chico Plant and related equipment and operations are located.
     “Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “Collateral” means all property of any kind which is subject to a Lien in favor of Secured Parties (or in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties) or which, under the terms of any Security Document, is purported to be subject to such a Lien, in each case granted or created to secure all or part of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations.
     “Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, acting through one or more of its branches or Affiliates, in its capacity as collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

5


 

     “Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
     “Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.
     “Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
     “Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
     “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
     “Consolidated” refers to the consolidation of any Person, in accordance with GAAP, with its properly Consolidated Subsidiaries. References herein to a Person’s Consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. refer to the Consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. of such Person and its properly Consolidated Subsidiaries. For avoidance of doubt, neither an Unrestricted Subsidiary nor a Partially Owned Operating Company shall be considered a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower.
     “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated EBITDA; provided that, (a) if, since the beginning of the four fiscal quarter period ending on the date for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is determined, the Borrower or any Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Acquisition or Disposition or a Subsidiary shall be redesignated as either an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto as if the Material Acquisition or Disposition or redesignation had occurred on the first day of such period. Such pro forma effect shall be determined (i) in good faith by a Responsible Officer of General Partner, and (ii) without giving effect to any anticipated or proposed change in operations, revenues, expenses or other items included in the computation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, except with the consent of the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion and (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA may include, at the Borrower’s option, any Material Project EBITDA Adjustments as provided below. As used herein, “Material Project EBITDA Adjustments” means, with respect to the construction or expansion of any capital project of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate capital cost of which (inclusive of capital costs expended prior to the acquisition thereof) is reasonably expected by the Borrower to exceed, or exceeds, $10,000,000 (a “Material Project”):

6


 

     (A) prior to the date on which a Material Project has achieved commercial operation (the “Commercial Operation Date”) (but including the fiscal quarter in which such Commercial Operation Date occurs), a percentage (based on the then-current completion percentage of such Material Project as of the date of determination) of an amount to be approved by Administrative Agent as the projected Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project for the first 12-month period following the scheduled Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (such amount to be determined based upon projected revenues from customer contracts, projected revenues that are determined by the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, to otherwise be highly probable, the creditworthiness and applicable projected production of the prospective customers, capital and other costs, operating and administrative expenses, scheduled Commercial Operation Date, commodity price assumptions and other factors deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent), which may, at the Borrower’s option, be added to actual Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarter in which construction or expansion of such Material Project commences and for each fiscal quarter thereafter until the Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (including the fiscal quarter in which such Commercial Operation Date occurs, but net of any actual Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project following such Commercial Operation Date); provided that if the actual Commercial Operation Date does not occur by the scheduled Commercial Operation Date, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced, for quarters ending after the scheduled Commercial Operation Date to (but excluding) the first full quarter after its Commercial Operation Date, by the following percentage amounts depending on the period of delay (based on the period of actual delay or then-estimated delay, whichever is longer): (i) 90 days or less, 0%, (ii) longer than 90 days, but not more than 180 days, 25%, (iii) longer than 180 days but not more than 270 days, 50%, (iv) longer than 270 days but not more than 365 days, 75%, and (v) longer than 365 days, 100%; and
     (B) beginning with the first full fiscal quarter following the Commercial Operation Date of a Material Project and for the two immediately succeeding fiscal quarters, an amount equal to the projected Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project for the balance of the four full fiscal quarter period following such Commercial Operation Date, which may, at the Borrower’s option, be added to actual Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarters.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing:
           (i) no such Material Project EBITDA Adjustment shall be allowed with respect to any Material Project unless:
         (a) at least 30 days prior to the last day of the fiscal quarter for which the Borrower desires to commence inclusion of such Material Project EBITDA Adjustment in Consolidated EBITDA with respect to a Material Project (the “Initial Quarter”), the Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent written pro forma projections of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project, and

7


 

     (b) prior to the last day of the Initial Quarter, Administrative Agent shall have approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) such projections and shall have received such other information and documentation as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and
          (ii) the aggregate amount of all Material Project EBITDA Adjustments during any period shall be limited to 15% of the total actual Consolidated EBITDA for such period (which total actual Consolidated EBITDA shall be determined without including any Material Project EBITDA Adjustments).
     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) all Interest Expense for such period, (ii) all Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes (including any franchise taxes to the extent based upon net income) for such period, (iii) all depreciation, amortization (including amortization of good will, debt issue costs and amortization under FAS Rule 123) and other non-cash charges (including any provision for the reduction in the carrying value of assets recorded in accordance with GAAP, any extraordinary gains (or losses), any non-cash gains (or losses) resulting from mark to market activity as a result of the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, but excluding any non-cash charges that constitute an accrual of or reserve for future cash charges, and not treating write downs or write offs of receivables as non-cash charges) for such period and (iv) costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, (i) all Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits for such period and (ii) all non-cash items of income (other than account receivables and similar items arising from the normal course of business and reflected as income under accrual methods of accounting consistent with past practices) for such period. For avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Partially Owned Operating Companies and Persons that are not Subsidiaries shall not be considered in calculating Consolidated EBITDA except to the extent of actual cash distributions to the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, such Partially Owned Operating Companies or such other Persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the actual cash distributions to the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by (i) Persons who are not Subsidiaries and any of whose Equity Interests that are owned by a Loan Party are not Collateral or (ii) Unrestricted Subsidiaries, during any period that will be included in Consolidated EBITDA shall be limited in the aggregate to 15% of the total actual Consolidated EBITDA for such period (which total actual Consolidated EBITDA shall be determined without including any such distributions).
     “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date, the sum of the following (without duplication): (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations or (iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Restricted

8


 

Subsidiaries in respect of Guarantees of Indebtedness of another Person (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary).
     “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, for any date of determination (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness on such date of determination to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the date of determination.
     “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the Borrower’s and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries’ gross revenues for such period, including any cash dividends or distributions actually received from any other Person during such period, minus the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ expenses and other proper charges against income (including taxes on income to the extent imposed), determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (including, without duplication, the elimination of earnings or losses attributable to outstanding minority interests and the exclusion of the net earnings of any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary in which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest).
     “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of Consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom: (a) all current liabilities (excluding (i) any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed, and (ii) current maturities of long-term debt); and (b) the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     “Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio” means, for any date of determination (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness on such date of determination (excluding the Unsecured Note Indebtedness) to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the date of determination.
     “Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
     “Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
     “Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium,

9


 

rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     “Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
     “Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.
     “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such failure has been cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or unless such failure has been cured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
     “Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided, that “Disposition” or “Dispose” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by the Borrower of any of its Equity Interest to another Person.
     “DOL” means the Department of Labor, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
     “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.
     “Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii)).
     “Eligible Equity Interests” means, with respect to any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, all shares of capital stock or other Equity Interests of whatever class of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, in each case together with any certificates evidencing the same, excluding, however, all shares of capital stock or other Equity Interests of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary which

10


 

represent in excess of 66% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock or other Equity Interests of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that if following a change in the relevant sections of the Code or the regulations, rules, rulings, notices or other official pronouncements issued or promulgated thereunder which would change the maximum percentage of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock or other Equity Interests of any such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote that may be pledged without causing (a) the undistributed earnings of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to, or investment in United States property of, the owner of such capital stock or other Equity Interests or (b) other material adverse consequences to the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, then the 66% limitation set forth above shall be changed to 1% less than such maximum percentage.
     “Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, authorizations, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
     “Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries (whether imposed by Law or imposed or assumed by any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement or otherwise), and directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, or (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment.
     “Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
     “Equity Investors” means the Sponsor and the Management Stockholders.
     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

11


 

     “ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
     “Eurodollar Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.
     “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
     “Excess Sale Proceeds” means Net Proceeds of a Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.06(m) that have not been applied within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds to the purchase of capital assets used in the Present Line of Business.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending

12


 

Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 10.13), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 3.01(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a).
     “Extraordinary Receipts” means gross proceeds received by any Loan Party relating to (a) insurance in respect of casualty to property that the Borrower has determined (which determination must be made with reasonable promptness following such casualty) will not be applied to the repair or replacement thereof within two hundred seventy (270) days following such casualty, (b) payments pursuant to any indemnity agreement that the Borrower has determined (which determination must be made with reasonable promptness following receipt of such payment) will not be applied to remedy the circumstances or improve, repair or replace the property of such Loan Party pursuant to which such indemnity payment arose within two hundred seventy (270) days following such payment, or (c) pension reversions; provided that in no event shall such Extraordinary Receipts include Net Proceeds.
     “Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
     “Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated January 4, 2007, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers.
     “First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means a Foreign Subsidiary that is a direct Subsidiary of the Borrower, any Guarantor or a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
     “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person which is not a Domestic Subsidiary. Any unqualified reference to any Foreign Subsidiary shall

13


 

be deemed a reference to a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
     “FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
     “Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
     “General Partner” means Targa Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which, as of the Closing Date, is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Targa, and which, as of the Closing Date, owns a two percent (2%) general partner interest in, and is the sole general partner of, the Borrower.
     “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
     “Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if

14


 

not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “Guarantors” means, collectively, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary and has become party to the Guaranty on the Closing Date or at any time thereafter, including pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.12.
     “Guaranty” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit F.
     “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
     “Hedging Party” means, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Swap Contract, (i) any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, (ii) any Person listed on Schedule 1.01 hereto and any of such Person’s Affiliates and (iii) any other Person with the consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     “Holding Company” means, at any time, any company that at such time (a) owns (directly or indirectly through one or more other Holding Companies satisfying the requirements of this definition) a majority of the Voting Stock of the Borrower, (b) does not own any other material assets (other than cash, cash equivalents and Investments in other Holding Companies) and (c) does not engage in any business or activity other than serving as a direct or indirect holding company controlling the Borrower and activities incidental thereto.
     “Immaterial Subsidiary” means any one or more Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, together with all other Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that have not executed and delivered a Guaranty, contribute less than 0.5% to Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and contribute less than 5% to Consolidated EBITDA.
     “Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
     (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
     (b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
     (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

15


 

     (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business that are (i) not unpaid for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the applicable Loan Party);
     (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bonds, industrial development bonds and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
     (f) all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person;
     (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 7.06) or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and
     (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
     For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless and to the extent that such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) if and to the extent such Indebtedness is limited in recourse to the property encumbered, the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby, as determined by such Person in good faith.
     “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
     “Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
     “Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.
     “Initial Financial Statements” means (a) the Audited Financial Statements and (b) the unaudited pro forma Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006 after giving effect to the Acquisition.
     “Initial Public Offering” means the initial offering or issuance by the Borrower of Equity Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement.

16


 

     “Intercompany Indebtedness” means all indebtedness of Targa North Texas existing prior to the date hereof owing to Targa or any of its Subsidiaries which was incurred in connection with the transfer of assets to Targa North Texas.
     “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J, among the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Hedging Party that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement.
     “Interest Expense” means, with respect to any period, the sum (without duplication) of the following (in each case, eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP): (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations) which are accrued during such period and whether expensed in such period or capitalized and (b) all other amounts properly treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP.
     “Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
     “Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all the Lenders; provided that:
     (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
     “Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any

17


 

arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets that constitute a business unit, line of business or division of another Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
     “IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.
     “IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
     “ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).
     “Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.
     “Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
     “L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
     “L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing.
     “L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
     “L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
     “L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn

18


 

thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
     “Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.
     “Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
     “Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder.
     “Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.
     “Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is nine days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
     “Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.
     “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and all other agreements, certificates, documents, instruments and writings at any time delivered in connection herewith or therewith (exclusive of term sheets and commitment letters).
     “Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.
     “Management Stockholders” means the members of management of Targa or its Subsidiaries who are investors in Targa or any Holding Company.
     “Mark-to-Market” means the process of revaluing for trading purposes commodity contracts held by any Person, whether in respect of physical inventory, futures, forward exchanges, swaps or other derivatives, and which contracts may have a fixed price, a floating price and fixed differential, or other pricing basis, to the current market prices for such contracts, and determining the gain or loss on such contracts, on an aggregate net trading basis for all such contracts of such Person, by comparing the original prices of such contracts to the market prices on the date of determination.

19


 

     “Material Acquisition or Disposition” means the Acquisition or any of the following having a fair market value in excess of $30,000,000: (a) any acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business, (b) the Disposition of any assets (including Equity Interests) by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (c) all mergers and consolidations of the type referred to in Sections 7.05(d) and (e).
     “Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any Loan Document.
     “Maturity Date” means February ___, 2012; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     “Mortgage” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv).
     “Mortgage Policy” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(B).
     “Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
     “Net Proceeds” means the remainder of (a) as applicable (i) the gross proceeds received from a Disposition (excluding proceeds that constitute capital assets used in the Present Line of Business), or (ii) the gross proceeds received by any Loan Party from the issuance of Additional Debt, as applicable, less (b) underwriter discounts and commissions, investment banking fees, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted hereunder on any asset which is the subject of such Disposition, and other usual and customary transaction costs, net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof within two years of the date of the relevant Disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith and related to such Disposition or Additional Debt issuance, as applicable. To the extent any such gross proceeds are received that are not cash or cash equivalents or are not promptly converted to cash or cash equivalents, the value of such proceeds shall be the fair market value thereof at the time of receipt.
     “Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
     “Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption),

20


 

absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
     “Omnibus Agreement” means the Omnibus Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Targa, General Partner and the Borrower.
     “Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
     “Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     “Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
     “Partially Owned Operating Company” means any Person (i) that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower where the portion of the Equity Interest not owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is owned by Targa or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) that holds operating assets.
     “Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).
     “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
     “Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

21


 

     “Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(i).
     “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
     “Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
     “Pledge and Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, and to be executed and delivered by the Borrower and the other Pledgors in favor of the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including, without limitation, by any supplement thereto executed and delivered after the date of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 in order to (a) effect the joinder of any additional Subsidiary or (b) subject thereto any additional Equity Interests.
     “Pledgors” means the Borrower, each Guarantor, and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time parties to the Pledge and Security Agreement.
     “Present Line of Business” means (i) the Loan Parties’ existing natural gas and natural gas liquids gathering, treating, processing, terminalling, storage, transporting and marketing operations, (ii) other oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids and related products gathering, treating, processing, terminalling, storage, transporting and marketing operations and (iii) any business that is reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
     “Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).
     “Registration Statement” means the Form S-1 Registration Statement filed by the Borrower with the SEC as Registration No. 333-138747, as amended.
     “Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
     “Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
     “Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
     “Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to those matters as to which Hedging Parties are entitled to vote thereunder) Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the

22


 

commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
     “Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, chief accounting officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
     “Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.
     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Partially Owned Operating Company, provided, that any such Partially Owned Operating Company will be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower solely for purposes of Sections 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.05, 7.06, 7.07 and 7.08.
     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract that (i) is permitted under Article 7 and (ii) is by and between any Loan Party and any Hedging Party; provided that such Swap Contract shall not constitute a Secured Hedge Agreement unless the relevant Hedging Party is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (a) on the Closing Date (in the case of transactions under Swap Contracts in effect on the Closing Date) or (b) on the date of an applicable transaction (in the case of transactions under Swap Contracts entered into after the Closing Date).
     “Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Lenders, any Hedging Party that is a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement,

23


 

and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05.
     “Secured Swap Obligations” means all obligations arising from time to time under Secured Hedge Agreements; provided that if such counterparty ceases to be a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder, or ceases to be a party to the Intercreditor Agreement, Secured Swap Obligations shall only include such obligations to the extent arising from transactions either (i) entered into on or prior to the Closing Date if the counterparty was a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or a party to the Intercreditor Agreement on the Closing Date or (ii) entered into after the Closing Date if such counterparty was a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or a party to the Intercreditor Agreement at the time the transaction was entered into.
     “Security Documents” means the instruments listed in Schedule 4.01 and all other security agreements, deeds of trust, mortgages, chattel mortgages, pledges, Guarantees, financing statements, continuation statements, extension agreements and other agreements or instruments now, heretofore, or hereafter delivered by any Loan Party to Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby to secure or Guarantee the payment of any part of the Obligations, the Secured Swap Obligations or the Cash Management Obligations or the performance of any Loan Party’s other duties and obligations under the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements.
     “Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     “Specified Acquisition” means an acquisition (or series of related acquisitions) of an Acquired Entity or Business for an aggregate purchase price of not less than $30,000,000.
     “Sponsor” means Warburg Pincus LLC and its Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
     “Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are

24


 

at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
     “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, commodity futures contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement relating to transactions of the type described in clause (a) above (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
     “Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the Mark-to-Market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
     “Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
     “Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
     “Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
     “Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
     “Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
     “Syndication Agent” means Wachovia Bank, N.A. in its capacity as syndication agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor syndication agent.
     “Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or

25


 

possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
     “Targa” means Targa Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “Targa Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2005, among Targa, Credit Suisse, as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto.
     “Targa North Texas” means Targa North Texas LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
     “Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
     “Threshold Amount” means an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Borrower as of the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vii), Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), as applicable.
     “Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
     “Type” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.
     “Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
     “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
     “Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which the Borrower has designated in writing to the Administrative Agent to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.18 and which the Borrower has not designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.18.
     “Unsecured Note Indebtedness” means Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.03(f) or (o).

26


 

     “Voting Stock” of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or the equivalent governing body of such Person.
     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of a Person, all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests are directly or indirectly (through one or more Subsidiaries) owned by such Person, excluding directors’ qualifying shares if applicable.
     1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
     (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
     (b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
     (c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     1.03 Accounting Terms.
     (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be

27


 

prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
     (b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
     1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
     1.05 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
     1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
     2.01 Committed Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the

28


 

Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
     2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.
     (a) Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) noon three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Committed Loans, and (ii) 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Committed Loans; provided, however, that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period”, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than noon, three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or in the amount of the unused Commitments. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or in the amount of the unused Commitments. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans (unless the Committed Loan being continued is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, in which case it shall be continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan with an Interest Period of one month). Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuations as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in

29


 

any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.
     (b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuations as Eurodollar Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.
     (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.
     (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
     (e) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.
     2.03 Letters of Credit.
     (a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.
     (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until

30


 

the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit upon the request of the Borrower for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Loan Party and any drawings thereunder; provided that after taking such Letter of Credit into account, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
     (ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:
     (A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
     (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.
     (iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
     (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws or one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

31


 

     (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000.
     (D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;
     (E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or
     (F) a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.
     (iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
     (v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
     (vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.
     (b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.
     (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than noon at least one Business Day (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the

32


 

documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
     (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.
     (iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five

33


 

Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
     (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
     (c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.
     (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than noon on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
     (ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.
     (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event,

34


 

each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
     (iv) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.
     (v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
     (vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d) Repayment of Participations.
     (i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of

35


 

Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     (e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement regardless of any circumstances, including any of the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
     (iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

36


 

     (v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
     The Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary that is the account party thereon, as the case may be, shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
     (f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower and each Loan Party hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower or a Loan Party, as the case may be, pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower or a Loan Party, as the case may be, may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower or a Loan Party, as the case may be, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, which the Borrower or such Loan Party proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, copies of any documents purporting to assign or transfer a Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or such Restricted

37


 

Subsidiary. The failure of L/C Issuer to deliver such documents will not relieve the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.
     (g) Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing and the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 to a Committed Borrowing cannot then be met, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America and may be invested in cash equivalents. If at any time during which Cash Collateral is required to be maintained in respect of L/C Obligations, the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the L/C Issuer. To the extent that the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower.
     (h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower, when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the Borrower may specify that either the rules of the ISP or the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (“UCP”), as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
     (i) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to

38


 

be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, while any Obligation bears interest at the Default Rate pursuant to Section 2.08(b), all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
     (j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, equal to the greater of (i) $125 or (ii) one-eighth percent (0.125%) per annum, computed on the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit) and on a quarterly basis in arrears, and due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
     (k) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
     (l) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.
     2.04 Swing Line Loans.
     (a) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, to make loans (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the

39


 

fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
     (b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.
     (c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.
     (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request

40


 

shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
     (iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however,

41


 

that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
     (d) Repayment of Participations.
     (i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     (e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Committed Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
     (f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
     2.05 Prepayments.
     (a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (A) noon three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) 11:00 a.m. on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the outstanding amount of such Loans; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify

42


 

each Lender of its receipt of each such notice and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under this Section 2.05(a) not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day before such prepayment was scheduled to take place if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the Committed Loans, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.
     (b) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or, if less, the entire principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
     (c) If for any reason the Outstanding Amount of all Loans at any time exceeds the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following demand by the Administrative Agent prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
     (d) On the date (or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day) that any Net Proceeds become Excess Sale Proceeds, (i) the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment of the principal of the Loans in the amount of the Excess Sale Proceeds, and (ii) the Aggregate Commitments shall be reduced, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such Excess Sale Proceeds provided, however, that prepayments and the corresponding reduction in Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.05(d) shall not be required until the aggregate amount of unapplied Net Proceeds and unapplied Extraordinary Receipts exceeds $5,000,000.
     (e) Any Extraordinary Receipts shall be immediately applied as a mandatory prepayment on the Loans; provided, however, that prepayments under this Section 2.05(e) shall not be required until the aggregate amount of unapplied Extraordinary Receipts and unapplied Net Proceeds exceeds $5,000,000.
     (f) Immediately upon the consummation by any Loan Party of any issuance of Additional Debt (but without waiving the requirements of Administrative Agent and/or any Lender’s consent to any such issuance in violation of any Loan Document), the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment on the Loans in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such issuance.

43


 

     (g) Each prepayment under Section 2.05(c), (d), (e) or (f) shall be applied ratably as follows: (i) first to prepay the Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans, and (ii) second, to repay the Outstanding Amount of the Swing Line Loans.
     (h) Each prepayment of the Loans under Section 2.05(c), (d), (e) or (f) shall be accompanied by all interest then accrued and unpaid on the principal so prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Any principal or interest prepaid pursuant to this Section shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, all payments otherwise required to be paid under the Loan Documents at the time of such prepayment. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans or Swing Line Loans, as applicable, of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage of such Committed Loans or Swing Line Loans.
     2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower may rescind any notice of termination of Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.06 not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day before such termination was scheduled to take place if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the Aggregate Commitments, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed
     2.07 Repayment of Loans.
     (a) The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans outstanding on such date.
     (b) The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.
     2.08 Interest.
     (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate with

44


 

respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans; (ii) each Base Rate Committed Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate with respect to Base Rate Loans; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate with respect to Base Rate Loans.
     (b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (iii) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws and shall continue to pay interest at such rate until but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise applicable shall apply).
     (iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
     (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
     2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03:
     (a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to Commitment Fees times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Swing Line Loans); provided, however that any commitment fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Lender that has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder shall not be payable

45


 

by the Borrower until such time as such failure has been cured. The commitment fees shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV are not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the tenth Business Day after each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
     (b) Other Fees.
     (i) The Borrower shall pay to the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     (ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
     2.11 Evidence of Debt.
     (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its usual practice. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the

46


 

Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
     (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
     2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
     (a) General. All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; except that this sentence shall not apply to the Maturity Date.
     (b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Committed Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to noon on the date of such Committed Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees

47


 

customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) Payments by the Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
     A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
     (c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
     (d) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c).
     (e) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation

48


 

by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
     (f) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.
     2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
     Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
     2.14 Increase in Commitments.
     (a) Request for Increase. Provided there exists no Default, without the consent of the Lenders and upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the

49


 

Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments (as determined by the Borrower but subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) by an amount that will not cause the Aggregate Commitments to be greater than the sum of (i) the Aggregate Commitments on the Closing Date, plus (ii) $250,000,000; provided that any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower may request all or part of such increase from the existing Lenders and if it does so, shall specify (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).
     (b) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
     (c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel. It shall not be a condition to obtaining an increase in the Aggregate Commitments that the full amount of such increase requested by the Borrower be approved by the Lenders or any additional Eligible Assignees. If less than the full amount of the increase requested by the Borrower is approved by the Lenders and any additional Eligible Assignee, the Borrower may, at its option, accept the amount of the increase so approved, or the Borrower may withdraw its request for such increase.
     (d) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final amount and allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.
     (e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.14, the

50


 

representations and warranties contained in subsection (a) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
     (f) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.
ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
     3.01 Taxes.
     (a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (c) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by

51


 

such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (e) Status of Lenders. Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.
     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
     (i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
     (ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
     (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
     (iv) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
     (f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an

52


 

amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.
     3.02 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Committed Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
     3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan , or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

53


 

     3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.
     (a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
     (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e)) or the L/C Issuer;
     (ii) subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or
     (iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
     (b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
     (c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or

54


 

its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
     (d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
     (e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.
     3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
     (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
     (b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or
     (c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

55


 

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
     3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
     (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
     (b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if any Lender delivers to the Borrower a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.
     3.07 Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
     4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:
     (i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

56


 

     (ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;
     (iii) the Pledge and Security Agreement duly executed by each Loan Party; together with:
     (A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Shares referred to in the Pledge and Security Agreement accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank,
     (B) proper Financing Statements in form appropriate for filing under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created under the Pledge and Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Pledge and Security Agreement,
     (C) completed requests for information, dated on or before the date of the initial Credit Extension, listing all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (B) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements,
     (D) evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Pledge and Security Agreement that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created thereby, and
     (E) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Pledge and Security Agreement has been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff letters, UCC-3 termination statements and landlords’ and bailees’ waiver and consent agreements);
     (iv) deeds of trust, mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust and leasehold mortgages, in substantially the form of Exhibit I (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and their counsel to account for local law matters) and covering substantially all of the operating assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owned on the Closing Date (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein and each other mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 6.13, in each case as amended, the “Mortgages”), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:
     (A) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid first and subsisting Lien on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing, documentary,

57


 

stamp, intangible and recording taxes and fees have been or will be paid upon recording,
     (B) in respect of the Chico Plant a fully paid title insurance policy (the “Mortgage Policies”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, insuring the Mortgage in respect of such property to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable, and
     (C) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;
     (v) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;
     (vi) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification;
     (vii) a favorable opinion of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth in Exhibit G and such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;
     (viii) the Initial Financial Statements;
     (ix) certificates or binders evidencing Loan Parties’ insurance in effect on the date hereof naming the Collateral Agent as loss payee and additional insured;
     (x) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied; (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since September 30, 2006 that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) a calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date demonstrating that such ratio does not exceed 5.0 to 1.0;

58


 

     (xi) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) after giving effect to the Acquisition and the Initial Public Offering, from the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or controller of General Partner; and
     (xii) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.
     (b) (i) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
     (c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
     (d) The Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.
     (e) The corporate and capital structure of the Borrower shall be as disclosed in the Registration Statement.
     (f) The consummation of the Initial Public Offering shall have occurred on substantially the terms as contained in the Registration Statement.
     (g) The Borrower shall have received sufficient proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to finance that portion of the Acquisition not funded by the use of proceeds from this Agreement.
     (h) (i) The Borrower has received all governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering, which consents and approvals are in full force and effect, (ii) no order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction exists which restrains the consummation of the Initial Public Offering or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (iii) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, action, suit, investigation or proceeding which seeks to restrain or affect the Initial Public Offering, or which, if adversely determined, could materially and adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to consummate the Initial Public Offering.
     (i) Concurrently with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, (i) all outstanding Intercompany Indebtedness shall have been repaid or forgiven and (ii) that portion of the loans made under the Targa Credit Agreement with respect to the assets owned by Targa North Texas and acquired in the Acquisition shall have been repaid and arrangements

59


 

satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made for the release of the Liens securing same.
     (j) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before March 15, 2007.
     Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
     4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in subsection (a) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01.
     (b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
     (c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
     Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
     5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has

60


 

all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws (excluding Environmental Laws that are the subject of Section 5.09, federal, state and local income tax Laws that are the subject of Section 5.11 and ERISA that is the subject of Section 5.12); except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than Liens permitted by the Loan Documents), or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation (other than the Loan Documents) to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any material Law. Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect and maintain the perfection of the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Lenders, (ii) the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other action, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

61


 

     5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
     (a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness that would be required to be disclosed in Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower or the footnotes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     (b) The unaudited pro forma Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006 (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the Consolidated pro forma financial condition of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisition) as of the date thereof and their Consolidated pro forma results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments. As of the Closing Date, all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness, are disclosed in the Initial Financial Statements.
     (c) Since September 30, 2006, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or against any of their properties or revenues, or that is contemplated by any Loan Party against any other Person that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.07 No Default. Neither any Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has (or on the Closing Date, will have) (i) good and defensible fee simple title to or valid leasehold interests, or valid easements or other property interests in, all of its real property and

62


 

good and valid title to all of its personal property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Loan Parties and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 7.01. No material default exists under (i) any lease on any property on which a Mortgage is granted, or (ii) any other lease, to the extent such default would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the plants, offices, or facilities and other tangible assets owned, leased or used by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the conduct of their respective businesses are (a) insured to the extent and in a manner required by Section 6.07, (b) structurally sound with no known defects which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) in good operating condition and repair, subject to ordinary wear and tear and except to the extent failure could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (d) not in need of maintenance or repair except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repair the cost of which is immaterial and except to the extent failure to so maintain and repair could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (e) sufficient for the operation of the businesses of such Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted, except to the extent failure to be so sufficient could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (f) in conformity with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, regulations and other requirements (including applicable zoning, environmental, motor vehicle safety, occupational safety and health laws and regulations) relating thereto, except where the failure to conform could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.09 Environmental Compliance. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries periodically conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Borrower has reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.10 Insurance. The properties of each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary operates.
     5.11 Taxes. Except as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has filed all federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement, except as provided in the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement or in the Omnibus Agreement.

63


 

     5.12 ERISA Compliance.
     (a) On the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Plans. Each Plan from time to time in effect shall be in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each such Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
     (b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
     5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Taxpayer Identification Number. Other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 or as disclosed from time to time pursuant to Sections 6.12, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower’s Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned in the amounts so disclosed free and clear of all Liens other than the Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents. Set forth on Part (b) of Schedule 5.13, as of the Closing Date, as supplemented by each report required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(k), as of the date of such report is: (i) a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties showing as of such date the jurisdiction of its formation, the address of its principal place of business, its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any non-U.S. Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and, for the preceding 5 years, any other jurisdiction of organization and any other name (including any trade or fictitious name) used by such Loan Party, and (ii) a complete and accurate list of the Investments of the type permitted by Sections 7.02(d), (i) or (j) and Investments in Partially Owned Operating Companies. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, except with respect to additional contributions required to be made by General Partner pursuant to the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement or applicable Law.

64


 

     5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
     (a) No Loan Party is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
     (b) No Loan Party nor any Person Controlling any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
     5.15 Disclosure. Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all matters required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 6.03. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; provided, further, that, with respect to pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith and reflects, in all material respects, such pro forma financial information is in accordance with assumptions and requirements of GAAP for pro forma presentation and based upon such other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and, to the extent material, are disclosed as part of such pro forma financial information.
     5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws (except for Environmental Laws that are the subject of Section 5.09, federal and state income tax Laws that are the subject of Section 5.11 and ERISA that is the subject of Section 5.12) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and, without conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent such conflict, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any

65


 

Restricted Subsidiary thereof infringes upon any rights held by any other Person, except to the extent such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.18 Labor Disputes and Acts of God. Neither the business nor the properties of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance), that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5.19 Solvency. Upon giving effect to the execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by each Loan Party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, each Loan Party will be Solvent.
     5.20 Credit Arrangements. No Affiliate of any Loan Party is party to or subject to any credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guaranty or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) that creates by a covenant of such Affiliate or otherwise, any limitation or restriction of any action of any Loan Party or any obligation that any Loan Party be caused to take any action.
     5.21 Real Property. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.21 sets forth a description of each material fee owned property owned by any Loan Party and each material parcel of real property leased by any Loan Party (in both cases, other than the realty associated with the pipelines and gathering systems and other than immaterial real property including, but not limited to, compressor sites, pump stations and meter sites). All material pipelines, gathering systems and the realty associated therewith owned by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date are described in the Registration Statement. The Borrower shall provide updates to Schedule 5.21 upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent.
     5.22 Labor Matters. There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof as of the Closing Date and except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.
     5.23 Security Documents. The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents from time to time, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.

66


 

ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02, and 6.03) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:
     6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
     (a) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the date on which the Borrower is required under Securities Laws to file a Form 10-K annual report for each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, partners’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidating statements to be for the Guarantors on a combined basis and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors on a combined basis and such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and
     (b) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the date on which the Borrower is required under Securities Laws to file a Form 10-Q quarterly reports for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, partners’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidating statements to be for the Guarantors on a combined basis and the Borrower’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors on a combined basis and such Consolidated statements to be certified by the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, partners’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
     6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

67


 

     (a) no later than three (3) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of General Partner and stating that such officer has caused this Agreement to be reviewed and has no knowledge of any Default by the Borrower in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of this Agreement, during, or at the end of, as applicable, such fiscal year or fiscal quarter, or, if such officer has such knowledge, specifying each Default and the nature thereof, showing compliance by the Borrower as of the date of such statement with the financial covenants set forth in Article VII, and calculations for such financial covenants shall be included, and the other applicable covenants set forth in Exhibit D;
     (b) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;
     (c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the partners of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
     (d) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;
     (e) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section 6.02;
     (f) within five Business Days after (i) a Responsible Officer’s receipt of any written notice of any violation by any Loan Party of any Environmental Law, (ii) a Responsible Officer’s obtaining knowledge that any Governmental Authority has asserted that any Loan Party is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or that any Governmental Authority is investigating any Loan Party’s compliance therewith, (iii) a Responsible Officer’s receipt of any written notice from any Governmental Authority or other Person or otherwise obtaining knowledge that any Loan Party is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant or that any Loan Party is subject to investigation by any Governmental Authority evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to the Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant, or (iv) a Responsible Officer’s receipt of any written notice of the imposition of any Environmental Lien against any property of any Loan Party which in any event under clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) preceding could reasonably be expected to result in, or has resulted in, liability, either individually or in the aggregate, in excess

68


 

of $10,000,000 or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have, or has resulted in, a Material Adverse Effect, copies of such notice or a written notice setting forth the matters in (ii) above;
     (g) not less than 3 Business Days prior to any change in any Loan Party’s (i) name as it appears in the jurisdiction of its formation, incorporation, or organization, (ii) type of entity, or (iii) organizational identification number, written notice thereof;
     (h) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, or, in the event that such filing reflects a significant material adverse change with respect to the matters covered thereby, within three Business Days after the filing thereof with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS, as applicable, copies of the following: (i) each annual report (form 5500 series), including Schedule B thereto, filed with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS with respect to each Plan; (ii) a copy of each funding waiver request filed with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS with respect to any Plan and all communications received by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS with respect to such request; and (iii) a copy of each other filing or notice filed with the PBGC, the DOL, or the IRS, with respect to each Plan by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate;
     (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a business and financial plan for the Borrower (in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and based on assumptions believed to be reasonable in light of the circumstances at the time when made), prepared or caused to be prepared by a Responsible Officer of General Partner, setting forth for the then calendar year, financial projections, budgets and hedging schedules for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries;
     (j) not less than one Business Day prior to, and as a condition to, (i) the making of a Material Acquisition or Disposition, (ii) the commencement of any Material Project, (iii) the designation of any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including at the time of formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary), or (iv) to the extent exceeding (in the aggregate with any related transactions) $25,000,000, the making of any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 (d), (i) or (j), or the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f) or (o), a certificate from a Responsible Officer of General Partner demonstrating compliance or pro forma compliance, as the case may be, with the provisions of Section 7.14 and/or Section 7.15 and containing calculations in such detail as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent;
     (k) at the time of the delivery of each Compliance Certificate under Section 6.02(a), a report containing a description of all changes in the information included in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 as may be necessary for Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 to be accurate and complete as of the date of such report; and
     (l) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

69


 

     Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(a) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (I) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (II) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
     The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “the Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities (w) all the Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking the Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; (y) all the Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any the Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”
     6.03 Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent:
     (a) of the occurrence of any Default;
     (b) to the extent not otherwise disclosed pursuant to Section 6.02(c), of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,

70


 

including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension, or any material development therein, between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding by any Person not a Governmental Authority affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
     (c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;
     (d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
     (e) of the occurrence of any Disposition of property or assets, any sale of Equity Interests, any incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness or receipt of any Extraordinary Receipt, in each case with respect to which the Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05.
     Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of General Partner setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached, if any.
     6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities (including all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property) except in each case, to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.05 or 7.06; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     6.06 Maintenance of Properties. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.
     6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, insurance with respect to its properties and

71


 

business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing (a) for payment of losses to the Collateral Agent as its interests may appear, (b) that such policies may not be canceled or reduced or affected in any material manner for any reason without 30 days prior notice to the Collateral Agent (or 10 days prior notice in the case of a failure to pay premiums), and (c) to provide for any other matters specified in any applicable Security Document or which the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. Each Loan Party will maintain any additional insurance coverage as described in the respective Security Documents. The Borrower shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, with an insurer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, flood insurance sufficient for Lenders to comply with Regulation H of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Each Loan Party shall at all times maintain insurance against business interruption and its liability for injury to persons or property in accordance with Schedule 6.07, which insurance shall be by financially sound and reputable insurers.
     6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     6.09 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and such Subsidiary, as the case may be.
     6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one (1) time during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.
     6.11 Use of Proceeds. On the Closing Date, use the proceeds of this Agreement to (i) fund a portion of the Acquisition and related expenses, (ii) repay Intercompany Indebtedness, and (iii) pay fees and expenses incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the Initial Public Offering. Thereafter, the proceeds of this Agreement shall be used for working capital including

72


 

the issuance of Letters of Credit, capital expenditures, and for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.
     6.12 Additional Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Pledgors. Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent not later than three (3) Business days after any Person becomes a Subsidiary, which notice shall provide the information included in Schedule 5.13 as may be necessary for Schedule 5.13 to be accurate and complete as of the date of such notice and shall specify whether such Person is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (and if it is or is to be treated as an Immaterial Subsidiary information demonstrating to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that such treatment is permitted), a Partially Owned Operating Company, a Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (and shall include compliance with the requirements of Section 6.18 for designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and (a) in the case of any Person that becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) of the Borrower, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion)), cause such Person, to (i) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) of Section 4.01(a) and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (i)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (b) at the time that any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Partially Owned Operating Company, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion)), (w) cause all of the Equity Interests, or Eligible Equity Interests in the case of a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, of such Person owned by a Loan Party to be pledged to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations by executing and delivering the Pledge and Security Agreement or a joinder thereto, (x) pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent all certificates, stock powers and other documents required by the Pledge and Security Agreement with respect to all such Equity Interests or Eligible Equity Interests, as applicable, in any such Person, (y) take or cause to be taken such other actions, all as may be necessary to provide the Collateral Agent with a first priority perfected pledge on and security interest in such Equity Interests or Eligible Equity Interests, as applicable, in such Subsidiary, and (z) deliver to the Collateral Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) of Section 4.01(a) and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (w)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     6.13 Agreement to Deliver Security Documents. Deliver and to cause each Guarantor and any other Person required by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to deliver, to further secure the Obligations, the Secured Swap Obligations, and the Cash Management Obligations, whenever requested by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in their sole and absolute discretion, deeds of trust, mortgages, chattel mortgages, security agreements, flood hazard certification, evidence of title, financing statements and other Security Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

73


 

for the purpose of granting, confirming, and perfecting first and prior liens or security interests, subject only to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, on any real or personal property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Persons, excluding real property that, taken together with all property reasonably related thereto or used in connection therewith that does not then constitute Collateral, has a fair market value of less than $10,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary or a Partially Owned Operating Company shall not be required to be Collateral to the extent prohibited by a provision that is permitted by clause (II) of the proviso in Section 7.10 and (b) Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be required to be Collateral.
     6.14 Perfection and Protection of Security Interests and Liens. Deliver and to cause each Guarantor and any other Person required by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to deliver Security Documents pursuant to Section 6.13, to deliver from time to time to the Collateral Agent any financing statements, continuation statements, extension agreements and other documents, properly completed and executed (and acknowledged when required) by such Persons in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which the Collateral Agent requests for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, or protecting any Liens or other rights in any property securing any Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations. The Borrower further agrees to promptly, upon request by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Security Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof.
     6.15 Performance on the Borrower’s Behalf. If any Loan Party fails to pay any taxes, insurance premiums, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other amounts it is required to pay under any Loan Document, the Administrative Agent may pay the same after notice of such payment by the Administrative Agent is given to the Borrower. The Borrower shall promptly reimburse the Administrative Agent for any such payments and each amount paid by the Administrative Agent shall constitute an Obligation owed hereunder which is due and payable on the date such amount is paid by the Administrative Agent.
     6.16 Environmental Matters; Environmental Reviews. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws now or hereafter applicable to such Loan Party as well as all contractual obligations and agreements with respect to environmental remediation or other environmental matters, (b) obtain, at or prior to the time required by applicable Environmental Laws, all environmental, health and safety permits, licenses and other authorizations necessary for its operations and will maintain such authorizations in full force and effect, (c) conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws, and (d) promptly pay and discharge when due all Environmental Liabilities and debts, claims, liabilities and obligations with respect to any clean-up or remediation measures necessary to comply with Environmental Laws unless, in each case, the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the applicable Loan Party.

74


 

     6.17 Compliance with Agreements. Observe, perform or comply with any agreement with any Person or any term or condition of any instrument, if such agreement or instrument is materially significant to such Loan Party or to Loan Parties on a Consolidated basis or materially significant to any Guarantor, unless any such failure to so observe, perform or comply is remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such agreement or instrument or unless such failure to so observe, perform or comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     6.18 Designation and Conversion of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
     (a) Unless designated after the Closing Date in writing to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.
     (b) The Borrower may designate any Subsidiary (including a newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in each of the Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of the date of such designation (or, if stated to have been made expressly as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date), (ii) after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default would exist, (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby, (iv) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it will be treated as a “restricted subsidiary” for purposes of any indenture or agreement governing Unsecured Note Indebtedness and (v) in the case of a Subsidiary which is already classified as a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), the Borrower has obtained the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders. Except as provided in this Section, no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     (c) The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if after giving effect to such designation, (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in each of the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of the date of such redesignation (or, if stated to have been made expressly as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date), (ii) after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default would exist and (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby.
     (d) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to Guarantee any Indebtedness or other obligations of any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

75


 

     (e) The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to hold any Equity Interests in, or any Indebtedness of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
     6.19 Maintenance of Corporate Separateness. Satisfy customary corporate or limited liability company formalities and other requirements necessary to preserve the separate existence of each Unrestricted Subsidiary from the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary.
ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
     (a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
     (b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 and proceeds and products thereof, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.03(b), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.03(b);
     (c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or if more than sixty (60) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been take to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its

76


 

Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) Liens on proceeds of insurance policies securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(m)(i);
     (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, permits, reservations, exceptions, covenants and other restrictions as to the use of real property, and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, with respect to all of the foregoing, do not secure the payment of Indebtedness of a Loan Party (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
     (h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;
     (i) Liens securing Capital Leases and purchase money Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (i) such Liens securing purchase money Indebtedness do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;
     (j) Subject to the consent of Administrative Agent, Liens existing upon property acquired in an acquisition or of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, and not upon any other property, securing only Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03(i);
     (k) Liens reserved in leases of business premises entered into in the ordinary course of business for rent and for compliance with the terms of the lease limited to equipment and fixtures on the leased premises;
     (l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4.210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; or (iv) in connection with Cash Management Obligations and other obligations in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and that are limited to Liens customary in such arrangements;
     (m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02(i) and (j),to be applied against the

77


 

purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
     (n) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens (in each case limited to the cash, commodity contracts or other Investments in such account) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (o) Liens that constitute Guarantees of Indebtedness to the extent such Guarantees are permitted by Section 7.03;
     (p) Liens on Property not constituting Collateral for the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations or the Secured Swap Obligations and not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 7.01; provided that the aggregate principal or face amount of all Indebtedness secured by Liens under this Section 7.01(o) shall not exceed $50,000,000 at any time.
provided, nothing in this Section 7.01 shall in and of itself constitute or be deemed to constitute an agreement or acknowledgment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that any Indebtedness subject to or secured by any Lien, right or other interest permitted under subsections (a) through (o) above ranks in priority to any Obligation.
     7.02 Investments. Make any Investments, except:
     (a) Investments held by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents;
     (b) Investments of the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary and Investments of any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or in another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (c) Investments representing non-cash consideration of Dispositions permitted under Section 7.05;
     (d) The acquisition of or other Investments (other than Investments consisting of Guarantees) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as (i) immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such acquisition or Investment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition or Investment, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby;
     (e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from

78


 

financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;
     (f) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.03;
     (g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted by Section 7.03(d);
        (h) Loans or advances to any officer, director or employee of any Loan Party for travel and related expenses consistent with the policies and procedures of such Loan Party and not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time outstanding;
        (i) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (including as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (each, a “Permitted Acquisition”):
     (A) to the extent required by Section 6.12, each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary (and, to the extent required by this Agreement, the Restricted Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary) shall be a Guarantor and shall have complied with the requirements of Sections 6.12 and 6.13, within the times specified therein;
     (B) the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in the Present Line of Business; and
     (C) (1) immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such purchase or other acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby; and
        (j) Investments (other than Investments consisting of Guarantees) in Persons (other than a Person that is or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in the Present Line of Business to the extent not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section, so long as, immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, no Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) as though such Investment had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby.
     7.03 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

79


 

     (a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
     (b) [intentionally omitted];
     (c) Guarantees of the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract with a Hedging Party designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (e) Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the requirements set forth in Section 7.01(i); provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed an amount equal to five percent (5%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;
     (f) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of a private placement or a public sale of unsecured senior or subordinated notes by the Borrower and unsecured guarantees of such notes by one or more of the Guarantors, provided, that (i) no principal of such Indebtedness is scheduled to mature earlier than the Maturity Date and (ii) after giving effect to such Indebtedness and the application of any of the proceeds thereof on the issuance date no Default or Event of Default shall exist and, on a pro forma basis, the Borrower shall comply with the covenants contained in Sections 7.14 and 7.15;
     (g) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary subordinated to the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (h) Indebtedness owed to Targa or any of its Subsidiaries that is subordinated to the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (i) Subject to the consent of Administrative Agent, Indebtedness acquired in an acquisition, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof; provided that such Indebtedness shall not be secured except to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.01(j); provided further, that no Person, other than the obligor or obligors thereon at the time of such acquisition shall become liable for such Indebtedness;
     (j) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and discharged within two Business Days of its incurrence;
     (k) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

80


 

     (l) Customary indemnification obligations or customary obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments, in each case incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Disposition of any assets permitted hereby, or any Investment permitted hereby or any Permitted Acquisition, but excluding Guarantees of Indebtedness; provided that (i) such obligations are not required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (l)(i)) and (ii) the maximum liability in respect of all such obligations incurred in connection with any Disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Disposition;
     (m) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) customary take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
     (n) Obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
     (o) Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and Guaranties thereof by one or more of the Guarantors; provided that (i) such Indebtedness and guaranties are unsecured and are subordinated to the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) no principal of such Indebtedness is scheduled to mature earlier than the Maturity Date, (iii) after giving effect to such Indebtedness and the application of any of the proceeds thereof on the issuance date no Default or Event of Default shall exist and, on a pro forma basis, the Borrower shall comply with the covenants contained in Sections 7.14 and 7.15, and such principal amount of such subordinated Indebtedness cannot be prepaid except in accordance with Section 7.04.
     (p) Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 7.03; provided that the aggregate principal or face amount of all Indebtedness shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
     7.04 Subordinated Indebtedness. Pay the principal of any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations, other than with the proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 that is subordinated on terms at least as favorable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as the Indebtedness being so repaid.
     7.05 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

81


 

     (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that when any Wholly Owned Subsidiary is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, the Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; and
     (b) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;
     (c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided, further that if the transferor in any such a transaction is a Guarantor, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or Guarantor.
     (d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary, which together with each of its Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.12.
     (e) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, each of the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided, however, that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto (i) in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the surviving entity and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving entity.
     (f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose and effect of which is to consummate a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.06.
     7.06 Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
     (a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (b) Dispositions of inventory or cash equivalents or immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;
     (c) Dispositions of fixtures or equipment to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement fixtures or equipment or

82


 

(ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement fixtures or equipment;
     (d) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.07 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;
     (e) Dispositions of property acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that the applicable sale-leaseback transaction (i) occurs within ninety (90) days after the acquisition or construction (as applicable) of such property and (ii) is made for cash consideration not less than the cost of acquisition or construction of such property;
     (f) Dispositions of accounts receivables in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) Leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), easements, rights of way or similar rights or encumbrances in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (h) transfers of property that has suffered a casualty (constituting a total loss or constructive total loss of such property) upon receipt of the Extraordinary Receipts of such casualty;
     (i) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
     (j) Dispositions of property, subject to the Security Documents, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that if the transferor of such property is the Borrower or a Guarantor, the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor;
     (k) Dispositions permitted under Section 7.05;
     (l) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under clauses (a) through (k) or (m) of this Section 7.06; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (l) since the Closing Date shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets on the first day of the fiscal year most recently ended at the time of such determination and (iii) no Disposition of less than all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be permitted under this clause (l); and
     (m) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 7.06; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the Disposition is for 75% cash or cash equivalents, (iii) the Borrower shall make the prepayment or reinvestment

83


 

of proceeds of such Disposition as required by Section 2.05(d), and (iv) no Disposition of less than all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be permitted under this clause (m).
     provided, however, that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (i), (j), (k), (l) or (m) shall be for fair market value.
No Loan Party will discount, sell, pledge or assign any notes payable to it, accounts receivable or future income except for Dispositions permitted by clause (f). So long as no Event of Default then exists, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s request and expense, execute a release, satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, of any Collateral so sold, transferred, leased, exchanged, alienated or disposed of pursuant to this Section.
     7.07 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:
     (a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, the Guarantors and any other Person that owns an Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;
     (b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;
     (c) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Equity Interests;
     (d) the Borrower may make cash distributions in an amount not to exceed “Available Cash” (as such term is defined in the Borrower’s Partnership Agreement) to the holders of its Equity Interest.
     7.08 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business other than the Present Line of Business.
     7.09 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to transactions (a) between or among the Borrower and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or between and among any Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (b) the transaction contemplated hereby and the payment of fees and expenses related thereto, (c) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.07, and (d) transactions pursuant to agreements, instruments or arrangements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.09 or any

84


 

amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.
     7.10 Burdensome Agreements. Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to (A) make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (B) redeem Equity Interests held in it by the Borrower or any Guarantor, (C) otherwise transfer property to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (D) to repay loans and other indebtedness owing by it to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower or (iii) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person, provided, however, that the foregoing clauses shall not prohibit (I) any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness, (II) provisions in Organizational Documents and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures or to other Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries or Partially Owned Operating Companies (to the extent Investment in such joint venture or other Person is permitted under Section 7.02) that limit Liens on or transfers of the Equity Interests in such joint venture or other Person entered into in the ordinary course of business, (III) are customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses, or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby (or in easements, rights of way or similar rights or encumbrances, in each case granted to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by a third party in respect of real property owned by such third party) so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets (or the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s rights under such easement, right of way or similar right or encumbrance, as applicable) subject thereto or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person.
     7.11 Prohibited Contracts.
     (a) Enter into any “take-or-pay” contract or other contract or arrangement for the purchase of goods or services which obligates it to pay for such goods or service regardless of whether they are delivered or furnished to it, other than contracts for pipeline capacity or for services in either case reasonably anticipated to be utilized in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by Section 7.03(m)(ii); or
     (b) Incur any obligation to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan.
     7.12 Limitation on Credit Extensions. Except for Investments permitted under Section 7.02, extend credit, make advances or make loans other than normal and prudent extensions of credit to customers buying goods and services in the ordinary course of business or to another Loan Party in the ordinary course of business, which extensions shall not be for longer periods than those extended by similar businesses operated in a normal and prudent manner.
     7.13 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

85


 

     7.14 Interest Coverage Ratio. On the Closing Date and at the end of each fiscal quarter, beginning March 31, 2007, permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (b) Interest Expense for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period then ended to be less than 2.25 to 1.0.
     7.15 Leverage Ratios.
     (a) If no Unsecured Note Indebtedness is outstanding on the applicable date of determination, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to be greater than: (i) 5.75 to 1.0 on the Closing Date nor on the last day of the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2007 and June 30, 2007; and (ii) 5.00 to 1.0 on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2007.
     (b) If any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred or outstanding on the applicable date of determination, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to be greater than: (i) during the period prior to September 30, 2007, 6.25 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period; and (ii) during the period on or after September 30, 2007, 5.50 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period.
     (c) If any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred or outstanding on the applicable date of determination, permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio to be greater than: (i) during the period prior to September 30, 2007, 5.25 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period; nor (ii) during the period on or after September 30, 2007, 4.50 to 1.0 on the date any Unsecured Note Indebtedness is incurred nor on the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during such period.
     (d) During an Acquisition Period, the maximum permitted Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the maximum permitted Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio shall each be increased by 0.50 to 1.00 from the otherwise applicable ratio set forth above (for example, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio requirement that would otherwise be 5.50 to 1.00 will become 6.00 to 1.00). As used in this Section 7.15(d), “Acquisition Period” means a period elected by the Borrower, such election to be exercised by the Borrower by delivering notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, beginning with the funding date of the purchase price for any Specified Acquisition and ending on the earlier of (a) the first anniversary date of such funding date or (b) the Borrower’s election (provided, that the Borrower is in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Section 7.15 after giving effect to such election), to terminate such Acquisition Period, such election to be exercised by the Borrower delivering notice thereof to the Administrative Agent; provided that once any Acquisition Period is in effect, the next succeeding Acquisition Period may not commence until (i) the termination of such Acquisition Period in effect and (ii) after giving effect to the termination of such Acquisition Period in effect the Borrower shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Section 7.15 and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, and for the avoidance of doubt, any failure by the Borrower to be in compliance with any requirement of this Section 7.15 shall not

86


 

be remedied by a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio upon the incurrence of any Unsecured Note Indebtedness or the election of an Acquisition Period.
     7.16 Negative Pledge. Allow any Person, other than the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or any Lender or any other Secured Party, to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, or permit any of the Subsidiaries to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, directly or indirectly, any Lien (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01) upon the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries without the prior express written consent of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
     (a) Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within five days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
     (b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05, 6.11 or 6.12 or Article VII; provided, however that if the Borrower fails to deliver any financial statements, certificates or other information required by Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03 or 6.12 and subsequently delivers such financial statements, certificates or other information as required by such Sections, then such Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured and/or waived; or
     (c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent; or
     (d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
     (e) Cross-Default. (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including the undrawn face amount of any outstanding Letter of Credit, surety bonds and other similar contingent obligations outstanding under any agreement relating to such Indebtedness or Guarantee and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any

87


 

other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or
     (f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. The Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
     (g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) The Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy; or
     (h) Judgments. There is entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, the same shall remain undischarged and either (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order which have not been stayed by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, or (B) there is a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

88


 

     (i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
     (j) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or
     (k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or
     (l) Security Documents. Any Security Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien in any asset having a value in excess of the Threshold Amount, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage.
     8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
     (a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
     (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
     (c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
     (d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

89


 

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
     8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in the following order:
     First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such and payable to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;
     Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
     Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
     Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, the Secured Swap Obligations and the Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Lenders, the Hedging Parties and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
     Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and
     Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all

90


 

Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
     9.01 Appointment and Authority.
     (a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
     (b) Each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedging Party) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Security Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, the Secured Swap Obligations or the Cash Management Obligations together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including, Section 9.11, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Collateral Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.
     9.02 Rights as a Lender. Any Person serving an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not such Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include such Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate

91


 

thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
     9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agents:
     (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
     (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
     (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
     No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.
     No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
     9.04 Reliance by Agent. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not

92


 

incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, such Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless such Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
     9.05 Delegation of Duties. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, respectively. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
     9.06 Resignation of Agent. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent gives notice of its resignation, then such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such Collateral until such time as a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other

93


 

Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.
     Any resignation by Bank of America as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
     9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Agent-Related Person or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Agent-Related Person or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
     9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties, liabilities or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.
     9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order

94


 

to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and external counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and external counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.
     9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Hedging Parties irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
     (a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below; and
     (b) to subordinate any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and
     (c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

95


 

     Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes such Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.
     9.11 Indemnification of Agents. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent and Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent and Agent-Related Person from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any external counsel for any Agent) incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent or Agent-Related Person of any portion of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses resulting from such Agent’s or Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.11. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any loss, claim, damage, liability and related expense this Section 9.11 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorney costs) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this Section 9.11 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations, and the resignation of such Agent.
     9.12 Intercreditor Agreement. The Collateral Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the parties hereto acknowledge, on behalf of themselves and their Affiliates, that the Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them and their Affiliates without execution thereof.

96


 

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS
     10.01 Amendments, Etc. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to those matters as to which Hedging Parties are entitled to vote thereunder, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
     (a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;
     (b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;
     (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;
     (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate and (ii) to change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Rate that would result in a reduction of any interest rate on any Loan or any fee payable hereunder;
     (e) change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
     (f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;
     (g) except as otherwise permitted herein, release any Guarantor from the Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender; or

97


 

     (h) release of all or substantially all of the Collateral hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;
and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
No amendment or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be effective unless consented to in writing by the Required Lenders (and as otherwise required in the Intercreditor Agreement), and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
     10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.
     (a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier, or email as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

98


 

     (b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
     Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
     (c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of the Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
     (d) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral

99


 

Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.
     (e) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.
     (f) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
     10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
     10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
     (a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of external counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any

100


 

amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any external counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonably out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
     (b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each other Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any external counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof arising out of, in connection with, as a result of or in any other way associated with (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, and the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, (ii) the Collateral, the Loan Documents and consummation of the transactions or events (including the enforcement or defense thereof and any occupation, operation, use or maintenance of Collateral or other property of a Loan Party) at any time associated therewith or contemplated therein, (iii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iv) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

101


 

     (c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), each other Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).
     (d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
     (e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.
     (f) Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
     10.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and

102


 

the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     10.06 Successors and Assigns.
     (a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
     (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) Minimum Amounts.
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise

103


 

consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single assignee (or to an assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.
     (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans;
     (iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
     (A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
     (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;
     (C) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and
     (D) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment unless such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.
     (iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in Schedule 10.06; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
     (v) No Assignment to the Borrower. No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
     (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

104


 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.
     (c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
     (d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.
     Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and

105


 

3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.
     (e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.
     (f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
     (g) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
     (h) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate

106


 

Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
     10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.
     For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
     Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

107


 

     10.08 Deposit Accounts; Right of Setoff. Each Loan Party hereby grants to L/C Issuer and each Lender a security interest, a Lien, and a right of offset, each of which shall be in addition to all other interests, Liens, and rights of L/C Issuer or any Lender at common Law, under the Loan Documents, or otherwise, to secure the repayment of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations upon and against (a) any and all moneys, securities or other property (and the proceeds therefrom) of such Loan Party now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to L/C Issuer or any Lender from or for the account of such Loan Party, whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise, (b) any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) of such Loan Party with L/C Issuer or any Lender, and (c) any other credits and claims of such Loan Party at any time existing against L/C Issuer or any Lender, including claims under certificates of deposit. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to foreclose upon such Lien and/or to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations, the Cash Management Obligations and the Secured Swap Obligations to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such foreclosure or such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such foreclosure or such setoff and application. The remedies of foreclosure and offset are separate and cumulative, and either may be exercised independently of the other without regard to procedures or restrictions applicable to the other.
     10.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

108


 

     10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
     10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
     10.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     10.13 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.01, the consent of Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required shall not have been obtained, if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

109


 

     (a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b);
     (b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
     (c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
     (d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.
     A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
     10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
     (a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

110


 

     (c) WAIVER OF VENUE. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
     (d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES AND APPOINTS CT CORPORATION SYSTEM, 111 EIGHTH AVENUE , NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10011, AS AGENT OF BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR TO RECEIVE SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER OR SUCH GUARANTOR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT IN NEW YORK, SUCH SERVICE BEING HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR TO BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT. COPIES OF ANY SUCH PROCESS SO SERVED SHALL ALSO BE SENT BY REGISTERED MAIL TO BORROWER OR SUCH GUARANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW, BUT THE FAILURE OF BORROWER OR SUCH GUARANTOR TO RECEIVE SUCH COPIES SHALL NOT AFFECT IN ANY WAY THE SERVICE OF SUCH PROCESS AS AFORESAID. BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR SHALL FURNISH TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, L/C ISSUER AND LENDERS A CONSENT OF CT CORPORATION SYSTEM AGREEING TO ACT HEREUNDER PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, L/C ISSUER AND LENDERS TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, L/C ISSUER AND LENDERS TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST BORROWER OR EACH GUARANTOR IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. IF FOR ANY REASON CT CORPORATION SYSTEM SHALL RESIGN OR OTHERWISE CEASE TO ACT AS BORROWER’S OR EACH GUARANTOR’S AGENT, BORROWER AND SUCH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO (A) IMMEDIATELY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT A NEW AGENT REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT TO SERVE IN SUCH CAPACITY AND, IN SUCH EVENT, SUCH NEW AGENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SUBSTITUTED FOR CT CORPORATION SYSTEM FOR ALL PURPOSES HEREOF AND (B) PROMPTLY DELIVER TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THE WRITTEN CONSENT (IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT) OF SUCH NEW AGENT AGREEING TO SERVE IN SUCH CAPACITY.
     10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial and Special Damages. EACH PARTY HERETO AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST

111


 

EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH LENDER HEREBY FURTHER (A) IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION ANY “SPECIAL DAMAGES,” AS DEFINED BELOW, (B) CERTIFY THAT NO PARTY HERETO NOR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OR COUNSEL FOR ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, OR IMPLIED THAT SUCH PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (C) ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION. AS USED IN THIS SECTION, “SPECIAL DAMAGES” INCLUDES ALL SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (REGARDLESS OF HOW NAMED), BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY PAYMENTS OR FUNDS WHICH ANY PARTY HERETO HAS EXPRESSLY PROMISED TO PAY OR DELIVER TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO.
     10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers, on the other hand, and the Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and any Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent nor any Arranger has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Loan Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto,

112


 

including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent or any Arranger advised or is currently advising the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and each Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and each Arranger have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and any Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.
     10.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
     10.18 No General Partner’s Liability. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree for themselves and their respective successors and assigns, including any subsequent holder of any Note, that no claim under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document shall be made against General Partner, and that no judgment, order or execution entered in any suit, action or proceeding, whether legal or equitable, hereunder or on any other Loan Document shall be obtained or enforced, against General Partner or its assets for the purpose of obtaining satisfaction and payment of amounts owed under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     10.19 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.
     10.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

113


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
                 
    TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS    
 
               
    By:   Targa Resources GP LLC, its sole general
partner
   
 
               
 
      By:        
 
         
 
Name:
   
 
          Title:    
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender,
L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
, as Syndication Agent and as a
Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL, A DIVISION
OF MERRILL LYNCH BUSINESS
FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.
, as
Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as
Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, as
Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  BMO CAPITAL MARKETS FINANCING,
INC.
, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  COMPASS BANK, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a
Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  FORTIS CAPITAL CORP., as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  COMERICA BANK, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  GUARANTY BANK, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  NATIXIS, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:  
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL
BANK
, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  CREDIT SUISSE, as a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
as a Lender  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:  
    Title:      
 
[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

SCHEDULE 1.01
CERTAIN PERMITTED HEDGING PARTIES
Bank of America, N.A.
Bank of Montreal
BP Corporation North America Inc.
BP Products North America Inc.
ConocoPhillips Gas Power Marketing, a division of ConocoPhillips, Inc.
Coral Energy Resources LP
Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch
ExxonMobil Corporation
J. Aron & Company
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Merrill Lynch Commodities, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital Group, Inc.
Sempra Energy Trading Group.
Shell Trading (US) Company
Société Générale
Wachovia Bank, National Association
* In each case, the Hedging Party shall be the Affiliate which is trading entity of the counterparties specified above.

 


 

SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES
                 
            Applicable
Lender   Commitment   Percentage
     
Bank of America, N.A.
  $ 29,750,000       5.950000000 %
Wachovia Bank, National Association
  $ 29,750,000       5.950000000 %
Merrill Lynch Capital
  $ 29,500,000       5.900000000 %
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
  $ 29,500,000       5.900000000 %
Royal Bank of Canada
  $ 29,500,000       5.900000000 %
BNP Paribas
  $ 25,000,000       5.000000000 %
Société Générale
  $ 25,000,000       5.000000000 %
BMO Capital Markets Financing, Inc.
  $ 25,000,000       5.000000000 %
ANB AMRO Bank N.V.
  $ 25,000,000       5.000000000 %
The Bank of Nova Scotia
  $ 25,000,000       5.000000000 %
Citibank, NA
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
Amegy Bank National Association
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
Compass Bank
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
U.S. Bank National Association
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
Fortis Capital Corp.
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
Comerica Bank
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
Guaranty Bank
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
Natixis
  $ 19,000,000       3.800000000 %
UBS Loan Finance LLC
  $ 14,000,000       2.800000000 %
Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank
  $ 14,000,000       2.800000000 %
Credit Suisse
  $ 14,000,000       2.800000000 %
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
  $ 14,000,000       2.800000000 %
Total
  $ 500,000,000       100.000000000 %

 


 

SCHEDULE 4.01
SECURITY DOCUMENTS
1.   Guaranty Agreement.
 
2.   Pledge and Security Agreement.
 
3.   Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Targa North Texas LP, to PRLAP, Inc., as Trustee and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
 
4.   Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Targa Intrastate Pipeline LP to PRLAP, Inc., as Trustee and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
 
5.   UCC-1 Financing Statements related to all of the foregoing.

 


 

SCHEDULE 5.13
SUBSIDIARIES;
OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS
Part (a). Subsidiaries.
     Targa Resources Operating GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
     Targa Resources Operating LP, a Delaware limited partnership
     Targa North Texas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
     Targa North Texas LP, a Delaware limited partnership
     Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Part (b). Other Equity Investments.
Part (b)(ii). Loan Party Information.
                             
        ADDRESS OF                    
        PRINCIPAL                   PRIOR
    JURISDICTION OF   PLACE OF       ORGANIZATIONAL   PRIOR   JURISDICTION OF
NAME   FORMATION   BUSINESS   FEIN   ID NUMBER   NAMES   FORMATION
 
Targa Resources
Partners LP
  Delaware   1000 Louisiana,
Ste. 4300
Houston, TX
77002
  65-1295427     4239562     None   None
Targa Resources
Operating GP LLC
  Delaware   1000 Louisiana,
Ste. 4300
Houston, TX
77002
  [to be provided]     4292540     None   None
Targa Resources
Operating LP
  Delaware   1000 Louisiana,
Ste. 4300
Houston, TX
77002
  [to be provided]     4292546     None   None
Targa North
Texas GP LLC
  Delaware   1000 Louisiana,
Ste. 4300
Houston, TX
77002
  None     4066474     None   None
Targa North
Texas LP
  Delaware   1000 Louisiana,
Ste. 4300
Houston, TX
77002
  20-4036176     4067407     None   None
Targa Intrastate
Pipeline LLC
  Delaware   1000 Louisiana,
Ste. 4300
Houston, TX
77002
  76-0634836     3173058     Dynegy Intrastate Pipeline, LLC   None
Part (b)(ii). Other Equity Investments.
None.

 


 

SCHEDULE 5.21
MATERIAL REAL PROPERTY
Material Fee Owned Property:
     The cryogenic natural gas processing plant located in Wise County, Texas, including the real property owned by Targa North Texas on which the Chico Plant and related equipment and operations are located.
Material Leased Property:
     The cryogenic natural gas processing plant located in Shackelford County, Texas, including the real property leased by Targa North Texas on which the Shackelford Plant and related equipment and operations are located.

 


 

SCHEDULE 6.07
INSURANCE SUMMARY
                         
            RETENTION/            
    LINE OF COVERAGE   LIMIT OF LIABILITY   DEDUCTIBLE   INSURANCE CARRIER(S)   POLICY TERM   POLICY NO.
1)
  Workers’
Compensation/Employer’s
Liability
  Statutory/$1MM per occurrence   $250,000 per
occurrence
  Travelers Property Casualty Company of America (TPCCA)   10/31/06-
10/31/07
  TC2JUB152D6247
TRJUB152D6260
 
                       
2)
  Business Auto
Liability
  $1MM any one occurrence CSL Self-Insure Auto Physical Damage   $250,000 per occurrence   TPCCA   10/31/06-
10/31/07
  TC2JCAP152D6223
 
                       
3)
  Excess Liability
(Includes Sudden & Accidental Pollution)
1st Layer Excess
Liability
  $35MM and in the aggregate as applicable excess of underlying limits
(Includes Employment Practices Liability, limited Errors & Omissions, Incidental Medical Malpractice, etc.)
  As per Schedule of Underlyings, including $1MM GL SIR.   Associated
Electric &
Gas
Insurance
Services
(AEGIS)
  10/31/06-
10/31/07
  X3219A1A06
 
                       
4)
  2nd Layer Excess
Liability
  $100MM xs $35MM   Underlying   Energy
Insurance
Mutual
(EIM)
  10/31/06-
10/31/07
  250322-06GL
 
                       
5)
  3rd Layer Excess
Liability
  $25MM xs $135MM   Underlying   AEGIS
(London)
  10/31/06-
10/31/07
  JLWCTF3097
 
                       
6)
  4th Layer Excess
Liability
  $140MM xs $160MM   Underlying   London Markets   10/31/06-
10/31/07
  JLWCTF3068
 
                       
7)
  5th Layer Excess
Liability
  $100MM xs $300MM (total $400MM)   Underlying   Bermuda   10/31/06-
10/31/07
  BM00022429LI06A
(XL) – 50%

 


 

                         
            RETENTION/            
    LINE OF COVERAGE   LIMIT OF LIABILITY   DEDUCTIBLE   INSURANCE CARRIER(S)   POLICY TERM   POLICY NO.
 
                      5087049 (Starr
Excess) – 50%
 
                       
8)
  “All Risk” Onshore Property Insurance Coverage

Flood, Windstorm, Earthquake are Annual Aggregate Limits

MLP will have separate Aggregate/Sublimits under main Targa policy
  $400MM per occurrence CSL Replacement Cost Value property damage (except for ACV on old shut-down TMS gas plants/compressor stations), boiler & machinery, EDP, transit, earthquake, flood, windstorm, expediting expenses, extra expenses, product stored below ground, construction projects, pollution cleanup. Program placed in following layers:

$50MM Primary (Incl. Flood/Windstorm)
$50MM xs $50MM
Excess (Incl. F/W)
$300MM xs $100MM Excess (Excl. F/W)
  $500K (Interest) Plants < $50MM $1MM (100%) Plants > $50MM Windstorm/Flood: 2.0% of Insured Values, subject to $2.5MM (100%) MIN and $10MM (100%) MAX   Various – Lloyds, London Markets, Domestic and Bermuda Insurers   10/31/05-
4/16/07
  JLWM3458
JLWM3549
JLWM3550
L3219A1A05
JLWCTF2986
JLWCTF2989
JLWCTF2990
JLWCTF2995
AN0501353
AN0501341
AN0501356
 
                       
9)
  Business Interruption/Contingent
Business Interruption
  Gross earnings – actual loss sustained wording 24 Mos. Period of Indemnity $10MM CBI Named Customers/Suppliers $5MM CBI Un-named Customers/Suppliers   30 day waiting period   Same as
Property
Above
  10/31/05-
4/16/07
  Same as above
 
                       
10)
  Stand-Alone Terrorism Property/BI Coverage   $200MM per
occurrence/policy
aggregate
  $1MM PD 30 day wait BI   Certain Underwriters at Lloyds (London) and Others   10/31/05-
4/16/07
  JLWCTF2991
JLWCTF2996

 


 

SCHEDULE 7.01
EXISTING LIENS
     None.

 


 

SCHEDULE 7.09
AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS
1.   Borrower Partnership Agreement
 
2.   Contribution Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 among Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership, Targa GP Inc., Targa LP Inc., Targa Downstream GP LLC, Targa North Texas GP LLC, Targa Straddle GP LLC, Targa Permian GP LLC, Targa Versado GP LLC, Targa Downstream LP, Targa North Texas, Targa Straddle LP, Targa Permian LP and Targa Versado LP (the “2005 Contribution Agreement”).
 
3.   Amendment to 2005 Contribution Agreement dated as of February [___], 2007.
 
4.   Contribution Agreement dated as of February [___], 2007 among [to be determined].
 
5.   Omnibus Agreement among Targa, the General Partner and the Borrower.
 
6.   Natural Gas Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007 between Targa Gas Marketing LLC and Targa North Texas.
 
7.   Products Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007 between Targa Liquids Marketing and Trade and Targa North Texas.

 


 

SCHEDULE 10.02
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE;
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
BORROWER:
Targa Resources Partners LP
1000 Louisiana, Suite 2300
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Vice President — Finance
Telephone: 713.584.1024
Telecopier: 713.584.1523
Electronic Mail: howardtate@targaresources.com
Website Address: www.targaresources.com
U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number: 65-1295427
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
Administrative Agent’s Office
(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):
Bank of America, N.A.
901 Main St
Mail Code: TX1-492-14-11
Dallas, TX 75202
Attention: Ramon Gomez
Telephone: 214.209.2627
Telecopier: 214.290.8367
Electronic Mail: ramon.gomez_jr@bankofamerica.com
Account No.: 1292000883
Ref: Targa Resources
ABA# 026009593
Other Notices as Administrative Agent:
Bank of America, N.A.
Agency Management
100 Federal St
Mail Code: MA5-100-11-02
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Todd Mac Neill
Telephone: 617.434.6842
Telecopier: 617.790.1361
Electronic Mail: Todd.G.MacNeill@bankofamerica.com

 


 

L/C ISSUER:
Bank of America, N.A.
Trade Operations
1 Fleet Way
Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30
Scranton, PA 18507
Attention: Michael Grizzanti
Telephone: 570.330.4214
Telecopier: 800.755.8743
Electronic Mail: michael.a.grizzanti@bankofamerica.com
SWING LINE LENDER:
Bank of America, N.A.
901 Main St
Mail Code: TX1-492-14-11
Dallas, TX 75202
Attention: Ramon Gomez
Telephone: 214.209.2627
Telecopier: 214.290.8367
Electronic Mail: ramon.gomez_jr@bankofamerica.com
Account No.: 1292000883
Ref: Targa Resources
ABA# 026009593

 


 

SCHEDULE 10.06
PROCESSING AND RECORDATION FEES
          The Administrative Agent will charge a processing and recordation fee (an “Assignment Fee”) in the amount of $2,500 for each assignment; provided, however, that in the event of two or more concurrent assignments to members of the same Assignee Group (which may be effected by a suballocation of an assigned amount among members of such Assignee Group) or two or more concurrent assignments by members of the same Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group), the Assignment Fee will be $2,500 plus the amount set forth below:
         
Transaction   Assignment Fee
 
       
First four concurrent assignments or suballocations to members of an Assignee Group (or from members of an Assignee Group, as applicable)
    -0-  
 
       
Each additional concurrent assignment or suballocation to a member of such Assignee Group (or from a member of such Assignee Group, as applicable)
  $ 500  

 

exv10w8
 

Exhibit 10.8
CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
     THIS CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of February [ ], 2007, is entered into by and among TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“MLP”), TARGA RESOURCES OPERATING LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“OLP”), TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GP”), TARGA RESOURCES OPERATING GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OLP GP”), TARGA GP INC., a Delaware corporation (“GP Inc.”), TARGA LP INC., a Delaware corporation (“LP Inc.”), TARGA REGULATED HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“TRH”), TARGA NORTH TEXAS GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“North Texas GP”), and TARGA NORTH TEXAS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“North Texas LP”). The parties to this agreement are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties.” Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section 1.1.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, GP, LP Inc. and GP Inc. have formed MLP, pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “Delaware LP Act”), for the purpose of engaging in any business activity that is approved by GP and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware LP Act.
     WHEREAS, in order to accomplish the objectives and purposes in the preceding recital, the following actions have been taken prior to the date hereof:
     1. GP Inc. formed North Texas GP under the terms of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Delaware LLC Act”), and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in North Texas GP.
     2. North Texas GP and LP Inc. formed North Texas LP under the terms of the Delaware LP Act, to which North Texas GP contributed $500 and LP Inc. contributed $500 in exchange for a 50% general partner interest and a 50% limited partner interest, respectively.
     3. Targa Midstream Services Limited Partnership (“TMS”) conveyed beneficial title to the assets, generally referred to as the North Texas Assets it acquired from Dynegy, Inc. (the “North Texas Assets”) to North Texas LP on behalf of North Texas GP and LP Inc. in part as a capital contribution and in exchange for a promissory note/acquisition payment obligation of $___ from North Texas GP and a promissory note/acquisition payment obligation of $___from LP Inc. (collectively the “Intercompany Debt”).
     4. TRH conveyed all of its right, title and interest in and to the member interest in Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC, a Delaware limited liability company to North Texas LP.
     5. North Texas LP assumed the obligations of North Texas GP and LP Inc. under the Intercompany Debt.
     6. TMS conveyed legal title to the North Texas Assets to North Texas LP on behalf of North Texas GP and LP Inc.
     7. GP Inc. formed GP, under the terms of the Delaware LLC Act, and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in GP.
     8. GP, LP Inc. and GP Inc. formed MLP, under the terms of the Delaware LP Act, to which GP contributed $20 and LP Inc. and GP Inc. each contributed $490 in exchange for a 2% general partner interest, a 49% limited partner interest and a 49% limited partner interest, respectively.
     9. MLP formed OLP GP under the terms of the Delaware LLC Act, and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in OLP GP.

 


 

     10. OLP GP and MLP formed OLP, under the terms of the Delaware LP Act, to which OLP GP contributed $0.01 and MLP contributed $999.99 in exchange for a 0.001% general partner interest and 99.999% limited partner interest, respectively.
     11. MLP, as Borrower, entered into the Credit Agreement with Bank of America N.A. as Administrative Agent and the other lenders party thereto.
     WHEREAS, immediately prior to the closing of the MLP’s initial public offering (“MLP IPO”), GP Inc. will convey a part of its member interest (the “Interest”) in North Texas GP to GP equal to 2% of the equity value of the MLP at the end of the MLP IPO closing based upon the IPO pricing.
     WHEREAS, at the MLP IPO closing, each of the following actions shall occur:
     1. GP will convey the Interest to MLP in exchange for (a) a continuation of its 2% general partner interest and (b) the incentive distribution rights (the “IDRs”).
     2. GP Inc. will convey its remaining member interest in North Texas GP to MLP in exchange for [ ] million subordinated limited partner units (“Sub Units”) representing limited partner interests with a [ ]% interest in the MLP.
     3. LP Inc. will convey all of its limited partner interest in North Texas LP to MLP in exchange for [ ] million Sub Units with a [ ]% interest in MLP.
     4. The public, through the Underwriters, will contribute $[ ] million in cash, less the net amount of $[ ] payable to the Underwriters after taking into account the Underwriters’ discount, the structuring fees payable to the Underwriters and the Underwriters’ reimbursement of certain expenses incurred by the MLP in connection with the Offering, in exchange for 16,800,000 Common Units in MLP (representing a 58.1% interest).
     5. MLP will (a) pay transaction expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the amount of approximately $[___] million (exclusive of the Underwriter’s spread) and (b) pay fees and expenses associated with the Credit Agreement in the amount of approximately $[___] million and (c) contribute the balance of the cash received from the public to North Texas LP as a capital contribution (50% on behalf of North Texas GP and 50% on behalf of LP Inc.).
     6. MLP will borrow $[___] million from new lenders under the Credit Agreement and contribute those funds to North Texas LP as a capital contribution (50% on behalf of North Texas GP).
     7. MLP will convey its member interest in North Texas GP and its limited partner interest in North Texas LP to the OLP as a capital contribution (of which 0.001% of such contribution will be made to OLP on behalf of OLP GP).
     8. North Texas LP will use the various funds contributed to it to retire the Intercompany Debt.
     9. The agreements of limited partnership and the limited liability company agreements of the aforementioned entities will be amended and restated to the extent necessary to reflect the applicable matters set forth above and as contained in this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual undertakings and agreements hereunder, the Parties undertake and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 The following capitalized terms shall have the meanings given below.

2


 

          (a) “Acquisition” means consummation of the transactions contemplated by the terms of this Agreement.
          (b) “Agreement” means this Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) “Common Unit” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement.
          (d) “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of February [ ], 2007, among MLP, OLP, the subsidiaries of the MLP, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders named therein.
          (e) “Effective Time” shall mean 8:00 a.m. New York, New York time on February [ ], 2007.
          (f) “IDRs” means “Incentive Distribution Rights” as such term is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          (g) “MLP” has the meaning assigned to such term in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.
          (h) “Offering” means the initial public offering by MLP of Common Units.
          (i) “Option” means the over-allotment option afforded the Underwriters in the Offering.
          (j) “Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of MLP dated as of February [ ], 2007.
          (k) “Sub Unit” means “Subordinated Unit” as such term is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          (l) “Underwriters” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Raymond James & Associates, Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation and Sanders Morris Harris Inc.
ARTICLE 2
CONTRIBUTIONS, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
     Section 2.1 Contribution of the Interest to GP. GP Inc. hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to GP, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the Interest and GP hereby accepts the Interest.
     Section 2.2 Contribution of the Interest by GP to MLP. GP hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to MLP, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the Interest, as a capital contribution, in exchange for (a) a continuation of its 2% general partner interest in MLP and (b) the issuance of the IDRs, and MLP hereby accepts the Interest as a contribution to the capital of MLP.
     Section 2.3 Contribution of remaining member interest in North Texas GP to MLP. GP Inc. hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to MLP, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to its remaining member interest in North Texas GP after the contribution of the Interest to GP and MLP, in exchange for [ ] million Sub Units representing limited partner interests with a [ ]% interest in the MLP, and MLP hereby accepts such member interests in North Texas GP.

3


 

     Section 2.4 Contribution of limited partner interest in North Texas LP to MLP. LP Inc. hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to MLP, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the limited partner interest in North Texas LP, in exchange for [ ] million Sub Units representing limited partner interests with a [ ]% interest in the MLP, and MLP hereby accepts such member interests in North Texas LP.
     Section 2.5 Public Cash Contribution. The Parties acknowledge a capital contribution by the public through the Underwriters to MLP of $[___] million in cash ($[___] million net to MLP after taking into account the Underwriters’ discount and the structuring fee payable to the Underwriters, but before paying offering expenses) in exchange for 16,800,000 Common Units, representing a 58.1% interest in MLP.
     Section 2.6 Payment of Transaction Costs. The Parties acknowledge the payment by MLP, in connection with the Acquisition, of transaction expenses in the amount of $[___] million (exclusive of the Underwriter’s discount but including fees and expenses related to the Credit Agreement).
     Section 2.7 Capital Contribution by MLP to North Texas LP. MLP hereby distributes, grants, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to North Texas LP as a capital contribution (50% of which is made on behalf of North Texas GP) $___.
     Section 2.8 Contribution by MLP of limited partner interest in North Texas LP to OLP. MLP hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to OLP, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the limited partner interest in North Texas LP (of which 0.001% is being contributed on behalf of OLP GP) as a capital contribution, and OLP hereby accepts such limited partner interest as a contribution to the capital of OLP.
     Section 2.9 Contribution by MLP of all member interest in North Texas GP to OLP. MLP hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to OLP, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the member interest in North Texas GP (of which 0.001% is being contributed on behalf of OLP GP) as a capital contribution, and OLP hereby accepts such member interest as a contribution to the capital of OLP.
     Section 2.10 Issuance of Certificates. At the Closing, MLP shall issue to each of GP Inc. and LP Inc. a certificate or certificates, which may be held in book entry form, representing the respective number of Sub Units to be issued to each of GP Inc. and LP Inc. pursuant to Section 2.3 and Section 2.4.
     Section 2.11 Certificate Legend. The certificates evidencing the Sub Units delivered pursuant to Section’2.3 and Section 2.4 shall bear a legend substantially in the form set forth below and containing such other information as MLP may deem necessary or appropriate:
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP (THE “PARTNERSHIP”) THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE THE PARTNERSHIP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). TARGA RESOURCES GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF THE PARTNERSHIP BECOMING

4


 

TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES.
ARTICLE 3
ADDITIONAL TRANSACTIONS
     Section 3.1 Purchase of Additional Common Units. If the Option is exercised in whole or in part, the public, through the Underwriters, will contribute additional cash to MLP in exchange for up to an additional 2,520,000 Common Units.
     Section 3.2 Reducing amounts outstanding under Credit Agreement. The Parties acknowledge, in the event that the Option is exercised in whole or in part, MLP will use the net proceeds from the issuance of additional Common Units to pay the lenders under the Credit Agreement to reduce outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE 4
FURTHER ASSURANCES
     From time to time after the Effective Time, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, or (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended so to be and to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 5
EFFECTIVE TIME
     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the provisions of Article 2 or Article 3 of this Agreement shall be operative or have any effect until the Effective Time, at which time all the provisions of Article 2 and Article 3 of this Agreement shall be effective and operative in accordance with Article 6, without further action by any party hereto.
ARTICLE 6
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 6.1 Order of Completion of Transactions. The contribution of the Interest to GP referenced in Section 2.1 is deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the closing of the MLP IPO whereas all of the other actions referenced in Section 2.2 through [2.12] shall occur at the closing of the MLP IPO. Following the completion of the transactions as provided in Article 2, the transactions, if they occur, provided for in Article 3 shall be completed.
     Section 6.2 Headings; References; Interpretation. All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including, without limitation, all Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and all such Schedules and

5


 

Exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation”, “but not limited to”, or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.
     Section 6.3 Successors and Assigns. The Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.
     Section 6.4 No Third Party Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     Section 6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the parties hereto.
     Section 6.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such state without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof.
     Section 6.7 Severability. If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.
     Section 6.8 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an Amendment to this Agreement.
     Section 6.9 Integration. This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to their subject matter. This document and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the parties hereto after the date of this Agreement.
     Section 6.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment. To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the assets and interests referenced herein.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
         
  Targa Resources Partners LP
 
 
  By:   Targa Resources GP LLC,    
    its general partner   
       
 
     
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa Resources GP LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa Resources Operating LP
 
 
  By:   Targa Resources Operating GP LLC,    
    its general partner   
       
 
     
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa Resources Operating GP LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa GP Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   

7


 

         
         
  Targa LP Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa Regulated Holdings LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa North Texas GP LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
 
  Targa North Texas LP
 
 
  By:   Targa North Texas GP LLC,    
    its general partner   
       
 
     
  By:      
    Rene R. Joyce   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 

8

exv10w9
 

Exhibit 10.9
TARGA RESOURCES INVESTMENTS INC.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan.
     The Targa Resources Investments Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted by Targa Resources Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the parent entity of Targa Resources GP LLC (“Targa GP”), the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company and its Affiliates by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its Affiliates incentive cash compensation awards for superior performance that are based on Units. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company and its Affiliates, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company and its Affiliates.
     SECTION 2. Definitions.
     As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Award” means a Performance Unit and shall also include any tandem DERs granted with respect to a Performance Unit.
     “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.
     “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “Change of Control” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
     (i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than an Affiliate of the Company, shall become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the equity interests in Targa GP or the Partnership;

 


 

     (ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership;
     (iii) the sale or other disposition by either Targa GP or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than Targa GP or an Affiliate of Targa GP; or
     (iv) a transaction resulting in a Person other than Targa GP or an Affiliate of Targa GP being the general partner of the Partnership.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and with respect to which a Change of Control will accelerate payment, “Change of Control” shall mean a “change of control event” as defined in the regulations and guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if none, the Board or such committee of the Board, if any, as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
     “Consultant” means an independent contractor, other than a Director, who performs services for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
     “DER” or “Distribution Equivalent Right” means a contingent right, granted in tandem with a specific Performance Unit, to receive an amount in cash equal to the cash distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such DER is outstanding.
     “Director” means a member of the Board or a board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an Employee.
     “Employee” means any employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company who performs services for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of a Unit on the principal national securities exchange or other market in which trading in Units occurs on the applicable date (or if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event Units are not traded on a national securities exchange or other market at the time a determination of fair market value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of fair market value shall be made in good faith by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award granted on the effective date of the initial public offering of Units, Fair Market Value on such date shall mean the initial offering price per Unit as stated on the cover page of the S-1 for such offering.
     “Participant” means any Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.

-2-


 

     “Performance Unit” means a phantom (notional) unit granted under the Plan which entitles the Participant to receive an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit upon vesting of the Performance Unit.
     “Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
     “Restricted Period” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is not payable to the Participant.
     “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.
     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.
     “Unit” means a common unit of the Partnership.
     SECTION 3. Administration.
     (a) Governance. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.
     (b) Delegation. Subject to the following and applicable law, the Committee, in it sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee”, other than in Section 7, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to, a person who is an officer subject to Rule 16b-3 or a member of the Board.
     (c) Authority and Powers. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including

-3-


 

the Company, Targa GP, the Partnership, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Participant.
     SECTION 4. Award Limits.
     (a) There shall not be any limitation on the number of Performance Units that may be granted under the Plan.
     (b) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, Change of Control, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Units or other securities of the Partnership, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Units or other securities of the Partnership, or other similar transaction or event affects the Units such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, or (iii) if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; provided, that the number of Units subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in a FAS 123R accounting charge if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.
     SECTION 5. Eligibility.
     Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.
     SECTION 6. Awards.
     (a) Performance Units. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants, and Directors to whom Performance Units shall be granted, the number of Performance Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the time or conditions under which the Performance Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards, including whether DERs are granted with respect to such Performance Units.
     (i) DERs. Unless and to the extent provided otherwise by the Committee in its discretion, a grant of Performance Units shall include a tandem DER grant, which provides that such DERs shall be credited to a bookkeeping account (without interest) and shall be paid to the Participant in cash upon the vesting of the tandem Performance Unit. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide such other terms, including different vesting and payment forms and mediums and the “investment” of such DERs in

-4-


 

additional Performance Units, as it may choose with respect to DERs and may also provide that a grant of Performance Units does not include tandem DERs.
     (ii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting arrangement with the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Performance Units awarded the Participant, and any outstanding tandem DERs credited to such Participant, shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Performance Units and DERs.
     (iii) Lapse of Restrictions. Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Performance Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit as of the vesting date.
     (b) General.
     (i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together. Except as provided below, Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.
     (ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards.
     (A) Except as provided in paragraph (C) below, each Award shall be exercisable or payable only by or to the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
     (B) Except as provided in paragraphs (A) and (C), no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.
     (C) To the extent specifically provided or approved by the Committee with respect to an Award, an Award may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.
     (iii) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.

-5-


 

     (iv) Consideration for Grants. Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee determines.
     (v) Change in Control, Similar Events. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any change in applicable law or regulation affecting the Plan or Awards thereunder, or any change in accounting principles affecting the financial statements of the Company or the Partnership, the Committee, in its sole discretion, without the consent of any Participant or holder of the Award, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, may take any one or more of the following actions in order to either prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or an outstanding Award or mitigate any unfavorable accounting consequences:
     (A) provide for either (i) the termination of any Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of such transaction or event the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (ii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;
     (B) provide that such award be assumed by the successor or survivor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be exchanged for similar awards covering the equity of the successor or survivor, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of equity interests and prices;
     (C) make adjustments in the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Awards or in the terms and conditions of, and the vesting and performance criteria included in, outstanding Awards, or both;
     (D) provide that such Award shall be payable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and
     (E) provide that the Award cannot become payable after such event, i.e., shall terminate upon such event.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to an above event that is an “equity restructuring” event that would be subject to a compensation expense pursuant FAS 123R if a discretionary change is made, the provisions in Section 4(b) shall control to the extent they are in conflict with the discretionary provisions of this Section 6 and (ii) upon a Change of Control all Awards shall become vested and exercisable or payable, as the case may be, unless, and to the extent, the Committee specifically provides to the contrary in the Award Agreement with respect to a Change of Control.

-6-


 

     SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:
     (a) Amendments to the Plan. Except as required by the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, without the consent of any member, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person.
     (b) Amendments to Awards. Subject to Section 7(a), the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided no change, other than pursuant to Section 6(b)(v) or, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as being necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, in any Award shall materially reduce the benefit of a Participant without the consent of such Participant.
     SECTION 8. General Provisions.
     (a) No Rights to Award. No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
     (b) Tax Withholding. The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount in cash of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant of an Award, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.
     (c) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate or to remain on the Board or a Consultant, as applicable. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.
     (d) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware law without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
     (e) Section 409A. This Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and may be administered in a manner that is intended to meet those requirements and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. All Awards granted and payments hereunder will either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or will be subject to Section 409A of the Code and will be structured in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including regulations or other guidance issued with respect thereto. Any provision of this Plan that would cause an Award or payment to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code will be amended (in a manner that as closely as practicable achieves the original intent of the Award) to comply with Section 409A of the Code on a timely basis, which may be

-7-


 

made on a retroactive basis, in accordance with regulations and other guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (f) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
     (g) Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to pay an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that such payment might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or result in recoverable short-swing profits under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
     (h) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.
     (i) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
     (j) Facility Payment. Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and the Company shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.
     (k) Gender and Number. Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
     SECTION 9. Term of the Plan.
     The Plan shall become effective on the date of its approval by the Committee and shall terminate on the date established by the Board or the Committee. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted prior to any Plan termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

-8-

exv21w1
 

Exhibit 21.1
Targa Resources Partners LP Subsidiaries
Targa Resources Operating GP LLC
Targa Resources Operating LP
Targa North Texas GP LLC
Targa North Texas LP
Targa Intrastate Pipeline LLC

exv23w1
 

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-138747 on Form S-1 of our report dated November 13, 2006 relating to the financial statement of Targa Resources Partners LP, our report dated November 13, 2006 relating to the financial statement of Targa Resources GP LLC, our report dated November 13, 2006 relating to the financial statements of the North Texas System, and our report dated November 13, 2006 relating to the financial statements of Targa North Texas LP which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
January 31, 2007

exv23w4
 

Exhibit 23.4
CONSENT OF NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR
OF
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
     The undersigned nominee for director hereby consents to being named as a director under the heading “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” in the Targa Resources Partners LP Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the undersigned will serve as a director of the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP upon the closing of the offering of common units as contemplated in the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
Date: January 26, 2007
         
     
  /s/ Robert B. Evans    
  Robert B. Evans   
     

 

exv23w5
 

         
Exhibit 23.5
CONSENT OF NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR
OF
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
     The undersigned nominee for director hereby consents to being named as a director under the heading “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” in the Targa Resources Partners LP Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the undersigned will serve as a director of the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP upon the closing of the offering of common units as contemplated in the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
Date: January 25, 2007
         
     
  /s/ Chansoo Joung    
  Chansoo Joung   
     

 

exv23w6
 

         
Exhibit 23.6
CONSENT OF NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR
OF
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
     The undersigned nominee for director hereby consents to being named as a director under the heading “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” in the Targa Resources Partners LP Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the undersigned will serve as a director of the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP upon the closing of the offering of common units as contemplated in the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
Date: January 26, 2007
         
     
  /s/ Barry R. Pearl    
  Barry R. Pearl   
     

 

exv23w7
 

         
Exhibit 23.7
CONSENT OF NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR
OF
TARGA RESOURCES PARTNERS LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
     The undersigned nominee for director hereby consents to being named as a director under the heading “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” in the Targa Resources Partners LP Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the undersigned will serve as a director of the general partner of Targa Resources Partners LP upon the closing of the offering of common units as contemplated in the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
Date: January 31, 2007
         
     
  /s/ William D. Sullivan    
  William D. Sullivan